VWAP Wave System ToolkitGENERAL OVERVIEW:
The VWAP Wave System Toolkit is an all-in-one trading indicator based on rules from Auction Market Theory. The indicator is built around Volume-Weighted Average Prices (VWAP), Initial Balance (IB) levels, session/composite volume profiles, low-volume zones, optional candle coloring, trade checklists, dashboard readings, and a watermark.
This indicator was developed by Flux Charts in collaboration with Chris Drysdale (Trader Drysdale), author of the best-selling book VWAP Wave System.
What’s the purpose of this indicator?
The VWAP Wave System Toolkit helps traders see where market value is forming, shifting, or being rejected across different timeframes. It’s built on the ideas of Auction Market Theory, which views the market as a continuous auction between buyers and sellers searching for fair value. The indicator combines VWAPs, Initial Balance levels, and volume profiles into one system that shows how price interacts with value throughout the day, week, and month. By combining short-term and higher-timeframe data, it helps traders understand when the market is balanced and when it’s starting to discover new price areas.
What’s the theory behind this indicator?
This indicator is built on Auction Market Theory, introduced by J. Peter Steidlmayer. The theory says that markets operate as continuous auctions, constantly seeking a fair price where buyers and sellers agree on value. When price stays within a narrow range and volume builds up, the market is balanced around a value area. When price moves away from that area, the market enters price discovery, searching for a new zone of balance. VWAPs represent an evolving measure of value, while Volume Profiles and Initial Balance visualize how the auction developed during each session. Low Volume Zones often show where the market moved too quickly to trade efficiently, making them potential areas of interest for future reactions. By combining these elements, the indicator provides a picture of how the market is auctioning and where value may shift next.
VWAP WAVE SYSTEM TOOLKIT FEATURES:
The VWAP Wave System Toolkit indicator includes 7 main features:
Initial Balance Levels
Multi-Timeframe VWAPs
Session Volume Profile
Composite Volume Profile
Low Volume Zones
Checklist
Watermark
Initial Balance Levels:
🔹What is the Initial Balance?
The Initial Balance (IB) is defined by the high and low prices that form within a specific time window. Typically, this time window is the first hour after the regular day trading session starts (09:30 - 10:30 AM EST).
The high and low formed during this window create the foundation for the day’s price structure. From these two points, the indicator automatically calculates several key reference levels that show how far price has extended beyond the initial range or where it may still be balanced. Understanding how these levels are derived and how to interpret them is essential to using the Initial Balance effectively.
🔹How Initial Balance Levels are calculated:
Once the IB window closes, the indicator plots a full set of reference levels derived from the IB range. These levels are:
IB High
IB Low
IB Midpoint
x2 High / x2 Low
x2 Midpoints (x1.5 High/Low)
x3 High / x3 Low
x3 Midpoints (x2.5 High/Low)
🔹IB High & IB Low
The IB High is the highest price reached during the IB session window, and the IB Low is the lowest price reached.
🔹IB Midpoint
The IB Midpoint is the average of the IB High and IB Low.
🔹x2 High & x2 Low
The x2 levels are calculated by projecting one full IB Range above and below the Initial Balance. The IB Range is the distance between the IB High and IB Low.
🔹x2 High Midpoint & x2 Low Midpoint
The x2 High Midpoint (x1.5 High) is the average of the IB High and x2 High. The x2 Low Midpoint (x1.5 Low) is the average of the IB Low and x2 Low.
🔹x3 High & x3 Low
The x3 High/Low levels are calculated by projecting two full IB Range above and below the Initial Balance.
🔹x3 High Midpoint & x3 Low Midpoint
The x3 High Midpoint (x2.5 High) is the average of the x2 High and x3 High. The x3 Low Midpoint (x2.5 Low) is the average of the x2 Low and x3 Low.
🔹Breaks & Retests:
For every Initial Balance level, the indicator automatically tracks when price retests or breaks through them.
A Break occurs when a candle closes above or below an IB level. When this happens, the indicator plots a small blue triangle.
A Retest occurs when price approaches and touches an IB Level, and then reverses in the opposite direction. When this happens, the indicator plots a small green or red triangle.
Green Triangle: Bullish Retest - Price comes down to a level, touches it, and continues up.
Red Triangle: Bearish Retest - Price comes up to a level, touches it, and continues down.
Both breaks and retests are plotted directly on the chart for every toggled IB level. Once detected, they remain fixed and are not repainted.
Other Settings:
🔹Shade IB Range
When enabled, this setting fills the area between the IB High and IB Low (IB Range). The fill helps visually separate the Initial Balance range from the rest of the session, making it easier to identify when price is trading inside or outside of the IB. The color and opacity can also be adjusted through the settings.
🔹Apply One Color
When this setting is enabled, all toggled IB levels use the same color instead of the user’s inputted colors.
🔹Levels Labels
When enabled, text labels that identify each IB level (for example, “IB High,” “x2 High,” or “x2.5 Low”) appear next to each level.
🔹Price Labels
When enabled, the indicator displays the real-time price value of each IB level directly on the chart. These labels update automatically as price changes or when the levels shift due to recalculation from a new session.
🔹Extend Levels Right
When enabled, all toggled IB Levels will be extended infinitely to the right of the chart.
🔹Align Text Right
This setting aligns all level and price labels to the right edge of the plotted line. When disabled, text labels will be aligned to the left edge of each level.
Multi-Timeframe VWAPs:
🔹Why does this indicator include VWAPs?
This indicator includes VWAPs because they show where the most trading activity has occurred within each timeframe, helping identify the market’s fair value area. According to Auction Market Theory, price moves between periods of balance and imbalance as buyers and sellers seek fair value. VWAPs represent those balance points where the majority of trading has taken place. By plotting the Intraday, Weekly, and Monthly VWAPs, the indicator shows how value shifts across different timeframes and whether the market is balanced or moving toward a new area of value.
🔹Intraday VWAP
The Intraday VWAP measures the average traded price for the current trading session and resets each day at market open. It shows where most of the session’s trading has taken place, acting as a real-time fair value line. When price trades near the Intraday VWAP, the market is considered balanced. When price moves far above or below it, the market is exploring new value areas.
🔹Candle Coloring:
The Intraday VWAP candle coloring highlights how far price is trading from the session’s average value using the first and second standard deviation bands as visual reference zones. This feature helps users see whether price is balanced around fair value or expanding into an overextended area.
When candle coloring is enabled, each candle’s color changes based on where it closes relative to the two standard deviation bands surrounding the Intraday VWAP. The first band represents one standard deviation (1.0 STD) and the second represents one and a half standard deviations (1.5 STD).
If a candle closes above the upper 1.5 standard deviation band, it is colored a brighter green, showing strong movement above fair value. Candles closing between the upper 1.0 and 1.5 standard deviation bands are a lighter green, showing moderate strength. If a candle closes below the lower 1.5 standard deviation band, it is colored a brighter red, showing strong movement below fair value. Candles closing between the lower 1.0 and 1.5 standard deviation bands are a lighter red, showing moderate weakness. Candles that close within the ±1.0 standard deviation range remain their normal color, showing that price is balanced near the session’s average.
Both the VWAP line and its bands can be customized in the Intraday VWAP settings. Users can adjust the VWAP line color, band colors, and fill transparency. The candle colors can also be modified. The band sizes (1.0 STD and 1.5 STD by default) can be changed through their input multipliers, allowing users to control the sensitivity of the zones.
Please Note: This candle coloring applies only to the Intraday VWAP
🔹Weekly VWAP
The Weekly VWAP measures the average traded price across the current trading week and resets at the start of each new week. It reflects the fair value area that has developed over multiple trading days, providing a broader view of market balance compared to the Intraday VWAP. When price stays close to the Weekly VWAP, it indicates that the week’s trading activity is balanced. When price consistently trades above or below it, the market is moving away from that balance and forming value in a new area.
Standard Deviation Bands:
The Weekly VWAP includes optional standard deviation bands. Users can toggle 1x and 1.5x STD bands. Users can also adjust the multipliers.
Customization:
All colors for the Weekly VWAP and its standard deviation bands can be changed in the indicator’s settings. Users can adjust the VWAP line color, band colors, and fill transparency.
🔹Monthly VWAP
The Monthly VWAP measures the average traded price for the current month and resets on the first trading day of each new month. It provides the broadest view of value within this indicator, showing where the majority of trading has occurred during the current month. When price remains near the Monthly VWAP, it reflects long-term balance.
Standard Deviation Bands:
The Monthly VWAP includes optional 1x and 1.5x standard deviation bands that can be enabled or disabled. In the settings, users can adjust the standard deviation multipliers.
Customization:
The Monthly VWAP line, band colors, and fill transparency can all be modified in the indicator’s settings.
🔹VWAP Dashboard
The VWAP Dashboard provides a quick real-time overview of how price is positioned relative to the Intraday, Weekly, and Monthly VWAPs. It is displayed directly on the chart and updates automatically with each new candle.
The dashboard is divided into five labeled sections:
Intraday
Weekly
Monthly
Weekly STD
Monthly STD
Intraday, Weekly, and Monthly Sections:
These three sections show whether price is currently trading Above or Below each VWAP.
If price is above a VWAP, that section displays “Bullish”
If price is below a VWAP, that section displays “Bearish”
Weekly STD and Monthly STD:
These sections display whether price is currently inside or outside the standard deviation bands of the Weekly and Monthly VWAPs.
When price is trading within the ±1.0 standard deviation zone, the dashboard output is “Balanced Market”
When price is above the upper standard deviation, price is extending up beyond the week’s or month’s fair value, and the dashboard output is “Bullish Price Discovery”
When price is below the lower standard deviation, price is extending down beyond the week’s or month’s fair value, and the dashboard output is “Bearish Price Discovery”
🔹What is a Balanced Market
A balanced market occurs when price is trading within the ±1.0 standard deviation range of a VWAP. This shows that buyers and sellers are in general agreement on value, and trading activity is taking place around the fair value area. In this state, price tends to rotate around the VWAP rather than trend strongly away from it. Balance reflects stability in the auction process, where neither side is dominant and value is being built at current prices.
🔹What is Bullish Price Discovery
Bullish Price Discovery occurs when price trades above the upper standard deviation of a VWAP. This indicates that buyers are accepting higher prices and that value may be shifting upward. In terms of Auction Market Theory, the market is moving away from balance as it searches for a new fair value area above the prior range.
🔹What is Bearish Price Discovery
Bearish Price Discovery occurs when price trades below the lower standard deviation of a VWAP. This shows that sellers are accepting lower prices and that value may be developing beneath the prior area of balance. The market is moving out of equilibrium as participants test lower prices to find new fair value.
Session Volume Profile:
🔹Why this feature is included:
The Session Volume Profile is included to show where trading activity occurred within each session. It visually represents the volume traded at each price, helping to identify where market participants considered value to be. This ties directly to Auction Market Theory, which views markets as auctions seeking balance between buyers and sellers. The profile highlights those balance areas and shows where volume thins out, helping distinguish between value areas and areas of rejection.
🔹How is the Session Volume Profile calculated and displayed:
At the start of each selected session window, the indicator creates a new volume profile and tracks every bar in that session. For each candle, it saves the high, low, open, close, volume, and time. When the HD (High Definition) setting is enabled, and your chart is between the 1-minute and 30-minute timeframes (recommended), the indicator requests lower-timeframe data and feeds the profile with 1-minute candlesticks for more detail. The running session high and low define the vertical bounds of the volume profile. That span is split into a fixed number of rows. Each row represents a price slice. For every bar and every price row, the indicator checks whether the bar’s high-low range touches that row. If it does, it adds part of the bar’s volume to that row. The allocation uses a step-to-bar-size ratio, so that narrow bars do not overload a tall row and tall bars contribute proportionally across all rows they cross. If the bar closes above its open, that row’s “up” volume bucket is incremented. If it closes below its open, the “down” bucket is incremented. After all bars are processed, the row with the highest total becomes the Point of Control (POC). Starting from that row, the indicator expands upward and downward, adding adjacent rows until the cumulative total reaches your Value Area percentage. The upper boundary is Value Area High (VAH), and the lower boundary is Value Area Low (VAL).
For rendering, each price row becomes a horizontal box drawn from the session start time to a length proportional to that row’s volume versus the session’s maximum row volume. If you choose “Up / Down” volume, the row is split into two adjoining boxes that show the up and down portions. If you choose “Total,” a single box is drawn to the total length. If you choose “Delta,” the length reflects the absolute difference between up and down. The POC is drawn as a line across the row midpoint. VAH and VAL are drawn at the exact prices of the top and bottom value rows. While a session is open the profile keeps updating as new bars form. When the session ends, the script fixes its start and end and stops changing that profile. To avoid any issues with drawing limits, the indicator only renders the two most recent session volume profiles.
Settings:
🔹Enabled
Turns the Session Volume Profile on or off. When disabled, no session profiles, lines, or volume boxes are displayed.
🔹HD
Stands for High Definition. When enabled, the indicator requests data from the 1-minute timeframe to build a smoother, more detailed volume profile. This produces finer row distribution and more accurate POC, VAH, and VAL positioning, especially on higher chart timeframes.
🔹POC Line
Toggles the visibility of the Point of Control line. The POC represents the price level with the highest traded volume in the session. It’s drawn horizontally across the chart at that price, and its color can be customized in settings.
🔹VAH
Controls the display of the Value Area High line. The VAH is the top boundary of the range that contains the specified percentage of total traded volume (default 70%). It marks where volume starts to thin out above fair value. Users can turn it on or off and customize its color.
🔹VAL
Controls the display of the Value Area Low line. The VAL is the lower boundary of the value area and marks where volume thins out below fair value. Its visibility and color can also be customized.
🔹Session
This setting allows users to define the start and end time of the trading session used to calculate the session volume profile. Only bars within this time window are included in the volume profile. When a session ends, the volume profile locks, and a new one begins automatically when the next session begins based on the user’s input.
🔹Volume
Controls how the histogram rows are displayed:
Up/Down: Splits each price row into two parts: one for bullish candles (Up volume) and one for bearish candles (Down volume). This helps visualize buying versus selling pressure at each price.
Total: Combines both Up and Down volume into a single-colored bar for each price level. Since direction isn’t separated, this view focuses purely on where trading activity was concentrated, regardless of which side was in control. A tall bar means strong participation and interest at that price.
Delta: Displays the difference between up and down volume (Up/Down) for each row, highlighting which side controlled that price area.
🔹Value Area Volume
The Value Area Volume setting defines how much of the total session volume is considered the “value area.” By default, it’s 70%, meaning the indicator finds the price range where 70% of all trading took place during that session. This area is where buyers and sellers agreed the most on price, also known as the fair value zone.
If you increase the percentage (for example, to 80%), the value area becomes wider and includes more of the session’s trading range. Lowering it (for example, to 60%) makes it narrower, focusing only on the prices with the heaviest activity.
🔹Row Size
The Row Size controls how detailed the volume profile looks. It decides how many price levels (rows) the profile is divided into. Smaller values make the profile smoother and easier to read but less precise. Larger values add more detail and show exactly where volume clustered, but they can make the profile look denser.
The maximum value is 450 rows, and the minimum value is 5 rows. Higher values (especially above 200) can make the volume profile appear more detailed but may also cause performance issues or partial rendering on TradingView charts due to the platform’s drawing object limits. For most users, values between 50–150 give a good balance between clarity and performance.
25 Rows vs. 200 Rows:
Composite Volume Profile:
The Composite Volume Profile shows how volume is distributed across a larger selected range instead of just one session. It helps traders see where the most trading activity has taken place over multiple days. This gives a picture of long-term balance areas and important price zones that have repeatedly attracted buyers and sellers.
The Composite Profile uses the same base logic and visual settings as the Session Volume Profile, including POC Line, VAH, VAL, Volume Type, Value Area Volume, Row Size, and Colors. Any customization applied to those settings also affects the Composite Profile, ensuring a consistent appearance across both features.
🔹Session Count Setting:
This setting controls how many past sessions are merged into one composite volume profile. For example, if the Session Count is set to 5, and each session represents one trading day, the profile combines data from the last 5 trading days. A “session” refers to the time window defined in the Session Volume Profile settings.
🔹How is the Composite Volume Profile used?
In Auction Market Theory, markets move through phases of balance and imbalance as traders agree on value before moving to explore new ones. The Composite Volume Profile shows where that long-term balance has formed. Large, wide areas on the profile indicate zones where multiple sessions agreed on value. Thin areas show prices that were quickly rejected, where less time and volume were traded. Combining short-term session profiles into a composite helps identify when the market is holding near established value or entering new price discovery, confirming transitions between balance and price discovery.
Low Volume Zones:
🔹What are Low Volume Zones?
Low Volume Zones (LVZs) are price areas where trading activity was minimal compared to surrounding levels. On a volume profile, they appear as thin “valleys” between two high-volume “peaks.” These valleys show where the market moved too quickly for significant two-way trade to occur. In Auction Market Theory, they represent inefficient areas, meaning the market didn’t find fair value, so price either skipped through or rejected those levels.
🔹How are Low Volume Zones found?
The indicator identifies Low Volume Zones (LVZs) directly from Session Volume Profiles (SVPs) by analyzing the shape of its volume distribution. Each SVP is built from a series of horizontal rows, where each row represents the total traded volume within a narrow price range. The longer the row, the higher the trading activity at that price.
The indicator first locates the two largest high-volume peaks on the profile. These peaks represent the strongest areas of market activity. Once these two main peaks are found, the indicator looks on both sides of each peak for the lowest-volume row in the surrounding area. Those small-volume dips define the boundaries of the Low Volume Zones.
Each high-volume peak can therefore generate two LVZs (one above and one below it), resulting in a maximum of four Low Volume Zones per volume profile. If two LVZs overlap or share the same price range, they are automatically merged into a single larger zone, which may reduce the total count to three or fewer.
🔹How are Low Volume Zones used?
Low Volume Zones (LVZs) mark areas where the market previously traded with little participation. In Auction Market Theory, these zones represent inefficient price areas where buyers and sellers failed to agree on value. When price returns to an LVZ, it may act as an area where price tends to react differently due to lower previous trading activity. If the market still sees that area as unfair, price will reject it and reverse quickly. If the market now accepts that price level, volume builds and price moves through it smoothly as the auction seeks new balance. Traders use LVZs to identify where price may react sharply or move quickly through thin areas. When price approaches a zone from above or below, it signals potential rejection or continuation.
🔹LVZ Breaks and Retests
The indicator automatically tracks how price interacts with every detected LVZ.
A Break occurs when price fully moves through the entire LVZ and closes past it. When this happens, the indicator plots a small blue triangle.
A Retest occurs when price touches an LVZ and reverses away, showing rejection. When price comes down to a level, taps it, and continues up, it’s considered a bullish retest, and a small green triangle is plotted. When price comes up to a level, taps it, and continues down, it’s considered a bearish retest, and a small red triangle is plotted.
🔹LVZ Settings
Enabled:
Toggles LVZ detection and visualization on or off.
Realtime:
Allows LVZs to form dynamically as the current session develops, updating live as volume builds or thins out. When disabled, zones only appear once the session closes.
Please note: When this setting is enabled, zones may update or shift while the current session is still forming. Because the Session Volume Profile is continuously recalculating with new data, both the volume distribution and detected zones can change until the session closes.
Row Pivot Length:
Controls how far above and below each price row the indicator looks when identifying the highest and lowest volume points that define each Low Volume Zone. Larger values make the indicator compare a wider range of rows, while smaller values keep the analysis closer to each row’s immediate area.
Last SVPs:
Defines how many recent Session Volume Profiles are used for LVZs. For example, setting it to 3 limits LVZ detection to the last three sessions only.
Retests and Breaks:
Enables or disables the display of the retest and break markers described above.
Checklist:
The Checklist is a manual on-chart dashboard that allows traders to keep track of specific market conditions before entering a trade. Each checklist item can be toggled on or off in the indicator’s settings. When enabled, a checkmark emoji appears next to that item on the dashboard. When disabled, an X emoji appears next to that item.
This feature is designed to help traders visually confirm important steps in their process, such as reviewing trend direction, VWAP alignment, or session context. The checklist can also be repositioned anywhere on the chart using the “Location” setting for better visibility and layout preference.
Watermark:
The Watermark feature displays key chart information directly in the background, including the current ticker symbol, selected timeframe, and date. The watermark’s size, color, and transparency can be adjusted in the settings.
UNIQUENESS:
The VWAP Wave System Toolkit is unique because it brings every part of Auction Market Theory to the chart. It shows how value builds and shifts by combining Initial Balance levels, multi-timeframe VWAPs, and volume profiles. The indicator automatically marks low-volume zones where the market moved too quickly, highlights breaks and retests, and tracks how price interacts with fair value across sessions, weeks, and months. Every feature works together to give a simple view of balance, imbalance, and value development as the auction unfolds.
Pesquisar nos scripts por "high low"
Troop ToolkitGENERAL OVERVIEW:
The Troop Toolkit indicator by Flux Charts is an all-in-one toolkit to identify Multi-Timeframe First Fair Value Gaps, Multi-Timeframe Inversion First Fair Value Gap, Fair Value Gaps, Buyside & Sellside Liquidity Levels, SMT Divergences, EQ Ranges, Efficient Candle Ranges, and Volume Imbalances. This indicator was developed by Flux Charts, utilizing concepts taught and traded by Andrew Macre.
ATTRIBUTION NOTICE:
This indicator incorporates concepts and source code from the indicator “Efficient Candle Range (ECR)” authored by @Joeyheick on TradingView. We have received full written permission from the original author to use and commercialize this code within this invite-only script.
Original script: Efficient Candle Range (ECR):
TROOP TOOLKIT FEATURES:
The Troop Toolkit indicator includes 8 main features:
Multi-Timeframe First Fair Value Gaps (FFVG)
Multi-Timeframe Inverse First Fair Value Gaps (IFFVGs)
Fair Value Gaps (FVG)
Buyside & Sellside Liquidity Levels
SMT Divergences
EQ Ranges (EQR)
Efficient Candle Ranges (ECR)
Volume Imbalances (VI)
Multi-Timeframe First Fair Value Gaps (FFVG):
The first feature of this indicator is Multi-Timeframe First Fair Value Gaps (FFVG). These are the first Fair Value Gaps (FVG) that form after a swing high or low is created.
🔹What is a Fair Value Gap?:
To properly understand First Fair Value Gaps (FFVGs), you must understand what a Fair Value Gap (FVG) is. A FVG is an area where the market’s perception of fair value suddenly changes. On your chart, it appears as a three-candle pattern: a large candle in the middle, with smaller candles on each side that don’t fully overlap it. A bullish FVG forms when a bullish candle is between two smaller bullish/bearish candles, where the first and third candles’ wicks don’t overlap each other at all. A bearish FVG forms when a bearish candle is between two smaller bullish/bearish candles, where the first and third candles’ wicks don’t overlap each other at all.
Examples of Bullish & Bearish FVGs:
🔹Why are Fair Value Gaps important?:
Fair Value Gaps show where price moved so quickly that one side of the market never got a chance to trade. They represent sudden shifts in what traders believe something is worth, where “fair value” changed. When a large candle drives straight through an area without overlap from the candles before and after it, it means buyers or sellers were so aggressive that the market skipped that price zone entirely.
These gaps matter because they mark the moment when confidence in price changes. If price rallies and never pulls back, it signals that traders accept the new higher prices as fair and are willing to keep buying there. The same logic applies in reverse for bearish gaps. They tell you where the market re-priced aggressively and where value was last accepted.
🔹What is a First Fair Value Gap?:
A First Fair Value Gap is the very first fair value gap that forms immediately after a new swing high or swing low. It marks the first sign of imbalance following a key turning point in price.
When a major swing low forms, the first bullish FVG that appears afterward shows where buyers first stepped in with enough strength to shift momentum upward. When a swing high forms, the first bearish FVG that appears afterward shows where sellers first regained control.
Because it’s tied directly to a confirmed swing point, an FFVG carries more weight than a regular FVG that forms randomly in the middle of a large move. It identifies where a new phase of price delivery begins, which is the first sign that the market is repricing after completing a prior leg.
🔹How are First Fair Value Gaps Detected?:
The indicator identifies First Fair Value Gaps (FFVGs) by starting with a swing high or swing low, which is detected using the 5-minute timeframe.
A swing high is formed when a candle’s high is higher than the two candles before and after it.
A swing low is formed when a candle’s low is lower than the two candles before and after it.
Each time a new swing high or low is confirmed, the indicator marks that area as a “pivot.” From that moment, the script begins looking for the first valid Fair Value Gap that forms after that swing.
To identify a First Fair Value Gap (FFVG), you should first identify a swing high and swing low. These are the most recent highest and lowest areas price reached. A bullish FFVG is the first bullish FVG that forms after a swing low. A bearish FFVG is the first bearish FVG that forms after a swing high.
This indicator automatically detects bullish and bearish FFVGs across the 1-minute, 2-minute, 3-minute, 4-minute, and 5-minute timeframes simultaneously. You will only be able to view FFVGs from timeframes that are equal to or less than your chart’s timeframe. For example, if you are using a 3-minute chart, you’ll only be able to view 1-minute, 2-minute, and 3-minute FFVGs, but not 4-minute or 5-minute FFVGs.
In the indicator settings, under the “FFVGs” section, you can toggle on/off which timeframes are used for FFVG detections. The following settings correspond to the following timeframes:
1 → 1-minute timeframe
2 → 2-minute timeframe
3 → 3-minute timeframe
4 → 4-minute timeframe
5 → 5-minute timeframe
In this screenshot, the chart timeframe is set to the 5-minute, and all the FFVG timeframes are enabled in the settings. Thus, 1-minute, 2-minute, 3-minute, 4-minute, and 5-minute FFVGs will be displayed on the chart.
The ‘Sweep Proximity’ setting determines how soon after a swing high/low the indicator will show the First Fair Value Gap. After a high/low forms, the indicator looks for the very first gap that forms and shows it, but only if it appears within the number of bars you choose. This distance is measured using your current chart timeframe. For example, on a 1-minute chart, a value of 6 means the FFVG must form within 6 bars (6 minutes) after the high/low is detected. Smaller values show only the most immediate FFVGs after a high/low forms. Larger values allow FFVGs to be detected farther away from the high/low, which may display more zones but can increase chart clutter. The default value is 6.
Users can also customize how FFVG zones appear. The settings let you change the color and transparency of bullish and bearish FFVGs, turn the midline on or off, and enable or disable FFVG labels. When labels are enabled, they show the timeframe the FFVG came from, making it easy to identify whether it was detected on the 1m, 2m, 3m, 4m, or 5m chart.
Multi-Timeframe Inversion First Fair Value Gaps (IFFVG):
The second feature of this indicator is Multi-Timeframe Inversion First Fair Value Gaps (IFFVG). These form when a FFVG is invalidated by a candle close on the 5-minute timeframe.
Bullish IFFVG: A bullish IFFVG forms when a 5-minute candle closes above a bearish FFVG, invalidating it.
Bearish IFFVG: A bearish IFFVG forms when a 5-minute candle closes below a bearish FFVG, invalidating it.
The IFFVGs will be displayed from all the timeframes that are enabled for FFVGs. For example, if only the 1-minute, 2-minute, and 3-minute FFVGs are enabled, then only IFFVGs from the 1-minute, 2-minute, and 3-minute timeframes will be displayed.
Users can also customize how IFFVG zones appear. The settings allow you to change the color and transparency of bullish and bearish IFFVGs, adjust the color of IFFVG borders, the thickness of the borders, turn the midline on or off, and enable or disable IFFVG labels. When labels are enabled, they show the timeframe the IFFVG came from, making it easy to identify whether it was detected on the 1m, 2m, 3m, 4m, or 5m chart.
Fair Value Gaps (FVG):
The indicator automatically detects regular bullish and bearish Fair Value Gaps (FVG). However, the indicator only plots FVGs that are NOT First Fair Value Gaps. This prevents FVGs and FFVGs from overlapping each other. There is no style customization for Fair Value Gaps. Users can only toggle them on or off through the indicator settings.
Liquidity Levels:
The indicator automatically plots Buyside & Sellside liquidity levels using user-specific session highs/lows and swing highs/lows.
Sessions used and their time periods (in EST):
Asia Session (20:00 - 00:00)
London Session (02:00 - 05:00)
NY AM Session (09:30 - 11:00)
NY PM Session (14:00 - 16:00)
All highs/lows that have not been ‘swept’, meaning price never crosses above (for highs) or below (for lows), will remain plotted on the chart. After a level is swept, it will become gray.
Swing Highs/Lows are plotted using the color selected from the ‘Colors’ setting under the ‘Liquidity Levels’ section. These levels are plotted with the following labels “ SSL” for lows and “ BSL” for highs. For example, “5M SSL” would be a 5-minute low.
The Asia Session Highs/Lows are plotted yellow with the following labels “Asia Low” & “Asia High”
The London Session Highs/Lows are plotted green with the following labels “London Low” & “London High”
The NY AM Session Highs/Lows are plotted orange with the following labels “NY AM Low” & “NY AM High”
The NY PM Session Highs/Lows are plotted blue with the following labels “NY PM Low” & “NY PM High”
Users can toggle these levels on/off, toggle session highs/lows on/off, toggle text labels on/off, and customize the colors used for swing highs/lows.
SMT Divergence:
This indicator automatically highlights SMT Divergences that occur between the current selected chart ticker and a second user-selected ticker.
A SMT Divergence forms when the prices of the currently selected chart ticker and the user-selected ticker don’t follow each other. For example, if the current chart’s ticker symbol is SEED_ALEXDRAYM_SHORTINTEREST2:NQ and the user-selected ticker is $ES. If SEED_ALEXDRAYM_SHORTINTEREST2:NQ does not sweep the low of the NY AM Session, but NYSE:ES sweeps that same exact session’s low during the same candle, then a SMT Divergence is detected.
In the images below, SEED_ALEXDRAYM_SHORTINTEREST2:NQ and NYSE:ES form a low at 10:45 AM on August 27th. At 11:30 AM, the 10:45 AM low is taken out on $NQ. However, on NYSE:ES , price failed to take out this exact low at 11:30 AM. Thus, an SMT Divergence is detected, and a bubble is plotted on the SEED_ALEXDRAYM_SHORTINTEREST2:NQ chart.
NYSE:ES Chart:
SEED_ALEXDRAYM_SHORTINTEREST2:NQ Chart:
When hovering over the SMT Divergence bubble, a textbox will appear which includes more information about the current SMT Divergence. These text boxes can include one of the following messages:
$TICKER failed high/low
$TICKER took high/low
$TICKER failed high/low
$TICKER took high/low
“$TICKER failed high/low” and “$TICKER failed high/low”: This textbox message occurs when the chart’s symbol creates a new high/low after a high/low formed, but the user-selected ticker fails to create a new higher high or lower low (similar to the SEED_ALEXDRAYM_SHORTINTEREST2:NQ and NYSE:ES example images above).
“$TICKER took high/low” and “$TICKER took high/low”: This textbox image occurs when the user-selected ticker creates a new higher high / lower low after a high/low formed, but the chart’s ticker fails to create a new higher high or lower low.
The indicator uses the levels described above in the ‘Liquidity Levels’ section to detect SMT Divergences. This includes all the session highs/lows and swing highs/lows.
Users can toggle on/off SMT Divergences through the settings. They can also change the ticker used for detections. Since SMT Divergences occur by comparing two tickers, the inputted ticker within the settings will always be compared to the current selected ticker on your chart.
Users can also adjust the colors used for SMT Divergence bubbles at highs and lows. By default, green bubbles appear when an SMT Divergence occurs from a low, and red bubbles appear when an SMT Divergence occurs from a high.
EQ Range:
The EQ Range shows you where price is finding fair value during the New York session. It does this by comparing two VWAP levels: one influenced by global trading and one driven by New York session volume. When both are available, it plots a live zone between them.
This zone updates every bar and extends to the right, so you can see where price may consolidate, stall, or snap back toward during the New York session. The EQ Range only appears during the New York session.
Within the indicator settings, users can toggle the EQ Range zone on/off.
Efficient Candle Range:
Efficient Candle Ranges (ECR) mark areas where the market is moving smoothly without one side (buyers or sellers) moving price aggressively. An “efficient candle” is simply a candle where the body is small compared to the whole candle and the wicks are fairly similar in size. That means buyers and sellers both participated, and price wasn’t pushed too far in either direction.
When one of these candles forms, the indicator creates a zone using its high and low. If more efficient candles appear in a row, the zone can widen to include any new highs or lows they create. The box continues to extend forward as long as price stays inside it.
If price closes outside the top or bottom of the box, the zone is no longer active and visually fades out. While active, it shows where the market is moving in a controlled way, which typically leads to pauses, retests, or a strong move once price breaks out of the range.
Within the indicator settings, users can customize the active ECR zone color, inactive ECR zone colors, and the text color for ECR labels. ECRs can be toggled on/off as well.
Volume Imbalance:
A Volume Imbalance forms when one candle does not properly overlap the trading range of the previous candle. For example, if a bullish candle opens above the previous candle’s close and price did not trade back down into that gap, there was no two-way trade in that price region. That means sellers never had a chance to transact there. The same applies in reverse for bearish moves. When that happens, there is a “missing volume” zone between the two candles because one side of the auction was skipped.
When the indicator detects that kind of gap, where the open and close relationship between two candles leaves untraded space, it marks that area with a box labeled “VI.” A bullish volume imbalance means buyers pushed through a level without sellers trading back into it. A bearish volume imbalance means sellers drove price lower without buyers filling in behind them.
Once price has fully filled the gap, meaning it traded back between the area that was skipped, the gap is deemed as inactive and removed from the chart.
In the settings, users can toggle on/off Volume Imbalances and also adjust the colors for Bullish VIs and Bearish VIs.
Important Notes:
TradingView has limitations when running features on multiple timeframes, such as FFVGs and IFFVGs, which can result in the following restriction:
Computation Error:
The computation of using MTF features is very intensive on TradingView. This can sometimes cause calculation timeouts. When this occurs, simply force the recalculation by modifying one indicator’s settings or by removing the indicator and adding it to your chart again.
UNIQUENESS:
The Troop Toolkit indicator solves a major workflow problem that has never been automated before on TradingView. The most important piece: automatic detection of First Fair Value Gaps (FFVGs) and their proper conversion into Inversion First Fair Value Gaps (IFFVGs). These two concepts require strict rules, swing validation, multi-timeframe comparison, and invalidation logic that traders can currently only do manually. There is no other indicator on TradingView that handles FFVG + IFFVG logic correctly across multiple intraday timeframes at once. Before this tool was created, traders had to manually scan five different timeframes every day and track every first fair value gap that formed after a significant high/low was formed. This took hours each week and was prone to inconsistencies. Troop Toolkit automates the entire process with clear validation rules, making this the first indicator to fully operationalize FFVG + IFFVG workflow.
Inside SwingsOverview
The Inside Swings indicator identifies and visualizes "inside swing" patterns in price action. These patterns occur when price creates a series of pivots that form overlapping ranges, indicating potential consolidation or reversal zones.
What are Inside Swings?
Inside swings are specific pivot patterns where:
- HLHL Pattern: High-Low-High-Low sequence where the first high is higher than the second high, and the first low is lower than the second low
- LHLH Pattern: Low-High-Low-High sequence where the first low is lower than the second low, and the first high is higher than the second high
Here an Example
These patterns create overlapping price ranges that often act as:
- Support/Resistance zones
- Consolidation areas
- Potential reversal points
- Breakout levels
Levels From the Created Range
Input Parameters
Core Settings
- Pivot Lookback Length (default: 5): Number of bars on each side to confirm a pivot high/low
- Max Boxes (default: 100): Maximum number of patterns to display on chart
Extension Settings
- Extend Lines: Enable/disable line extensions - this extends the Extremes of the Swings to where a new Swing Started or Extended Right for the Latest Inside Swings
- Show High 1 Line: Display first high/low extension line
- Show High 2 Line: Display second high/low extension line
- Show Low 1 Line: Display first low/high extension line
- Show Low 2 Line: Display second low/high extension line
Visual Customization
Box Colors
- HLHL Box Color: Color for HLHL pattern boxes (default: green)
- HLHL Border Color: Border color for HLHL boxes
- LHLH Box Color: Color for LHLH pattern boxes (default: red)
- LHLH Border Color: Border color for LHLH boxes
Line Colors
- HLHL Line Color: Extension line color for HLHL patterns
- LHLH Line Color: Extension line color for LHLH patterns
- Line Width: Thickness of extension lines (1-5)
Pattern Detection Logic
HLHL Pattern (Bullish Inside Swing)
Condition: High1 > High2 AND Low1 < Low2
Sequence: High → Low → High → Low
Visual: Two overlapping boxes with first range encompassing second
Detection Criteria:
1. Last 4 pivots form High-Low-High-Low sequence
2. Fourth pivot (first high) > Second pivot (second high)
3. Third pivot (first low) < Last pivot (second low)
LHLH Pattern (Bearish Inside Swing)
Condition: Low1 < Low2 AND High1 > High2
Sequence: Low → High → Low → High
Visual: Two overlapping boxes with first range encompassing second
Detection Criteria:
1. Last 4 pivots form Low-High-Low-High sequence
2. Fourth pivot (first low) < Second pivot (second low)
3. Third pivot (first high) > Last pivot (second high)
Visual Elements
Boxes
- Box 1: Spans from first pivot to last pivot (larger range)
- Box 2: Spans from third pivot to last pivot (smaller range)
- Overlap: The intersection of both boxes represents the inside swing zone
Extension Lines
- High 1 Line: Horizontal line at first high/low level
- High 2 Line: Horizontal line at second high/low level
- Low 1 Line: Horizontal line at first low/high level
- Low 2 Line: Horizontal line at second low/high level
Line Extension Behavior
- Historical Patterns: Lines extend until the next pattern starts
- Latest Pattern: Lines extend to the right edge of chart
- Dynamic Updates: All lines are redrawn on each bar for accuracy
Trading Applications
Support/Resistance Levels
Inside swing levels often act as:
- Dynamic support/resistance
- Breakout confirmation levels
- Reversal entry points
Pattern Interpretation
- HLHL Patterns: Potential bullish continuation or reversal
- LHLH Patterns: Potential bearish continuation or reversal
- Overlap Zone: Key area for price interaction
Entry Strategies
1. Breakout Strategy: Enter on break above/below inside swing levels
2. Reversal Strategy: Enter on bounce from inside swing levels
3. Range Trading: Trade between inside swing levels
Technical Implementation
Data Structures
type InsideSwing
int startBar // First pivot bar
int endBar // Last pivot bar
string patternType // "HLHL" or "LHLH"
float high1 // First high/low
float low1 // First low/high
float high2 // Second high/low
float low2 // Second low/high
box box1 // First box
box box2 // Second box
line high1Line // High 1 extension line
line high2Line // High 2 extension line
line low1Line // Low 1 extension line
line low2Line // Low 2 extension line
bool isLatest // Latest pattern flag
Memory Management
- Pattern Storage: Array-based storage with automatic cleanup
- Pivot Tracking: Maintains last 4 pivots for pattern detection
- Resource Cleanup: Automatically removes oldest patterns when limit exceeded
Performance Optimization
- Duplicate Prevention: Checks for existing patterns before creation
- Efficient Redraw: Only redraws lines when necessary
- Memory Limits: Configurable maximum pattern count
Usage Tips
Best Practices
1. Combine with Volume: Use volume confirmation for breakouts
2. Multiple Timeframes: Check higher timeframes for context
3. Risk Management: Set stops beyond inside swing levels
4. Pattern Validation: Wait for confirmation before entering
Common Scenarios
- Consolidation Breakouts: Inside swings often precede significant moves
- Reversal Zones: Failed breakouts at inside swing levels
- Trend Continuation: Inside swings in trending markets
Limitations
- Lagging Indicator: Patterns form after completion
- False Signals: Not all inside swings lead to significant moves
- Market Dependent: Effectiveness varies by market conditions
Customization Options
Visual Adjustments
- Modify colors for different market conditions
- Adjust line widths for visibility
- Enable/disable specific elements
Detection Sensitivity
- Increase pivot length for smoother patterns
- Decrease for more sensitive detection
- Balance between noise and signal
Display Management
- Control maximum pattern count
- Adjust cleanup frequency
- Manage memory usage
Conclusion
The Inside Swings indicator provides a systematic approach to identifying consolidation and potential reversal zones in price action. By visualizing overlapping pivot ranges
The indicator's strength lies in its ability to:
- Identify key price levels automatically
- Provide visual context for market structure
- Offer flexible customization options
- Maintain performance through efficient memory management
Fundur - Market Sentiment A Fundur - Market Sentiment A: Complete Trading Indicator Guide
Indicator Overview
The Fundur - Market Sentiment A is a revolutionary multi-timeframe sentiment analysis indicator that combines advanced ZigZag pivot detection, wave-based structure analysis, and comprehensive market sentiment evaluation into one powerful trading tool. This indicator is designed to identify high-probability reversal points and trend continuations by analyzing market sentiment across 11 different timeframes simultaneously.
What Makes Market Sentiment A Unique?
Market Sentiment A is a sophisticated ZigZag system that utilizes the Market Sentiment B oscillator to perform advanced on-chart analysis against price action. By introducing Histogram-Correlated ZigZag Analysis - a breakthrough methodology that correlates sentiment histogram waves with actual price pivots to identify validated market extremes. Unlike static pivot indicators, Market Sentiment A provides dynamic analysis that adapts to changing market conditions while maintaining precise accuracy in pivot identification.
Core Methodology
The indicator operates on the principle that market sentiment oscillates in measurable waves that precede price movements. By analyzing sentiment patterns across multiple timeframes and correlating them with histogram wave behavior, traders can identify precise entry and exit points with quantifiable strength ratings and comprehensive wave event analysis.
Key Features
🎯 Revolutionary ZigZag System
Histogram-Correlated Detection : Unique correlation between sentiment waves and price pivots
Dynamic Speed Control : High, Medium, Low sensitivity settings for different market conditions
Validated Extremes : Only confirmed pivots are marked with comprehensive validation system
Real-Time Correlation : Live correlation between histogram turns and price extremes
📊 Multi-Timeframe Sentiment Engine
11 Timeframe Analysis : Simultaneous analysis across periods from 8 to 987 bars
Advanced Sentiment Calculation : Proprietary algorithm combining multiple sentiment factors
Momentum Wave Integration : 34-period momentum waves for trend context
Dynamic Smoothing : Optional smoothing for cleaner signals
🧠 Intelligent Wave Event Tracking
Green Wave Events : Bullish histogram wave analysis with comprehensive event detection
Red Wave Events : Bearish histogram wave analysis with detailed event tracking
Event Deduplication : Advanced system prevents duplicate event detection
10+ Event Types : MPIV, HTURN, TRI, SW, VOL, MDIV, HDIV, PDIV and more
⚖️ Advanced Strength Rating System
0-100 Strength Score : Comprehensive strength calculation for every pivot
Multi-Factor Analysis : Based on wave events, trend context, structure, and sentiment
Real-Time Calculation : Dynamic strength scoring as conditions change
Strength Breakdown : Detailed tooltip showing strength components
🎨 Sophisticated Visual System
Validated Pivot Labels : Clear ✓ markers for confirmed extremes
Structure Analysis : HH/HL/LH/LL structure identification with trend context
Dynamic ZigZag Lines : Connecting validated extremes with trend-based coloring
Bar Coloring Options : Momentum swings and market sentiment bar coloring
Comprehensive Tooltips : Detailed information on hover for every pivot
Setup Guide
Step 1: Adding the Indicator
Open TradingView and navigate to your desired chart
Click the "Indicators" button or press "/" key
Search for "Fundur - Market Sentiment A"
Add the indicator to your chart
Step 2: Core System Configuration
ZigZag System Settings
✅ Enable ZigZag System: ON (Core functionality)
ZigZag Speed : Choose based on your trading style:
High Speed : Most sensitive, fastest detection (2-bar lookback) - Best for scalping
Medium Speed : Balanced approach (3-bar lookback) - Recommended for most traders
Low Speed : Most reliable, slower detection (4-bar lookback) - Best for swing trading
✅ Show ZigZag Lines: ON (Visual connection of validated pivots)
Bar Coloring Settings
⚠️ Momentum Swings: OFF (Avoid visual clutter initially)
✅ Market Sentiment: ON (Primary sentiment-based bar coloring)
Step 3: Label Display Configuration
Essential Labels (Recommended Settings)
✅ Show Validated Pivots (✓): ON (Core validated extremes)
⚠️ Show Potential Turns (●): OFF (Reduces noise - enable once familiar)
⚠️ Show Structure Labels: OFF (Start clean, enable for advanced analysis)
⚠️ Include Trend in Structure Labels: OFF (Advanced feature)
✅ Show Strength Rating (💪): ON (Critical for trade quality assessment)
⚠️ Show Market Sentiment Wave Events: OFF (Advanced feature for later)
Label Visual Customization
Label Coloring : Standard (Highs=Red, Lows=Green)
Label Size : Normal
Label Transparency : 0%
Text Transparency : 0%
Step 4: Alert System Setup
✅ Enable Alerts: ON
⚠️ Alert Potential Bullish Turns: OFF (Disabled by design to prevent noise)
⚠️ Alert Potential Bearish Turns: OFF (Disabled by design to prevent noise)
✅ Alert ONLY on Confirmed Extremes: ON (High-quality signals only)
✅ Include Wave Events in Confirmed Alerts: ON (Comprehensive context)
Basic Trading Guide
Understanding the Dynamic ZigZag System
Market Sentiment A is fundamentally a Dynamic ZigZag System that displays validated highs and lows on your price chart. The indicator uses Market Sentiment B wave calculations internally to determine when sentiment waves finish, but these histograms and oscillators are NOT displayed on your chart .
What You See on Your Chart:
✓ Validated Highs : Red checkmarks marking confirmed resistance levels
✓ Validated Lows : Green checkmarks marking confirmed support levels
ZigZag Lines : Connecting validated extremes to show market structure
💪 Strength Ratings : 0-100 scores indicating signal quality
Structure Labels : HH/HL/LH/LL showing trend context
How Validation Works (Behind the Scenes):
High Validation : Uses Market Sentiment B wave analysis to confirm when a price high represents a true resistance level
Low Validation : Uses Market Sentiment B wave analysis to confirm when a price low represents a true support level
Dynamic Detection : Continuously monitors sentiment waves to validate extremes in real-time
Quality Filtering : Only displays the most significant highs and lows based on wave completion
Key Trading Concept:
Focus entirely on the validated highs and lows displayed on your chart. These represent dynamic support and resistance levels that have been confirmed by underlying sentiment analysis. The histogram and oscillator calculations happen internally - your trading decisions should be based on price action around these validated levels.
Entry Strategies
Primary Strategy: Dynamic Support/Resistance Reversals
Setup : Wait for validated pivot with ✓ marker and strength rating displayed on chart
Entry Timing : Enter on the bar when validation occurs or on pullback to the validated level
Direction : Counter-trend to the validated extreme (buy at validated lows/support, sell at validated highs/resistance)
Confirmation : Look for strength rating above 60 for higher probability setups
Structure Context : Consider overall trend using HH/HL/LH/LL structure labels
Secondary Strategy: ZigZag Trend Continuation
Setup : Identify trend direction using consecutive validated highs and lows
Entry : Enter in trend direction when price pulls back to previous validated level
Confirmation : Look for structure labels confirming trend (HH/HL for uptrend, LH/LL for downtrend)
Strength Filter : Use strength ratings above 70 for trend continuation entries
Stop Loss Methodology
For Long Positions (Validated Lows) : Place stop below the validated low price level
For Short Positions (Validated Highs) : Place stop above the validated high price level
Alternative Method : Use previous validated extreme in opposite direction as stop level
Structure-Based Method : Use significant validated levels that would invalidate the trade setup
Buffer Consideration : Add small buffer beyond validated level to account for wicks and spread
Profit Taking Strategy
For Long Positions (Validated Low Entries):
Target 1 : Previous validated high shown on chart (75% of position)
Target 2 : Next significant validated high or key resistance level (50% of remaining 25% = 12.5% of original position)
Target 3 : Extended targets using ZigZag structure analysis and trend context (remaining 12.5% of original position)
Management : Move stop loss to breakeven once first target (TP1) is executed
For Short Positions (Validated High Entries):
Target 1 : Previous validated low shown on chart (75% of position)
Target 2 : Next significant validated low or key support level (50% of remaining 25% = 12.5% of original position)
Target 3 : Extended targets using ZigZag structure analysis and trend context (remaining 12.5% of original position)
Management : Move stop loss to breakeven once first target (TP1) is executed
ZigZag Structure Trading Approach
Sideways Markets : Trade between validated highs and lows - buy at support, sell at resistance
Trending Markets : Use validated levels as pullback entry points in trend direction
Structure Breaks : Watch for breaks of significant validated levels to signal trend changes
Range Identification : Use consecutive validated highs and lows to identify trading ranges
Breakout Trading : Enter when price breaks beyond validated levels with strong momentum
Strength Rating Interpretation
Understanding the 0-100 Strength Score
The strength rating combines multiple factors:
Base Strength (25 points) : Fundamental pivot validation
Wave Events (12 points each) : Number and quality of wave events detected
Trend Context (5-10 points) : Alignment with overall trend direction
Structure Quality (3-8 points) : HH/HL/LH/LL structure strength
Sentiment Position (5-10 points) : Extreme sentiment readings
Momentum Context (5 points) : Momentum divergence confirmation
Strength Categories
90-100 : Exceptional strength - Highest probability setups
75-89 : Strong signal - High confidence trades
60-74 : Good signal - Solid trading opportunities
45-59 : Moderate signal - Use additional confirmation
30-44 : Weak signal - Proceed with caution
Below 30 : Very weak - Generally avoid
Wave Event Reference (Calculation Background)
Understanding Wave Events in Strength Calculations
Wave events are used internally by Market Sentiment A to calculate strength ratings and validate pivots. While these events may appear in alert messages or tooltips, they are not meant for direct trading decisions - they are calculation components that contribute to the overall strength score.
Key Wave Events (For Reference Only)
MPIV↑/MPIV↓ : Momentum pivot detection used in validation process
HTURN : Histogram turn identification used for wave completion
TRI↑/TRI↓ : Triangle pattern detection contributing to strength calculation
SW : Small wave indication affecting pivot quality assessment
VOL : Volume spike detection adding to strength scoring
MDIV↑/MDIV↓ : Momentum divergence contributing to validation strength
HDIV↑/HDIV↓ : Histogram divergence used in pivot confirmation
PDIV↑/PDIV↓ : Price divergence analysis for strength enhancement
How Wave Events Affect Your Trading
Strength Score Impact : More events generally result in higher strength ratings for validated pivots
Alert Context : Events may be mentioned in alerts to provide background on signal quality
Focus on Results : Instead of analyzing individual events, focus on the final strength rating and validated pivot levels
Trust the System : The indicator processes these events automatically - your job is to trade the validated highs and lows
Analysis Setups
Setup 1: Scalping Configuration (1-5 minute charts)
Core Settings:
ZigZag Speed: High (fastest detection for quick scalps)
Show Validated Pivots: ON
Show Strength Rating: ON
Bar Coloring: Market Sentiment
Visual Settings:
Label Size: Small (reduce visual clutter)
ZigZag Lines: ON
Potential Turns: ON (for immediate signals)
Trading Approach:
Focus on strength ratings above 70 for scalp entries
Quick entries at validated highs/lows with immediate execution
Tight stops just beyond validated levels
Target previous validated pivots shown on chart for quick profits
Use ZigZag structure to identify rapid reversal opportunities
Setup 2: Day Trading Configuration (5-15 minute charts)
Core Settings:
ZigZag Speed: Medium (balanced approach)
Show Validated Pivots: ON
Show Strength Rating: ON
Include Wave Events: ON (for context)
Visual Settings:
Label Size: Normal
Show Structure Labels: ON (for trend context)
ZigZag Lines: ON with trend coloring
Trading Approach:
Wait for strength ratings above 60 for quality setups
Use HH/HL/LH/LL structure labels for trend bias
Combine reversal trades at extremes with trend continuation at pullbacks
Hold positions targeting next validated pivot levels
Use ZigZag structure analysis for entry timing and market context
Setup 3: Swing Trading Configuration (1-4 hour charts)
Core Settings:
ZigZag Speed: Low (most reliable signals)
Show Validated Pivots: ON
Show Structure Labels: ON
Include Trend Analysis: ON
Visual Settings:
Label Size: Normal
Show all wave events for comprehensive analysis
Enable all alert types
Trading Approach:
Focus on strength ratings above 75 for swing positions
Emphasize trend continuation using ZigZag structure
Use validated level breaks for major position adjustments
Hold positions across multiple sessions targeting distant validated levels
Use comprehensive structure analysis (HH/HL/LH/LL) for entries/exits
Setup 4: Position Trading Configuration (4H-Daily charts)
Core Settings:
ZigZag Speed: Low (maximum reliability)
Show Validated Pivots: ON
Show Structure Labels: ON
Show all analysis features
Visual Settings:
Clean, comprehensive labeling
Full wave event display
Trend-based coloring for major bias
Trading Approach:
Only trade strength ratings above 80 for position entries
Focus on major ZigZag structure changes and validated level breaks
Use long-term structure analysis (HH/HL/LH/LL) for bias
Hold positions for weeks to months targeting major validated levels
Align with fundamental analysis and major market structure
Setup 5: Multi-Asset Analysis Configuration
For Forex Pairs:
Use Medium to Low speed settings
Focus on major session changes
Pay attention to news event correlation
Use strength ratings above 70
For Crypto Assets:
Medium speed for 24/7 market adaptation
Higher volatility requires strength above 75
Monitor weekend behavior patterns
Consider market sentiment cycles
For Stock Markets:
Align with market hours
Consider earnings and economic events
Use sector-specific analysis
Respect market close/open dynamics
Visual Components
Core Visual Elements
✓ Validated Pivots : Green checkmarks for confirmed lows, red for confirmed highs
● Potential Turns : Small dots showing histogram turn correlations (optional)
ZigZag Lines : Connecting validated extremes with trend-based coloring
💪 Strength Ratings : Numerical strength scores from 0-100
Structure Labels : HH/HL/LH/LL with trend context (optional)
Bar Coloring System
Market Sentiment Coloring : Based on sentiment oscillator position and momentum
Extreme Conditions : Special coloring for extreme overbought/oversold conditions
Momentum Swing Coloring : Alternative coloring based on momentum analysis
Advanced Visual Features
Wave Event Labels : Comprehensive event display within pivot labels
Trend Context : Dynamic trend identification and display
Strength Breakdown : Detailed tooltips showing strength components
Custom Coloring Modes : Standard vs trend-based coloring options
Alert System
Core Alert Types
Validated High Confirmed : When red wave validates ultimate high with full context
Validated Low Confirmed : When green wave validates ultimate low with full context
Trend Change Detected : When structure analysis detects trend shifts
Alert Message Structure
Each alert includes:
Timeframe identification
Signal type (BULLISH/BEARISH)
Structure context (HH/HL/LH/LL)
Strength score with 💪 rating
Exact price level
Wave events context (if enabled)
Setting Up Alerts
Enable desired alert types in indicator settings
Focus on "Confirmed Extremes" alerts for quality
Enable wave events for comprehensive context
Test alerts on historical data first
Set up multiple notification methods
Risk Management Framework
Strength-Based Position Sizing
Strength 90-100 : Maximum position size (3-5% risk)
Strength 75-89 : Large position size (2-3% risk)
Strength 60-74 : Standard position size (1-2% risk)
Strength 45-59 : Small position size (0.5-1% risk)
Below 45 : Avoid or minimal size (0.25% risk maximum)
Stop Loss Guidelines
Primary Method : Always use validated pivot levels for stops
Buffer Method : Add small buffer beyond validation level
Multiple Timeframe : Consider higher timeframe validated levels
Wave Event Context : Adjust stops based on event confluence
Risk-Reward Optimization
Minimum R:R : 1.5:1 for all trades
Preferred R:R : 2:1 or better for strength above 70
Exceptional Setups : 3:1+ for strength above 85
Position Management : Take 75% at TP1, 50% of remaining at TP2, close remaining at TP3
Stop Management : Move stop to breakeven after TP1 execution
Best Practices
Signal Quality Assessment
Always wait for validated pivots with ✓ checkmarks displayed on chart
Prioritize strength ratings above 60 for trade quality
Focus on the validated high/low levels rather than underlying calculations
Consider HH/HL/LH/LL structure labels for directional bias
Use ZigZag line connections to understand market structure flow
Entry Timing Optimization
Enter on validation bar or immediate pullback to validated level
Use lower timeframes for precise entry refinement around validated levels
Wait for strength score calculation completion before entry
Monitor price action around validated highs and lows
Consider multiple timeframe validated level alignment
Exit Strategy Management
Use opposite validated pivots displayed on chart as primary targets
Execute Fundur 3-stage exit: 75% at TP1, 12.5% at TP2, 12.5% at TP3
Move stop loss to breakeven immediately after TP1 execution
Monitor strength ratings of new validated levels that could reverse remaining position
Watch for structure changes (trend breaks) via HH/HL/LH/LL labels for early exit consideration
Common Mistakes to Avoid
Signal Interpretation Errors
Don't trade potential turns without ✓ validation markers
Never ignore strength ratings below 45 - they indicate weak signals
Don't chase signals after significant movement away from validated levels
Avoid overriding clear ZigZag structure and trend context
Don't ignore the relationship between consecutive validated highs and lows
Risk Management Failures
Never risk more than the strength score suggests for position sizing
Don't move stops against validated levels - they represent key structure
Avoid oversizing on "sure thing" setups - even high-strength signals can fail
Don't ignore multiple timeframe validated level context
Never trade without clear invalidation levels (validated highs/lows for stops)
System Usage Mistakes
Don't enable all features immediately - start simple
Avoid changing speed settings mid-session
Don't ignore alert system capabilities
Never disable core validation features
Don't overlook customization for your chart setup
Advanced Techniques
Multi-Timeframe ZigZag Analysis
Use higher timeframe validated levels for major bias and targets
Align lower timeframe entries with higher timeframe validated structure
Look for validated level confluence across timeframes
Monitor strength rating consistency of validated levels across periods
Advanced Structure Pattern Recognition
Identify recurring validated level patterns and their outcomes
Recognize high-probability ZigZag structure sequences
Use historical validated level patterns for target projection
Combine ZigZag analysis with other Fundur technical analysis tools
Advanced Alert Utilization
Create custom alert combinations based on strength thresholds
Use validated level break alerts for position management
Combine strength rating filters with validated pivot alerts
Develop systematic responses to different validated level types
Conclusion
The Fundur - Market Sentiment A indicator represents a breakthrough in technical analysis, providing a dynamic ZigZag system that displays validated highs and lows with unprecedented accuracy. By following the methodologies outlined in this guide and adapting the settings to your trading style, you can harness the full power of this sophisticated system for more precise and profitable trading decisions.
The key to success with Market Sentiment A lies in understanding that it is fundamentally a dynamic support and resistance system. Focus on the validated highs and lows displayed on your chart, use the strength ratings to assess signal quality, and leverage the structure analysis for trend context. Start with conservative settings, focus on high-strength signals, and gradually incorporate advanced features as you become familiar with the system's behavior across different market conditions.
Remember that this indicator provides the tools for identification and analysis - successful trading still requires proper risk management, psychological discipline, and continuous learning. Use the strength rating system as your primary guide, respect the validated pivot methodology, and always prioritize capital preservation over profit maximization.
Market Zone Analyzer[BullByte]Understanding the Market Zone Analyzer
---
1. Purpose of the Indicator
The Market Zone Analyzer is a Pine Script™ (version 6) indicator designed to streamline market analysis on TradingView. Rather than scanning multiple separate tools, it unifies four core dimensions—trend strength, momentum, price action, and market activity—into a single, consolidated view. By doing so, it helps traders:
• Save time by avoiding manual cross-referencing of disparate signals.
• Reduce decision-making errors that can arise from juggling multiple indicators.
• Gain a clear, reliable read on whether the market is in a bullish, bearish, or sideways phase, so they can more confidently decide to enter, exit, or hold a position.
---
2. Why a Trader Should Use It
• Unified View: Combines all essential market dimensions into one easy-to-read score and dashboard, eliminating the need to piece together signals manually.
• Adaptability: Automatically adjusts its internal weighting for trend, momentum, and price action based on current volatility. Whether markets are choppy or calm, the indicator remains relevant.
• Ease of Interpretation: Outputs a simple “BULLISH,” “BEARISH,” or “SIDEWAYS” label, supplemented by an intuitive on-chart dashboard and an oscillator plot that visually highlights market direction.
• Reliability Features: Built-in smoothing of the net score and hysteresis logic (requiring consecutive confirmations before flips) minimize false signals during noisy or range-bound phases.
---
3. Why These Specific Indicators?
This script relies on a curated set of well-established technical tools, each chosen for its particular strength in measuring one of the four core dimensions:
1. Trend Strength:
• ADX/DMI (Average Directional Index / Directional Movement Index): Measures how strong a trend is, and whether the +DI line is above the –DI line (bullish) or vice versa (bearish).
• Moving Average Slope (Fast MA vs. Slow MA): Compares a shorter-period SMA to a longer-period SMA; if the fast MA sits above the slow MA, it confirms an uptrend, and vice versa for a downtrend.
• Ichimoku Cloud Differential (Senkou A vs. Senkou B): Provides a forward-looking view of trend direction; Senkou A above Senkou B signals bullishness, and the opposite signals bearishness.
2. Momentum:
• Relative Strength Index (RSI): Identifies overbought (above its dynamically calculated upper bound) or oversold (below its lower bound) conditions; changes in RSI often precede price reversals.
• Stochastic %K: Highlights shifts in short-term momentum by comparing closing price to the recent high/low range; values above its upper band signal bullish momentum, below its lower band signal bearish momentum.
• MACD Histogram: Measures the difference between the MACD line and its signal line; a positive histogram indicates upward momentum, a negative histogram indicates downward momentum.
3. Price Action:
• Highest High / Lowest Low (HH/LL) Range: Over a defined lookback period, this captures breakout or breakdown levels. A closing price near the recent highs (with a positive MA slope) yields a bullish score, and near the lows (with a negative MA slope) yields a bearish score.
• Heikin-Ashi Doji Detection: Uses Heikin-Ashi candles to identify indecision or continuation patterns. A small Heikin-Ashi body (doji) relative to recent volatility is scored as neutral; a larger body in the direction of the MA slope is scored bullish or bearish.
• Candle Range Measurement: Compares each candle’s high-low range against its own dynamic band (average range ± standard deviation). Large candles aligning with the prevailing trend score bullish or bearish accordingly; unusually small candles can indicate exhaustion or consolidation.
4. Market Activity:
• Bollinger Bands Width (BBW): Measures the distance between BB upper and lower bands; wide bands indicate high volatility, narrow bands indicate low volatility.
• Average True Range (ATR): Quantifies average price movement (volatility). A sudden spike in ATR suggests a volatile environment, while a contraction suggests calm.
• Keltner Channels Width (KCW): Similar to BBW but uses ATR around an EMA. Provides a second layer of volatility context, confirming or contrasting BBW readings.
• Volume (with Moving Average): Compares current volume to its moving average ± standard deviation. High volume validates strong moves; low volume signals potential lack of conviction.
By combining these tools, the indicator captures trend direction, momentum strength, price-action nuances, and overall market energy, yielding a more balanced and comprehensive assessment than any single tool alone.
---
4. What Makes This Indicator Stand Out
• Multi-Dimensional Analysis: Rather than relying on a lone oscillator or moving average crossover, it simultaneously evaluates trend, momentum, price action, and activity.
• Dynamic Weighting: The relative importance of trend, momentum, and price action adjusts automatically based on real-time volatility (Market Activity State). For example, in highly volatile conditions, trend and momentum signals carry more weight; in calm markets, price action signals are prioritized.
• Stability Mechanisms:
• Smoothing: The net score is passed through a short moving average, filtering out noise, especially on lower timeframes.
• Hysteresis: Both Market Activity State and the final bullish/bearish/sideways zone require two consecutive confirmations before flipping, reducing whipsaw.
• Visual Interpretation: A fully customizable on-chart dashboard displays each sub-indicator’s value, regime, score, and comment, all color-coded. The oscillator plot changes color to reflect the current market zone (green for bullish, red for bearish, gray for sideways) and shows horizontal threshold lines at +2, 0, and –2.
---
5. Recommended Timeframes
• Short-Term (5 min, 15 min): Day traders and scalpers can benefit from rapid signals, but should enable smoothing (and possibly disable hysteresis) to reduce false whipsaws.
• Medium-Term (1 h, 4 h): Swing traders find a balance between responsiveness and reliability. Less smoothing is required here, and the default parameters (e.g., ADX length = 14, RSI length = 14) perform well.
• Long-Term (Daily, Weekly): Position traders tracking major trends can disable smoothing for immediate raw readings, since higher-timeframe noise is minimal. Adjust lookback lengths (e.g., increase adxLength, rsiLength) if desired for slower signals.
Tip: If you keep smoothing off, stick to timeframes of 1 h or higher to avoid excessive signal “chatter.”
---
6. How Scoring Works
A. Individual Indicator Scores
Each sub-indicator is assigned one of three discrete scores:
• +1 if it indicates a bullish condition (e.g., RSI above its dynamically calculated upper bound).
• 0 if it is neutral (e.g., RSI between upper and lower bounds).
• –1 if it indicates a bearish condition (e.g., RSI below its dynamically calculated lower bound).
Examples of individual score assignments:
• ADX/DMI:
• +1 if ADX ≥ adxThreshold and +DI > –DI (strong bullish trend)
• –1 if ADX ≥ adxThreshold and –DI > +DI (strong bearish trend)
• 0 if ADX < adxThreshold (trend strength below threshold)
• RSI:
• +1 if RSI > RSI_upperBound
• –1 if RSI < RSI_lowerBound
• 0 otherwise
• ATR (as part of Market Activity):
• +1 if ATR > (ATR_MA + stdev(ATR))
• –1 if ATR < (ATR_MA – stdev(ATR))
• 0 otherwise
Each of the four main categories shares this same +1/0/–1 logic across their sub-components.
B. Category Scores
Once each sub-indicator reports +1, 0, or –1, these are summed within their categories as follows:
• Trend Score = (ADX score) + (MA slope score) + (Ichimoku differential score)
• Momentum Score = (RSI score) + (Stochastic %K score) + (MACD histogram score)
• Price Action Score = (Highest-High/Lowest-Low score) + (Heikin-Ashi doji score) + (Candle range score)
• Market Activity Raw Score = (BBW score) + (ATR score) + (KC width score) + (Volume score)
Each category’s summed value can range between –3 and +3 (for Trend, Momentum, and Price Action), and between –4 and +4 for Market Activity raw.
C. Market Activity State and Dynamic Weight Adjustments
Rather than contributing directly to the netScore like the other three categories, Market Activity determines how much weight to assign to Trend, Momentum, and Price Action:
1. Compute Market Activity Raw Score by summing BBW, ATR, KCW, and Volume individual scores (each +1/0/–1).
2. Bucket into High, Medium, or Low Activity:
• High if raw Score ≥ 2 (volatile market).
• Low if raw Score ≤ –2 (calm market).
• Medium otherwise.
3. Apply Hysteresis (if enabled): The state only flips after two consecutive bars register the same high/low/medium label.
4. Set Category Weights:
• High Activity: Trend = 50 %, Momentum = 35 %, Price Action = 15 %.
• Low Activity: Trend = 25 %, Momentum = 20 %, Price Action = 55 %.
• Medium Activity: Use the trader’s base weight inputs (e.g., Trend = 40 %, Momentum = 30 %, Price Action = 30 % by default).
D. Calculating the Net Score
5. Normalize Base Weights (so that the sum of Trend + Momentum + Price Action always equals 100 %).
6. Determine Current Weights based on the Market Activity State (High/Medium/Low).
7. Compute Each Category’s Contribution: Multiply (categoryScore) × (currentWeight).
8. Sum Contributions to get the raw netScore (a floating-point value that can exceed ±3 when scores are strong).
9. Smooth the netScore over two bars (if smoothing is enabled) to reduce noise.
10. Apply Hysteresis to the Final Zone:
• If the smoothed netScore ≥ +2, the bar is classified as “Bullish.”
• If the smoothed netScore ≤ –2, the bar is classified as “Bearish.”
• Otherwise, it is “Sideways.”
• To prevent rapid flips, the script requires two consecutive bars in the new zone before officially changing the displayed zone (if hysteresis is on).
E. Thresholds for Zone Classification
• BULLISH: netScore ≥ +2
• BEARISH: netScore ≤ –2
• SIDEWAYS: –2 < netScore < +2
---
7. Role of Volatility (Market Activity State) in Scoring
Volatility acts as a dynamic switch that shifts which category carries the most influence:
1. High Activity (Volatile):
• Detected when at least two sub-scores out of BBW, ATR, KCW, and Volume equal +1.
• The script sets Trend weight = 50 % and Momentum weight = 35 %. Price Action weight is minimized at 15 %.
• Rationale: In volatile markets, strong trending moves and momentum surges dominate, so those signals are more reliable than nuanced candle patterns.
2. Low Activity (Calm):
• Detected when at least two sub-scores out of BBW, ATR, KCW, and Volume equal –1.
• The script sets Price Action weight = 55 %, Trend = 25 %, and Momentum = 20 %.
• Rationale: In quiet, sideways markets, subtle price-action signals (breakouts, doji patterns, small-range candles) are often the best early indicators of a new move.
3. Medium Activity (Balanced):
• Raw Score between –1 and +1 from the four volatility metrics.
• Uses whatever base weights the trader has specified (e.g., Trend = 40 %, Momentum = 30 %, Price Action = 30 %).
Because volatility can fluctuate rapidly, the script employs hysteresis on Market Activity State: a new High or Low state must occur on two consecutive bars before weights actually shift. This avoids constant back-and-forth weight changes and provides more stability.
---
8. Scoring Example (Hypothetical Scenario)
• Symbol: Bitcoin on a 1-hour chart.
• Market Activity: Raw volatility sub-scores show BBW (+1), ATR (+1), KCW (0), Volume (+1) → Total raw Score = +3 → High Activity.
• Weights Selected: Trend = 50 %, Momentum = 35 %, Price Action = 15 %.
• Trend Signals:
• ADX strong and +DI > –DI → +1
• Fast MA above Slow MA → +1
• Ichimoku Senkou A > Senkou B → +1
→ Trend Score = +3
• Momentum Signals:
• RSI above upper bound → +1
• MACD histogram positive → +1
• Stochastic %K within neutral zone → 0
→ Momentum Score = +2
• Price Action Signals:
• Highest High/Lowest Low check yields 0 (close not near extremes)
• Heikin-Ashi doji reading is neutral → 0
• Candle range slightly above upper bound but trend is strong, so → +1
→ Price Action Score = +1
• Compute Net Score (before smoothing):
• Trend contribution = 3 × 0.50 = 1.50
• Momentum contribution = 2 × 0.35 = 0.70
• Price Action contribution = 1 × 0.15 = 0.15
• Raw netScore = 1.50 + 0.70 + 0.15 = 2.35
• Since 2.35 ≥ +2 and hysteresis is met, the final zone is “Bullish.”
Although the netScore lands at 2.35 (Bullish), smoothing might bring it slightly below 2.00 on the first bar (e.g., 1.90), in which case the script would wait for a second consecutive reading above +2 before officially classifying the zone as Bullish (if hysteresis is enabled).
---
9. Correlation Between Categories
The four categories—Trend Strength, Momentum, Price Action, and Market Activity—often reinforce or offset one another. The script takes advantage of these natural correlations:
• Bullish Alignment: If ADX is strong and pointed upward, fast MA is above slow MA, and Ichimoku is positive, that usually coincides with RSI climbing above its upper bound and the MACD histogram turning positive. In such cases, both Trend and Momentum categories generate +1 or +2. Because the Market Activity State is likely High (given the accompanying volatility), Trend and Momentum weights are at their peak, so the netScore quickly crosses into Bullish territory.
• Sideways/Consolidation: During a low-volatility, sideways phase, ADX may fall below its threshold, MAs may flatten, and RSI might hover in the neutral band. However, subtle price-action signals (like a small breakout candle or a Heikin-Ashi candle with a slight bias) can still produce a +1 in the Price Action category. If Market Activity is Low, Price Action’s weight (55 %) can carry enough influence—even if Trend and Momentum are neutral—to push the netScore out of “Sideways” into a mild bullish or bearish bias.
• Opposing Signals: When Trend is bullish but Momentum turns negative (for example, price continues up but RSI rolls over), the two scores can partially cancel. Market Activity may remain Medium, in which case the netScore lingers near zero (Sideways). The trader can then wait for either a clearer momentum shift or a fresh price-action breakout before committing.
By dynamically recognizing these correlations and adjusting weights, the indicator ensures that:
• When Trend and Momentum align (and volatility supports it), the netScore leaps strongly into Bullish or Bearish.
• When Trend is neutral but Price Action shows an early move in a low-volatility environment, Price Action’s extra weight in the Low Activity State can still produce actionable signals.
---
10. Market Activity State & Its Role (Detailed)
The Market Activity State is not a direct category score—it is an overarching context setter for how heavily to trust Trend, Momentum, or Price Action. Here’s how it is derived and applied:
1. Calculate Four Volatility Sub-Scores:
• BBW: Compare the current band width to its own moving average ± standard deviation. If BBW > (BBW_MA + stdev), assign +1 (high volatility); if BBW < (BBW_MA × 0.5), assign –1 (low volatility); else 0.
• ATR: Compare ATR to its moving average ± standard deviation. A spike above the upper threshold is +1; a contraction below the lower threshold is –1; otherwise 0.
• KCW: Same logic as ATR but around the KCW mean.
• Volume: Compare current volume to its volume MA ± standard deviation. Above the upper threshold is +1; below the lower threshold is –1; else 0.
2. Sum Sub-Scores → Raw Market Activity Score: Range between –4 and +4.
3. Assign Market Activity State:
• High Activity: Raw Score ≥ +2 (at least two volatility metrics are strongly spiking).
• Low Activity: Raw Score ≤ –2 (at least two metrics signal unusually low volatility or thin volume).
• Medium Activity: Raw Score is between –1 and +1 inclusive.
4. Hysteresis for Stability:
• If hysteresis is enabled, a new state only takes hold after two consecutive bars confirm the same High, Medium, or Low label.
• This prevents the Market Activity State from bouncing around when volatility is on the fence.
5. Set Category Weights Based on Activity State:
• High Activity: Trend = 50 %, Momentum = 35 %, Price Action = 15 %.
• Low Activity: Trend = 25 %, Momentum = 20 %, Price Action = 55 %.
• Medium Activity: Use trader’s base weights (e.g., Trend = 40 %, Momentum = 30 %, Price Action = 30 %).
6. Impact on netScore: Because category scores (–3 to +3) multiply by these weights, High Activity amplifies the effect of strong Trend and Momentum scores; Low Activity amplifies the effect of Price Action.
7. Market Context Tooltip: The dashboard includes a tooltip summarizing the current state—e.g., “High activity, trend and momentum prioritized,” “Low activity, price action prioritized,” or “Balanced market, all categories considered.”
---
11. Category Weights: Base vs. Dynamic
Traders begin by specifying base weights for Trend Strength, Momentum, and Price Action that sum to 100 %. These apply only when volatility is in the Medium band. Once volatility shifts:
• High Volatility Overrides:
• Trend jumps from its base (e.g., 40 %) to 50 %.
• Momentum jumps from its base (e.g., 30 %) to 35 %.
• Price Action is reduced to 15 %.
Example: If base weights were Trend = 40 %, Momentum = 30 %, Price Action = 30 %, then in High Activity they become 50/35/15. A Trend score of +3 now contributes 3 × 0.50 = +1.50 to netScore; a Momentum +2 contributes 2 × 0.35 = +0.70. In total, Trend + Momentum can easily push netScore above the +2 threshold on its own.
• Low Volatility Overrides:
• Price Action leaps from its base (30 %) to 55 %.
• Trend falls to 25 %, Momentum falls to 20 %.
Why? When markets are quiet, subtle candle breakouts, doji patterns, and small-range expansions tend to foreshadow the next swing more effectively than raw trend readings. A Price Action score of +3 in this state contributes 3 × 0.55 = +1.65, which can carry the netScore toward +2—even if Trend and Momentum are neutral or only mildly positive.
Because these weight shifts happen only after two consecutive bars confirm a High or Low state (if hysteresis is on), the indicator avoids constantly flipping its emphasis during borderline volatility phases.
---
12. Dominant Category Explained
Within the dashboard, a label such as “Trend Dominant,” “Momentum Dominant,” or “Price Action Dominant” appears when one category’s absolute weighted contribution to netScore is the largest. Concretely:
• Compute each category’s weighted contribution = (raw category score) × (current weight).
• Compare the absolute values of those three contributions.
• The category with the highest absolute value is flagged as Dominant for that bar.
Why It Matters:
• Momentum Dominant: Indicates that the combined force of RSI, Stochastic, and MACD (after weighting) is pushing netScore farther than either Trend or Price Action. In practice, it means that short-term sentiment and speed of change are the primary drivers right now, so traders should watch for continued momentum signals before committing to a trade.
• Trend Dominant: Means ADX, MA slope, and Ichimoku (once weighted) outweigh the other categories. This suggests a strong directional move is in place; trend-following entries or confirming pullbacks are likely to succeed.
• Price Action Dominant: Occurs when breakout/breakdown patterns, Heikin-Ashi candle readings, and range expansions (after weighting) are the most influential. This often happens in calmer markets, where subtle shifts in candle structure can foreshadow bigger moves.
By explicitly calling out which category is carrying the most weight at any moment, the dashboard gives traders immediate insight into why the netScore is tilting toward bullish, bearish, or sideways.
---
13. Oscillator Plot: How to Read It
The “Net Score” oscillator sits below the dashboard and visually displays the smoothed netScore as a line graph. Key features:
1. Value Range: In normal conditions it oscillates roughly between –3 and +3, but extreme confluences can push it outside that range.
2. Horizontal Threshold Lines:
• +2 Line (Bullish threshold)
• 0 Line (Neutral midline)
• –2 Line (Bearish threshold)
3. Zone Coloring:
• Green Background (Bullish Zone): When netScore ≥ +2.
• Red Background (Bearish Zone): When netScore ≤ –2.
• Gray Background (Sideways Zone): When –2 < netScore < +2.
4. Dynamic Line Color:
• The plotted netScore line itself is colored green in a Bullish Zone, red in a Bearish Zone, or gray in a Sideways Zone, creating an immediate visual cue.
Interpretation Tips:
• Crossing Above +2: Signals a strong enough combined trend/momentum/price-action reading to classify as Bullish. Many traders wait for a clear crossing plus a confirmation candle before entering a long position.
• Crossing Below –2: Indicates a strong Bearish signal. Traders may consider short or exit strategies.
• Rising Slope, Even Below +2: If netScore climbs steadily from neutral toward +2, it demonstrates building bullish momentum.
• Divergence: If price makes a higher high but the oscillator fails to reach a new high, it can warn of weakening momentum and a potential reversal.
---
14. Comments and Their Necessity
Every sub-indicator (ADX, MA slope, Ichimoku, RSI, Stochastic, MACD, HH/LL, Heikin-Ashi, Candle Range, BBW, ATR, KCW, Volume) generates a short comment that appears in the detailed dashboard. Examples:
• “Strong bullish trend” or “Strong bearish trend” for ADX/DMI
• “Fast MA above slow MA” or “Fast MA below slow MA” for MA slope
• “RSI above dynamic threshold” or “RSI below dynamic threshold” for RSI
• “MACD histogram positive” or “MACD histogram negative” for MACD Hist
• “Price near highs” or “Price near lows” for HH/LL checks
• “Bullish Heikin Ashi” or “Bearish Heikin Ashi” for HA Doji scoring
• “Large range, trend confirmed” or “Small range, trend contradicted” for Candle Range
Additionally, the top-row comment for each category is:
• Trend: “Highly Bullish,” “Highly Bearish,” or “Neutral Trend.”
• Momentum: “Strong Momentum,” “Weak Momentum,” or “Neutral Momentum.”
• Price Action: “Bullish Action,” “Bearish Action,” or “Neutral Action.”
• Market Activity: “Volatile Market,” “Calm Market,” or “Stable Market.”
Reasons for These Comments:
• Transparency: Shows exactly how each sub-indicator contributed to its category score.
• Education: Helps traders learn why a category is labeled bullish, bearish, or neutral, building intuition over time.
• Customization: If, for example, the RSI comment says “RSI neutral” despite an impending trend shift, a trader might choose to adjust RSI length or thresholds.
In the detailed dashboard, hovering over each comment cell also reveals a tooltip with additional context (e.g., “Fast MA above slow MA” or “Senkou A above Senkou B”), helping traders understand the precise rule behind that +1, 0, or –1 assignment.
---
15. Real-Life Example (Consolidated)
• Instrument & Timeframe: Bitcoin (BTCUSD), 1-hour chart.
• Current Market Activity: BBW and ATR both spike (+1 each), KCW is moderately high (+1), but volume is only neutral (0) → Raw Market Activity Score = +2 → State = High Activity (after two bars, if hysteresis is on).
• Category Weights Applied: Trend = 50 %, Momentum = 35 %, Price Action = 15 %.
• Trend Sub-Scores:
1. ADX = 25 (above threshold 20) with +DI > –DI → +1.
2. Fast MA (20-period) sits above Slow MA (50-period) → +1.
3. Ichimoku: Senkou A > Senkou B → +1.
→ Trend Score = +3.
• Momentum Sub-Scores:
4. RSI = 75 (above its moving average +1 stdev) → +1.
5. MACD histogram = +0.15 → +1.
6. Stochastic %K = 50 (mid-range) → 0.
→ Momentum Score = +2.
• Price Action Sub-Scores:
7. Price is not within 1 % of the 20-period high/low and slope = positive → 0.
8. Heikin-Ashi body is slightly larger than stdev over last 5 bars with haClose > haOpen → +1.
9. Candle range is just above its dynamic upper bound but trend is already captured, so → +1.
→ Price Action Score = +2.
• Calculate netScore (before smoothing):
• Trend contribution = 3 × 0.50 = 1.50
• Momentum contribution = 2 × 0.35 = 0.70
• Price Action contribution = 2 × 0.15 = 0.30
• Raw netScore = 1.50 + 0.70 + 0.30 = 2.50 → Immediately classified as Bullish.
• Oscillator & Dashboard Output:
• The oscillator line crosses above +2 and turns green.
• Dashboard displays:
• Trend Regime “BULLISH,” Trend Score = 3, Comment = “Highly Bullish.”
• Momentum Regime “BULLISH,” Momentum Score = 2, Comment = “Strong Momentum.”
• Price Action Regime “BULLISH,” Price Action Score = 2, Comment = “Bullish Action.”
• Market Activity State “High,” Comment = “Volatile Market.”
• Weights: Trend 50 %, Momentum 35 %, Price Action 15 %.
• Dominant Category: Trend (because 1.50 > 0.70 > 0.30).
• Overall Score: 2.50, posCount = (three +1s in Trend) + (two +1s in Momentum) + (two +1s in Price Action) = 7 bullish signals, negCount = 0.
• Final Zone = “BULLISH.”
• The trader sees that both Trend and Momentum are reinforcing each other under high volatility. They might wait one more candle for confirmation but already have strong evidence to consider a long.
---
• .
---
Disclaimer
This indicator is strictly a technical analysis tool and does not constitute financial advice. All trading involves risk, including potential loss of capital. Past performance is not indicative of future results. Traders should:
• Always backtest the “Market Zone Analyzer ” on their chosen symbols and timeframes before committing real capital.
• Combine this tool with sound risk management, position sizing, and, if possible, fundamental analysis.
• Understand that no indicator is foolproof; always be prepared for unexpected market moves.
Goodluck
-BullByte!
---
TrendPredator PROThe TrendPredator PRO
Stacey Burke, a seasoned trader and mentor, developed his trading system over the years, drawing insights from influential figures such as George Douglas Taylor, Tony Crabel, Steve Mauro, and Robert Schabacker. His popular system integrates select concepts from these experts into a consistent framework. While powerful, it remains highly discretionary, requiring significant real-time analysis, which can be challenging for novice traders.
The TrendPredator indicators support this approach by automating the essential analysis required to trade the system effectively and incorporating mechanical bias and a multi-timeframe concept. They provide value to traders by significantly reducing the time needed for session preparation, offering all relevant chart analysis and signals for live trading in real-time.
The PRO version offers an advanced pattern identification logic that highlights developing context as well as setups related to the constellation of the signals provided. It provides real-time interpretation of the multi-timeframe analysis table, following an extensive underlying logic with more than 150 different setup variations specifically developed for the system and indicator. These setups are constantly back- and forward-tested and updated according to the results. This version is tailored to traders primarily trading this system and following the related setups in detail.
The former TrendPredator ES version does not provide that option. It is significantly leaner and is designed for traders who want to use the multi-timeframe logic as additional confluence for their trading style. It is very well suited to support many other trading styles, including SMC and ICT.
The Multi-timeframe Master Pattern
Inspired by Taylor’s 3-day cycle and Steve Mauro’s work with “Beat the Market Maker,” Burke’s system views markets as cyclical, driven by the manipulative patterns of market makers. These patterns often trap traders at the extremes of moves above or below significant levels with peak formations, then reverse to utilize their liquidity, initiating the next phase. Breakouts away from these traps often lead to range expansions, as described by Tony Crabel and Robert Schabacker. After multiple consecutive breakouts, especially after the psychological number three, overextension might develop. A break in structure may then lead to reversals or pullbacks. The TrendPredator Indicator and the related multi-timeframe trading system are designed to track these cycles on the daily timeframe and provide signals and trade setups to navigate them.
Bias Logic and Multi-Timeframe Concept
The indicator covers the basic signals of Stacey Burke's system:
- First Red Day (FRD): Bearish break in structure, signalling weak longs in the market.
- First Green Day (FGD): Bullish break in structure signalling weak shorts in the markt.
- Three Days of Longs (3DL): Overextension signalling potential weak longs in the market.
- Three Days of Shorts (3DS): Overextension signalling potential weak shorts in the market.
- Inside Day (ID): Contraction, signalling potential impulsive reversal or range expansion move.
It enhances the original system by introducing:
Structured Bias Logic:
Tracks bias by following how price trades concerning the last previous candle high or low that was hit. For example if the high was hit, we are bullish above and bearish below.
- Bullish state: Breakout (BO), Fakeout Low (FOL)
- Bearish state: Breakdown (BD), Fakeout High (FOH)
Multi-Timeframe Perspective:
- Tracks all signals across H4, H8, D, W, and M timeframes, to look for alignment and follow trends and momentum in a mechanical way.
Developing Context:
- Identifies specific predefined context states based on the monthly, weekly and daily bias.
Developing Setups:
- Identifies specific predefined setups based on context and H8 bias as well as SB signals.
The indicator monitors the bias and signals of the system across all relevant timeframes and automates the related graphical chart analysis as well as context and setup zone identification. In addition to the master pattern, the system helps to identify the higher timeframe situation and follow the moves driven by other timeframe traders to then identify favourable context and setup situations for the trader.
Example: Full Bullish Cycle on the Daily Timeframe with Multi-Timeframe Signals
- The Trap/Peak Formation
The market breaks down from a previous day’s and maybe week’s low—potentially after multiple breakdowns—but fails to move lower and pulls back up to form a peak formation low and closes as a first green day.
MTF Signals: Bullish daily and weekly fakeout low; three consecutive breakdown days (1W Curr FOL, 1D Curr FOL, BO 3S).
Context: Reversal (REV)
Setup: Fakeout low continuation low of day (FOL Cont LOD)
- Pullback and Consolidation
The next day pulls further up after first green day signal, potentially consolidates inside the previous day’s range.
MTF Signals: Fakeout low and first green day closing as an inside day (1D Curr IS, Prev FOL, First G).
Context: Reversal continuation (REV Cont)
Setup: Previous fakeout low continuation low handing fruit (Prev FOL Cont LHF)
- Range Expansion/Trend
The following day breaks up through the previous day’s high, launching a range expansion away from the trap.
MTF Signals: Bullish daily breakout of an inside day (1D Curr BO, Prev IS).
Context: Uptrend healthy (UT)
Setup: Breakout continuation low hanging fruit (BO Cont LHF)
- Overextension
After multiple consecutive breakouts, the market reaches a state of overextension, signalling a possible reversal or pullback.
MTF Signals: Three days of breakout longs (1D Curr BO, Prev BO, BO 3L).
Context: Uptrend extended (UT)
- Reversal
After a breakout of previous days high that fails, price pulls away from the high showing a rollover of momentum across all timeframes and a potential short setup.
MTF Signals: Three days of breakout longs, daily fakeout high (1D 3L, FOH)
Context: Reversal countertrend (REV)
Setup: Fakeout high continuation high of day (FOH Cont HOD)
Note: This is only one possible illustrative scenario; there are many variations and combinations.
Example Chart: Full Bullish Cycle with Correlated Signals
Multi-Timeframe Signals examples:
Context and Setups examples:
Note: The signals shown along the move are manually added illustrations. The indicator shows these in realtime in the table at top and bottom right. This is only one possible scenario; there are many variations and combinations.
Due to the fractal nature of markets, this cycle can be observed across all timeframes. The strongest setups occur when there is multi-timeframe alignment. For example, a peak formation and potential reversal on the daily timeframe have higher probability and follow-through when they align with bearish signals on higher timeframes (e.g., weekly/monthly BD/FOH) and confirmation on lower timeframes (H4/H8 FOH/BD). With this perspective, the system enables the trader to follow the trend and momentum while identifying rollover points in a highly differentiated and precise way.
Using the Indicator for Trading
The automated analysis provided by the indicator can be used for thesis generation in preparation for a session as well as for live trading, leveraging the real-time updates as well as the context and setup indicated or alerted. It is recommended to customize the settings deeply, such as hiding the lower timeframes for thesis generation or the specific alert time window and settings to the specific trading schedule and playbook of the trader.
1. Context Assessment:
Evaluate alignment of higher timeframes (e.g., Month/Week, Week/Day). More alignment → Stronger setups.
- The context table offers an interpretation of the higher timeframe automatically. See below for further details.
2. Setup Identification:
Follow the bias of daily and H8 timeframes. A setup mostly requires alignment of these.
Setup Types:
- Trend Trade: Trade in alignment with the previous day’s trend.
Example: Price above the previous day’s high → Focus on long setups (dBO, H8 FOL) until overextension or reversal signs appear (H8 BO 3L, First R).
- Reversal Trade: Identify reversal setups when lower timeframes show rollovers after higher timeframe weakness.
Example: Price below the previous day’s high → Look for reversal signals at the current high of day (H8 FOH, BO 3L, First R).
- The setup table shows potential setups for the specific price zone in the table automatically. See below for further details.
3. Entry Confirmation:
Confirm entries based on H8 and H4 alignment, candle closes and lower timeframe fakeouts.
- H8 and H4 should always align for a final confirmation, meaning the breach lines should be both in the back of a potential trade setup.
- M15/ 5 candle close can be seen as acceptance beyond a level or within the setup zone.
- M15/5 FOH/ FOL signals lower timeframe traps potentially indicating further confirmation.
Example Chart Reversal Trade:
Context: REV (yellow), Reversal counter trend, Month in FOL with bearish First R, Week in BO but bearishly overextended with BO 3L, Day in Fakeout high reversing bearishly.
Setup: FOH Cont HOD (red), Day in Fakeout high after BO 3L overextension, confirmed by H8 FOH high of day, First R as further confluence. Two star quality and countertrend.
Entry: H4 BD, M15 close below followed by M15 FOH.
Detailed Features and Options
1. Context and Setup table
The Context and Setup Table is the core feature of the TrendPredator PRO indicator. It delivers real-time interpretation of the multi-timeframe analysis based on an extensive underlying logic table with over 150 variations, specifically developed for this system and indicator. This logic is continuously updated and optimized to ensure accuracy and performance.
1.1. Developing Context
States for developing higher timeframe context are determined based on signals from the monthly, weekly, and daily timeframes.
- Green and Red indicate alignment and potentially interesting developing setups.
- Yellow signals a mixed or conflicting bias, suggesting caution when taking trades.
The specific states are:
- UT (yellow): Uptrend extended
- UT (green): Uptrend healthy
- REV (yellow): Reversal day counter trend
- REV (green): Reversal day mixed trend
- REV Cont (green): Reversal continuation mixed trend
- REV Cont (yellow): Reversal continuation counter trend
- REV into UT (green): Reversal day into uptrend
- REV Cont into UT (green): Reversal continuation into uptrend
- UT Pullback (yellow): Counter uptrend breakdown day
- Conflicting (yellow): Conflicting signals
- Consolidating (yellow): Consolidating sideways
- Inside (yellow): Trading inside after an inside week
- DT Pullback (yellow): Counter downtrend breakout day
- REV Cont into DT (red): Reversal continuation into downtrend
- REV into DT (red): Reversal day into downtrend
- REV Cont (yellow): Reversal continuation counter trend
- REV Cont (red): Reversal continuation mixed trend
- REV (red): Reversal day mixed trend
- REV (yellow): Reversal day countertrend
- DT (red): Downtrend healthy
- DT (yellow): Downtrend extended
Example: Uptrend
The Uptrend Context (UT, green) indicates a healthy uptrend with all timeframes aligning bullishly. In this case, the monthly is in a Fakeout Low (FOL) and currently inside the range, while the weekly and daily are both in Breakout (BO) states. This context is favorable for developing long setups in the direction of the trend.
Example: Uptrend pullback
The Uptrend Pullback Context (UT Pullback, yellow) indicates a Breakdown (BD) on the daily timeframe against a higher timeframe uptrend. In this case, the monthly is in a Fakeout Low (FOL) and currently inside its range, the weekly is in Breakout (BO) and also currently inside, while the daily is in Breakdown (BD). This context reflects a conflicting situation—potentially signaling either an early reversal back into the uptrend or, if the breakdown extends, the beginning of a possible trend change.
Example: Reversal into Uptrend
The Reversal into Uptrend Context (REV into UT, green) indicates a lower timeframe reversal aligning with a higher timeframe uptrend. In this case, the monthly is in Breakout (BO), the weekly is in Breakout (BO) and currently inside its range, while the daily is showing a bullish Fakeout Low (FOL) reversal. This context is potentially very favorable for long setups, as it signals a strong continuation of the uptrend supported across multiple timeframes.
Example: Reversal
The Bearish Reversal Context indicates a lower timeframe rollover within an ongoing higher timeframe uptrend. In this case, the monthly remains in Breakout (BO), the weekly has shifted into a Fakeout High (FOH) after three weeks of breakout longs, and the daily is already in Breakdown (BD). This context suggests a potentially favorable developing short setup, as early signs of weakness appear across timeframes.
1.2. Developing Setup
The states for specific setups are based on the context and the signals from the daily timeframe and H8, indicating that price is in the zone of alignment. The setup description refers to the state of the daily timeframe, while the suffix relates to the H8 timeframe. For example, "prev FOH Cont LHF" means that the previous day is in FOH (Fakeout High) relative to yesterday's breakout level, currently trading inside, and we are in an H8 breakdown, indicating a potential LHF (Lower High Formation) short trade if the entry confirms. The suffix HOD means that H8 is in FOH or BO (Breakout).
The specific states are:
- REV HOD (red): Reversal high of day
- REV Cont LHF (red): Reversal continuation low hanging fruit
- BO Cont LHF (green): Breakout continuation low hanging fruit
- BO Cont LOD (green): Breakout continuation low of day
- FOH Cont HOD (red): Fakeout high continuation high of day
- FOH Cont LHF ((red): Fakeout high continuation low hanging fruit
- prev BD Cont HOD (red): Previous breakdown continuation high of day
- prev BD Cont LHF (red): Previous breakdown continuation low hanging fruit
- prev FOH Cont HOD (red): Previous fakeout high continuation high of day
- prev FOH Cont LHF (red): Previous fakeout high continuation low hanging fruit
- prev FOL Cont LOD (green): Previous fakeout low continuation low of day
- prev FOL Cont LHF (green): Previous fakeout low continuation low hanging fruit
- prev BO Cont LOD (green): Previous breakout continuation low of day
- prev BO Cont LHF (green): Previous breakout continuation low hanging fruit
- FOL Cont LHF (green): Fakeout low continuation low hanging fruit
- FOL Cont LOD (green): Fakeout low continuation low of day
- BD Cont LHF (red): BD continuation low hanging fruit
- BD Cont LOD (red): Breakdown continuation low of day
- REV Cont LHF (green): Reversal continuation low hanging fruit
- REV LOD (green): Reversal low of day
- Inside: Trading inside after an inside day
Type: Indicates the situation of the indicated setup concerning:
- Trend: Following higher timeframe trend
- Mixed: Mixed higher timeframe signals
- Counter: Against higher timeframe bias
Quality: Indicates the quality of the indicated setup according to the specified logic table
No star: Very low quality
* One star: Low quality
** Two star: Medium quality
*** Three star: High quality
Example: Breakout Continuation Trend Setup
This setup highlights a healthy uptrend where the month is in a breakout, the week is in a fakeout low, and the day is in a breakout after a first green day. As the H8 breaks out to the upside, a long setup zone is triggered, presenting a breakout continuation low-hanging fruit trade. This is a trend trade in an overextended situation on the H8, with an H8 3L, resulting in an overall quality rating of one star.
Example: Fakeout Low Continuation Trend Setup
This setup shows a reversal into uptrend, with the month in a breakout, the week in a breakout, and the day in a fakeout low after breaking down the previous day and now reversing back up. As H8 breaks out to the upside, a long setup zone is triggered, presenting a previous fakeout low continuation, low-hanging fruit trade. This is a medium-quality trend trade.
Example: Reversal Setup - Mixed Trend
This setup shows a reversal setup in line with the weekly trend, with the month in a fakeout low, the week in a fakeout high, and the day in a fakeout high after breaking out earlier in the day and now reversing back down. As H8 loses the previous breakout level after 3 breakouts (with H8 3L), a short setup zone is triggered, presenting a fakeout high continuation at the high of the day. This is a high-quality trade in a mixed trend situation.
Setup Alerts:
Alerts can be activated for setups freshly triggered on the chart within your trading window.
Detailed filter logic for setup alerts:
- Setup quality: 1-3 star
- Setup type: Counter, Mixed and Trend
- Setup category: e.g. Reversal Bearish, Breakout, Previous Fakeout High
- 1D BO and First signals: 3DS, 3DL, FRD, FGD, ID
Options:
- Alerts on/ off
- Alert time window (from/ to)
- Alert filter customization
Note: To activate alerts from a script in TradingView, some settings need to be adjusted. Open the "Create Alert" dialog and select the option "Any alert() function call" in the "Condition" section. Choose "TrendPredator PRO" to ensure that alerts trigger properly from the code. Alerts can be activated for entire watchlists or individual pairs. Once activated, the alerts run in the background and notify the user whenever a setup is freshly triggered according to the filter settings.
2. Multi-Timeframe Table
Provides a real-time view of system signals, including:
Current Timeframe (Curr): Bias states.
- Breakout (green BO): Bullish after breaking above the previous high.
- Fakeout High (red FOH): Bearish after breaking above the previous high but pulling back down.
- Breakdown (red BD): Bearish after breaking below the previous low.
- Fakeout Low (green FOL): Bullish after breaking below the previous low but pulling back up.
- Inside (IS): Price trading neutral inside the previous range, taking the previous bias (color indicates the previous bias).
Previous Timeframe (Prev): Tracks last candle bias state and transitions dynamically.
- Bias for last candle: BO, FOH, BD, FOL in respective colors.
- Inside bar (yellow IS): Indicated as standalone signal.
Note: Also previous timeframes get constantly updated in real time to track the bias state in relation to the level that was hit. This means a BO can still lose the level and become a FOH, and vice versa, and a BD can still become a FOL, and vice versa. This is critical to see for example if traders that are trapped in that timeframe with a FOH or FOL are released. An inside bar stays fixed, though, since no level was hit in that timeframe.
Breakouts (BO): Breakout count 3 longs and 3 shorts.
- 3 Longs (red 3L): Bearish after three breakouts without hitting a previous low.
- 3 Shorts (green 3S): Bullish after three breakdowns without hitting a previous high.
First Countertrend Close (First): Tracks First Red or Green Day.
- First Green (G): After two consecutive red closes.
- First Red (R): After two consecutive green closes.
Options: Customizable font size and label colors.
3. Historic Highs and Lows
Displays historic highs and lows per timeframe for added context, enabling users to track sequences over time.
Timeframes: H4, H8, D, W, M
Options: Customize for timeframes shown, number of historic candles per timeframe, colors, formats, and labels.
4. Previous High and Low Extensions
Displays extended previous levels (high, low, and close) for each timeframe to assess how price trades relative to these levels.
H4: P4H, P4L, P4C
H8: P8H, P8L, P8C
Daily: PDH, PDL, PDC
Weekly: PWH, PWL, PWC
Monthly: PMH, PML, PMC
Options: Fully customizable for timeframes shown, colors, formats, and labels.
5. Breach Lines
Tracks live market reactions (e.g., breakouts or fakeouts) per timeframe for the last previous high or low that was hit, highlighting these levels originating at the breached candle to indicate bias (color-coded).
Red: Bearish below
Green: Bullish above
H4: 4FOL, 4FOH, 4BO, 4BD
H8: 8FOL, 8FOH, 8BO, 8BD
D: dFOL, dFOH, dBO, dBD
W: wFOL, wFOH, wBO, wBD
M: mFOL, mFOH, mBO, mBD
Options: Fully customizable for timeframes shown, colors, formats, and labels.
Overall Options:
Toggle single feature groups on/off.
Customize H8 open/close time as an offset to UTC to be provider independent.
Colour settings con be adjusted for dark or bright backgrounds.
Higher Timeframe Use Case Examples
Example Use Case: Weekly Template Analysis
The Weekly Template is a core concept in Stacey Burke’s trading style. The analysis is conducted on the daily timeframe, focusing on the higher timeframe bias and identifying overextended conditions within the week—such as multiple breakouts and peak formations signaling potential reversals.
In this example, the candles are colored by the TrendPredator FO indicator, which highlights the state of individual candles. This allows for precise evaluation of both the trend state and the developing weekly template. It is a valuable tool for thesis generation before a trading session and for backtesting purposes.
Example Use Case: High Timeframe 5-Star Setup Analysis (Stacey Burke "ain't coming back" ACB Template)
This analysis identifies high-probability trade opportunities when daily breakout or breakdown closes occur near key monthly levels mid-week, signaling overextensions and potentially large parabolic moves. The key signal to look for is a breakout or breakdown close on a Wednesday. This is useful for thesis generation before a session and also for backtesting.
In this example, the TrendPredator FO indicator colors the candles to highlight individual candle states, particularly those that close in breakout or breakdown. Additionally, an indicator is shown on the chart shading every Wednesday, making it easier to visually identify the signals.
5 Star Alerts:
Alerts can be activated for this potential 5-Star setup constellation. The alert is triggered when there is a breakout or breakdown close on a Wednesday.
Further recommendations:
- Higher timeframe context: TPO or volume profile indicators can be used to gain an even better overview.
- Late session trading: Entries later in the session, such as during the 3rd hour of the NY session, offer better analysis and follow-through on setups.
- Entry confirmation: Momentum indicators like VWAP, Supertrend, or EMA are helpful for increasing precision. Additionally, tracking lower timeframe fakeouts can provide powerful confluence. To track those the TrendPredator Fakeout Highlighter (FO), that has been specifically developed for this can be of great help:
Limitations:
Data availability using TradingView has its limitations. The indicator leverages only the real-time data available for the specific timeframe being used. This means it cannot access data from timeframes lower than the one displayed on the chart. For example, if you are on a daily chart, it cannot use H8 data. Additionally, on very low timeframes, the historical availability of data might be limited, making higher timeframe signals unreliable.
To address this, the indicator automatically hides the affected columns in these specific situations, preventing false signals.
Disclaimer
This indicator is for educational purposes only and does not guarantee profits.
None of the information provided shall be considered financial advice.
The indicator does not provide final buy or sell signals but highlights zones for potential setups.
Users are fully responsible for their trading decisions and outcomes.
Smart Market Structure and Swing Points, version 1.0Smart Market Structure and Swing Points, Version 1.0
Overview
The Smart Market Structure and Swing Points script is designed to provide advanced insights into market structure and key swing points. This script helps identify important highs and lows, trend direction changes (structure breaks), and swing points, enhancing decision-making for both trend-following and reversal strategies. See below for detail presentation and why it has unique features.
Unique Features of the New Script
Market Structure Identification : Analyzes and marks key highs and lows to determine market structure, including higher highs, lower highs, higher lows, and lower lows.
Customizable Detection Length : Allows users to set the length for detecting highs and lows, providing flexibility to adapt to different market conditions and timeframes. Default value is 5 bars, but can be changed if needed.
Visual Signal Indicators (Labels) : Plots labels on the chart to indicate higher highs (HH), lower highs (LH), higher lows (HL), and lower lows (LL), along with corresponding RSI values, offering clear visual cues for market structure analysis. The indication of RSI values directly on high and low points enables to better judge whether the points are strong references (extreme RSI values) or weak references (middle RSI values)
Dynamic Trend Lines : Draws solid and dotted lines to connect significant highs and lows, visually representing the current trend direction and potential trend changes. Dashed lines indicates structure breaks.
Swing High and Swing Low Detection : Identifies and marks the most recent swing highs and swing lows, helping traders spot potential reversal points and key levels for setting stop losses or take profit targets .
Originality and Usefulness
This script combines market structure, trend breaks and RSI to provide a more robust view of market dynamic by indicating the strength or weakness of swing points , in that way the script is unique.
Signal Description
The script includes various signal features that highlight potential trading opportunities based on market structure:
Higher Highs (HH) and Higher Lows (HL) : These labels are plotted when new highs or lows are formed, indicating a continuation of an uptrend. The labels are positioned with consideration of the Average True Range (ATR) for better visibility.
Lower Highs (LH) and Lower Lows (LL) : These labels are plotted when new highs or lows are formed, indicating a continuation of a downtrend. The labels include RSI values to provide additional information on the strength or weakness of the points.
Trend Direction Change : Dotted lines are drawn to indicate potential trend direction changes when the script detects significant shifts in market structure.
Swing Highs and Swing Lows : These are identified based on a customizable swing length, marking recent significant highs and lows to highlight potential reversal points.
These signals help identify high-probability turning points and confirm trend direction by ensuring that the market structure aligns with the trading strategy.
Detailed Description
Input Variables
Length for High/Low Detection (`length`) : Defines the range to check for highs and lows. Default is 5.
RSI Length (`rsilength`) : The number of periods to calculate the RSI. Default is 14.
Functionality
Market Structure Calculation : The script determines the highest high and lowest low within the specified range to identify key points in market structure.
```pine
h = ta.highest(high, length * 2 + 1)
l = ta.lowest(low, length * 2 + 1)
```
Directional Logic : Variables and functions manage the state of the indicator, updating highs and lows based on the current trend direction.
```pine
var bool dirUp = false
var float lastLow = high * 100
var float lastHigh = 0.0
// Additional variables for tracking state
```
Drawing Lines and Labels : Functions draw lines and labels on the chart to visualize market structure and trend changes.
```pine
f_drawLine() =>
_li_color = dirUp ? color.red : color.lime
line.new(x1=timeHigh - length, y1=lastHigh, x2=timeLow - length, y2=lastLow, color=_li_color, width=3, style=line.style_solid, xloc=xloc.bar_index)
f_drawLastLine() =>
_li_color = dirUp ? color.blue : color.blue
if timeHigh > timeLow
line.new(x1=timeHigh - length, y1=lastHigh, x2=bar_index, y2=low, color=_li_color, width=2, style=line.style_dotted, xloc=xloc.bar_index)
else
line.new(x1=timeLow - length, y1=lastLow, x2=bar_index, y2=high, color=_li_color, width=2, style=line.style_dotted, xloc=xloc.bar_index)
```
Updating Highs and Lows : The main logic updates highs and lows based on the current trend direction, adding labels for new higher highs, lower highs, higher lows, and lower lows.
```pine
if dirUp
if f_isMin(length)
lastLow := low
// Additional logic for updating lows and labels
if f_isMax(length) and high > lastLow
lastHigh := high
// Additional logic for updating highs and labels
dirUp := false
li := f_drawLine()
```
Swing Highs and Lows : The script identifies recent swing highs and swing lows based on a customizable swing length, drawing lines to mark these points.
```pine
swingLength = 3 * length
isSwingHigh = ta.highestbars(high, swingLength) == 0
isSwingLow = ta.lowestbars(low, swingLength) == 0
if (isSwingHigh)
if (na(highLine))
highLine := line.new(bar_index, high, bar_index, high, color=color.green, style=line.style_solid, width=1)
else
line.set_xy1(highLine, bar_index, high)
line.set_xy2(highLine, bar_index + swingLength, high)
if (isSwingLow)
if (na(lowLine))
lowLine := line.new(bar_index, low, bar_index, low, color=color.red, style=line.style_solid, width=1)
else
line.set_xy1(lowLine, bar_index, low)
line.set_xy2(lowLine, bar_index + swingLength, low)
```
How to Use
Configuring Inputs : Adjust the detection length and RSI length as needed. Modify the lookback periods to suit your trading strategy. The indicator is adaptable and can be used on any timeframe.
Interpreting the Indicator : Use the labels and lines to gauge market structure and trend direction. Look for higher highs, lower highs, higher lows, and lower lows to confirm market structure.
Signal Confirmation : Pay attention to the labels and lines that provide signals for potential trend changes and swing points. Use these signals to better time entries and exits.
This script provides a detailed view of market structure and swing points, helping make more informed decisions by considering key highs and lows, trend direction changes, and the strength or weakness of swing points.
Swing elite Trend DirectionSwing Elite Trend Direction
This indicator provides a structured approach to market analysis by combining swing point detection with trend confirmation logic derived from Smart Money Concepts (SMC).
How It Works
The core algorithm identifies swing highs and lows using a configurable lookback depth, then classifies each pivot based on its relationship to prior swings. A swing high that exceeds the previous swing high is labeled HH (Higher High), while one that fails to do so becomes LH (Lower High). The same logic applies to lows, producing HL (Higher Low) and LL (Lower Low) classifications.
Trend confirmation follows ICT/SMC principles: a bullish trend is confirmed only when a Higher Low is followed by a Higher High, establishing the classic bullish market structure sequence. Conversely, bearish confirmation requires a Lower High followed by a Lower Low. When price creates a counter-structure pivot (such as a Lower High appearing during a bullish sequence), the trend status shifts to "Unconfirmed," alerting traders to potential reversals before they fully develop.
What Makes This Indicator Useful
Rather than displaying isolated swing points, this indicator synthesizes the relationship between consecutive pivots to provide actionable trend status. The multi-timeframe dashboard extends this analysis across three user-defined timeframes, allowing traders to assess trend alignment — a key filter for higher-probability setups.
Structure trendlines automatically connect relevant pivot sequences (HH→LH for resistance, LL→HL for support), visualizing the trajectory of market structure rather than arbitrary price connections. Break levels mark the specific prices where structure would shift, giving clear invalidation points for trade management.
The Fibonacci retracement draws automatically between the two most recent pivots, providing potential entry zones within the established structure context.
Intended Use
This tool is designed for traders who use market structure analysis as their primary framework. It automates the manual process of labeling swing points and tracking structure sequences, reducing subjectivity while maintaining the discretionary trader's analytical approach. Works across all markets and timeframes.
Swing elite Trend direction
A comprehensive market structure indicator that identifies swing highs/lows, labels them with HH/HL/LH/LL structure, draws dynamic trendlines, and provides multi-timeframe trend analysis.
🔹 FEATURES
Market Structure Analysis
Automatically detects swing highs and swing lows
Labels each pivot with its structure type: HH (Higher High), HL (Higher Low), LH (Lower High), LL (Lower Low)
Color-coded zigzag lines based on confirmed trend direction
Structure Trendlines
Downtrend Line: Connects HH to LH (resistance in bearish structure)
Uptrend Line: Connects LL to HL (support in bullish structure)
Extended projection for potential future price interaction
Swing Trendlines
Connects the last 2 swing highs (resistance trendline)
Connects the last 2 swing lows (support trendline)
Optional extension to project future levels
Break Levels
Horizontal lines at key structure points (HH, HL, LL, LH)
Visual reference for potential breakout/breakdown levels
Customizable colors for bullish and bearish breaks
Fibonacci Retracement
Auto-drawn between the last two pivots
Customizable levels: 0, 0.236, 0.382, 0.5, 0.618, 0.786, 1.0
Individual toggle and color settings for each level
Multi-Timeframe Dashboard
Displays trend status across 3 customizable timeframes
Shows trend direction: Bullish / Bearish / Neutral
Shows confirmation status: Confirmed / Unconfirmed
Color-coded for quick visual analysis
Trend Confirmation Logic (ICT/SMC Concepts)
Bullish Confirmed: HL followed by HH (Higher Low → Higher High pattern)
Bearish Confirmed: LH followed by LL (Lower High → Lower Low pattern)
Unconfirmed: Counter-structure appears (potential reversal signal)
🔹 SETTINGS
Swing Settings
Depth: Lookback period for pivot detection
Display
Toggle zigzag lines, labels, price on labels
Adjust label size and number of visible swings
Zigzag Settings
Line style: Solid, Dashed, Dotted
Thickness and colors for bullish/bearish trends
Swing Trendlines
Toggle high/low trendlines independently
Customizable colors, style, thickness
Option to extend trendlines
Structure Trendlines
Toggle HH→LH and LL→HL lines independently
Customizable colors, style, thickness
Option to extend trendlines
Break Levels
Toggle HH, HL, LL, LH break levels independently
Customizable colors for each level
Fibonacci
Toggle individual fib levels
Customizable colors and line style
Dashboard
Position: Top Left, Top Right, Bottom Left, Bottom Right
Size: Tiny, Small, Normal, Large
3 customizable timeframes
🔹 ALERTS
HH Broken: Price breaks above recent Higher High
HL Broken: Price breaks below recent Higher Low
LL Broken: Price breaks below recent Lower Low
LH Broken: Price breaks above recent Lower High
🔹 USE CASES
✅ Identify market structure and trend direction
✅ Spot potential trend reversals (unconfirmed status)
✅ Find key support/resistance levels
✅ Multi-timeframe trend alignment for trade confirmation
✅ Breakout/breakdown trading with break levels
✅ Fibonacci retracement entries
3 hours ago
Release Notes
Swing elite Trend direction
A comprehensive market structure indicator that identifies swing highs/lows, labels them with HH/HL/LH/LL structure, draws dynamic trendlines, and provides multi-timeframe trend analysis.
🔹 FEATURES
Market Structure Analysis
Automatically detects swing highs and swing lows
Labels each pivot with its structure type: HH (Higher High), HL (Higher Low), LH (Lower High), LL (Lower Low)
Color-coded zigzag lines based on confirmed trend direction
Structure Trendlines
Downtrend Line: Connects HH to LH (resistance in bearish structure)
Uptrend Line: Connects LL to HL (support in bullish structure)
Extended projection for potential future price interaction
Swing Trendlines
Connects the last 2 swing highs (resistance trendline)
Connects the last 2 swing lows (support trendline)
Optional extension to project future levels
Break Levels
Horizontal lines at key structure points (HH, HL, LL, LH)
Visual reference for potential breakout/breakdown levels
Customizable colors for bullish and bearish breaks
Fibonacci Retracement
Auto-drawn between the last two pivots
Customizable levels: 0, 0.236, 0.382, 0.5, 0.618, 0.786, 1.0
Individual toggle and color settings for each level
Multi-Timeframe Dashboard
Displays trend status across 3 customizable timeframes
Shows trend direction: Bullish / Bearish / Neutral
Shows confirmation status: Confirmed / Unconfirmed
Color-coded for quick visual analysis
Trend Confirmation Logic (ICT/SMC Concepts)
Bullish Confirmed: HL followed by HH (Higher Low → Higher High pattern)
Bearish Confirmed: LH followed by LL (Lower High → Lower Low pattern)
Unconfirmed: Counter-structure appears (potential reversal signal)
🔹 SETTINGS
Swing Settings
Depth: Lookback period for pivot detection
Display
Toggle zigzag lines, labels, price on labels
Adjust label size and number of visible swings
Zigzag Settings
Line style: Solid, Dashed, Dotted
Thickness and colors for bullish/bearish trends
Swing Trendlines
Toggle high/low trendlines independently
Customizable colors, style, thickness
Option to extend trendlines
Structure Trendlines
Toggle HH→LH and LL→HL lines independently
Customizable colors, style, thickness
Option to extend trendlines
Break Levels
Toggle HH, HL, LL, LH break levels independently
Customizable colors for each level
Fibonacci
Toggle individual fib levels
Customizable colors and line style
Dashboard
Position: Top Left, Top Right, Bottom Left, Bottom Right
Size: Tiny, Small, Normal, Large
3 customizable timeframes
🔹 ALERTS
HH Broken: Price breaks above recent Higher High
HL Broken: Price breaks below recent Higher Low
LL Broken: Price breaks below recent Lower Low
LH Broken: Price breaks above recent Lower High
🔹 USE CASES
✅ Identify market structure and trend direction
✅ Spot potential trend reversals (unconfirmed status)
✅ Find key support/resistance levels
✅ Multi-timeframe trend alignment for trade confirmation
✅ Breakout/breakdown trading with break levels
✅ Fibonacci retracement entries
SNIPER ORB V3# 🎯 SNIPER ORB TRADING CHEAT SHEET
## Quick Reference Guide for Live Trading
---
## 📊 VISUAL IDENTIFICATION GUIDE
```
═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
YOUR CHART AT A GLANCE
═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
🔵 BRIGHT BLUE LINES (3px) → 5min ORB High/Low
🔷 CYAN LINES (2px) → 15min ORB High/Low
🟣 PURPLE LINES (2px) → 30min ORB High/Low (PRIMARY)
🟢 GREEN DASHED LINES (1px) → Upside targets (1x, 2x, 3x from 30min ORB)
🔴 RED DASHED LINES (1px) → Downside targets (1x, 2x, 3x from 30min ORB)
🟡 GOLD LINE (2px) → Anchored VWAP (9:30 AM anchor for NY, 3:00 AM for London)
📋 INFO TABLE (top-right) → Shows live ORB ranges, VWAP price, status
═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
```
**KEY DIFFERENCE FROM OTHER ORB INDICATORS:**
- You see **ALL 3 ORB PERIODS SIMULTANEOUSLY** (5min, 15min, 30min)
- Targets calculated from **30min ORB ONLY** (not 5min or 15min)
- **NO BOX FILLS** - clean line-only display for sniper precision
- Auto-disappears at session end (no clutter from old sessions)
---
## 🔘 NEW FEATURE: ORB DISPLAY TOGGLES
**You now have FULL CONTROL over which ORB periods to display!**
```
In indicator settings → "ORB Display" section:
☑ Show 5min ORB → Toggle blue lines ON/OFF
☑ Show 15min ORB → Toggle cyan lines ON/OFF
☑ Show 30min ORB → Toggle purple lines ON/OFF
USE CASES:
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
1. FOCUS MODE (30min only)
☐ 5min ☐ 15min ☑ 30min
→ Clean chart, just your primary trading range
→ Best for beginners or minimalist traders
2. EARLY WARNING MODE (5min + 30min)
☑ 5min ☐ 15min ☑ 30min
→ See early breaks with 5min, trade 30min confirmation
→ Reduces visual noise from 15min
3. CONFLUENCE MODE (all 3 ORBs)
☑ 5min ☑ 15min ☑ 30min
→ Maximum information, all alignment signals
→ For advanced traders seeking highest probability
4. INTRADAY SCALP MODE (5min only)
☑ 5min ☐ 15min ☐ 30min
→ Ultra-fast entries on 5min breaks
→ High-risk, high-frequency approach
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
💡 PRO TIP: Start with 30min only, then add 5min/15min as you gain experience
```
---
## 🎯 FIXED: ANCHORED VWAP (TIMESTAMP-BASED)
**The VWAP now anchors with SURGICAL PRECISION to the exact session start candle!**
```
LONDON SESSION:
• Anchors at the EXACT 3:00 AM ET candle
• Uses timestamp checking: hour == 3 AND minute == 0
• Resets every morning at London Open
NEW YORK SESSION:
• Anchors at the EXACT 9:30 AM ET candle
• Uses timestamp checking: hour == 9 AND minute == 30
• Resets every day at NY Open
WHAT THIS MEANS:
✅ VWAP starts accumulating from the first tick of the session
✅ No more "off by one bar" errors
✅ Institutional-grade VWAP anchoring
✅ Perfect alignment with your ORB start times
HOW TO VERIFY IT'S WORKING:
1. Load indicator on 1min or 5min chart
2. Find the exact 9:30 AM candle (NY) or 3:00 AM candle (London)
3. VWAP should START appearing from that exact bar
4. Not the bar before, not the bar after - THAT EXACT BAR
```
---
## ⏰ SESSION TIMING MATRIX
| Session | Start Time | 5min Complete | 15min Complete | 30min Complete | Session End |
|---------|-----------|---------------|----------------|----------------|-------------|
| **London** | 3:00 AM ET | 3:05 AM | 3:15 AM | 3:30 AM | 9:30 AM ET (disappears) |
| **New York** | 9:30 AM ET | 9:35 AM | 9:45 AM | 10:00 AM | 5:00 PM ET (disappears) |
**💡 GOLDEN RULES:**
1. **WAIT FOR 30MIN ORB TO COMPLETE** before trading targets (10:00 AM NY / 3:30 AM London)
2. Use 5min and 15min ORBs as **early warning signals** only
3. All ORB lines + VWAP **auto-delete** at session end (clean chart)
---
## 🎯 THE 3-ORB SYSTEM: HOW IT WORKS
### **Hierarchical ORB Structure**
```
TIME: 9:30 AM ─────────────────────────────────> 10:00 AM ──────> 5:00 PM
↓ ↓
SESSION START 30min ORB COMPLETE
(all 3 ORBs begin forming) (targets appear)
📍 5min ORB (9:30-9:35 AM): ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━>
Purpose: EARLY breakout signal, fastest-moving boundary
📍 15min ORB (9:30-9:45 AM): ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━>
Purpose: MID-TERM institutional reference level
📍 30min ORB (9:30-10:00 AM): ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━>
Purpose: PRIMARY TRADING RANGE - all targets calculated from this
🎯 TARGETS (10:00 AM onward): ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ (1x, 2x, 3x from 30min ORB)
Purpose: Profit-taking levels based on 30min range
```
**Why 3 ORBs Instead of 1?**
- **5min ORB**: Captures early institutional positioning (first 5 minutes)
- **15min ORB**: Confirms directional bias (more stable than 5min)
- **30min ORB**: Full market digestion of overnight news + opening orders
- **Confluence = Higher Win Rate**: When all 3 align, breakouts are extremely reliable
---
## 🎯 THE 5 HIGH-PROBABILITY SETUPS
### **SETUP #1: TRIPLE ORB BREAKOUT CONFLUENCE** ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
```
CONDITIONS:
✅ 30min ORB complete (10:00 AM NY / 3:30 AM London)
✅ Price breaks ALL 3 ORBs simultaneously:
• 5min high/low (blue line)
• 15min high/low (cyan line)
• 30min high/low (purple line)
✅ VWAP confirms direction (below price = bullish, above = bearish)
✅ Volume spike on breakout candle
ENTRY: Close of breakout candle (must close beyond ALL 3 ORBs)
STOP: Inside 30min ORB at 30m low (long) or 30m high (short)
TARGET 1: First green/red dashed line (0.5x 30m range)
TARGET 2: Second target (1x 30m range)
TARGET 3: Third target (1.5x 30m range)
WIN RATE: 75-85% | R:R = 1:2.5 minimum
NOTES: When all 3 ORBs align, institutional order flow is unanimous
```
---
### **SETUP #2: 5MIN EARLY BREAKOUT → 30MIN CONFIRMATION** ⭐⭐⭐⭐
```
CONDITIONS:
✅ Price breaks 5min ORB first (blue line crossed)
✅ 15min ORB holds initially (cyan line not crossed yet)
✅ After 30min ORB completes, price breaks 30min boundary (purple)
✅ VWAP alignment confirms direction
✅ All 3 ORBs now broken in same direction
ENTRY: When 30min ORB breaks (purple line) + 5min/15min already broken
STOP: 30min ORB opposite boundary
TARGET 1-3: Standard targets from 30min ORB
WIN RATE: 70-80% | R:R = 1:2+
NOTES: 5min gave early warning, 30min confirms institutional commitment
```
---
### **SETUP #3: FALSE 5MIN BREAKOUT → 30MIN REVERSAL** ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
```
CONDITIONS:
✅ Price breaks 5min ORB (blue line)
✅ Fails to break 15min or 30min ORBs (cyan/purple lines hold)
✅ Price reverses back inside 5min ORB
✅ Then breaks OPPOSITE side of 30min ORB (purple line)
✅ VWAP flips to confirm new direction
ENTRY: When 30min ORB breaks in OPPOSITE direction of failed 5min break
STOP: Failed 5min breakout high/low (now a liquidity grab zone)
TARGET 1-3: Standard targets
WIN RATE: 80-90% | R:R = 1:3+ (trapped traders forced to exit)
NOTES: Most profitable setup - 5min breakout was liquidity hunt
```
---
### **SETUP #4: TIGHT COMPRESSION → EXPLOSION** ⭐⭐⭐⭐
```
CONDITIONS:
✅ All 3 ORBs tightly overlapping (5m, 15m, 30m within 50 points on YM)
✅ Range < 0.3% of price (very tight consolidation)
✅ VWAP sitting in middle of compression
✅ 30min ORB complete, price still inside all 3
ENTRY: Simultaneous break of ALL 3 ORBs + VWAP cross
STOP: Middle of compression zone
TARGET: 2x-4x normal targets (volatility expansion)
WIN RATE: 65-75% | R:R = 1:5+ (explosive breakout)
NOTES: Low volatility → high volatility shift, institutions coiling spring
```
---
### **SETUP #5: VWAP BOUNCE WITHIN 30MIN ORB** ⭐⭐⭐⭐
```
CONDITIONS:
✅ Price stayed inside 30min ORB for 1+ hours post-formation
✅ VWAP acting as dynamic support (long) or resistance (short)
✅ Price bouncing between VWAP and 30min ORB boundaries
✅ Clear rejection candles at VWAP
ENTRY: When price bounces off VWAP toward 30min ORB boundary
• Long: VWAP bounce up toward 30m high (purple)
• Short: VWAP rejection down toward 30m low (purple)
STOP: Beyond VWAP by 20 points
TARGET: 30min ORB opposite boundary
WIN RATE: 70-80% | R:R = 1:1.5-2
NOTES: Range-bound play, NOT for breakout traders
```
---
## 🛡️ RISK MANAGEMENT RULES
### **Position Sizing by ORB Range**
```
30min ORB Range | Stop Distance | Risk $500 (1%) | YM Contracts
-----------------|------------------|-----------------|-------------
< 50 points | 50 pts | $500 ÷ $250 = | 2 contracts
50-100 points | 100 pts | $500 ÷ $500 = | 1 contract
100-150 points | 150 pts | $500 ÷ $750 = | 0.66 (use 1)
150-200 points | 200 pts | $500 ÷ $1000 = | 0.5 (use 1)
> 200 points | Don't trade | Too wide | Skip setup
Formula: Risk $ ÷ (Stop Distance × $5 per YM point) = Max Contracts
```
### **The 3-Strike Rule (MANDATORY)**
```
✅ Trade 1: Full position size (based on 30m ORB range)
❌ Stop hit → Trade 2: HALF position size
❌ Stop hit → Trade 3: QUARTER position size
❌ Stop hit → DONE FOR THE DAY (no exceptions)
```
### **Profit Taking Ladder**
```
TARGET 1 (0.5x 30m range): Take 50% off, move stop to breakeven
TARGET 2 (1.0x 30m range): Take 30% off, trail stop by 25 points
TARGET 3 (1.5x 30m range): Take 15% off, let 5% run with 50pt trail
```
---
## ⚠️ DO NOT TRADE IF...
```
🚫 30min ORB incomplete (< 10:00 AM NY / < 3:30 AM London)
🚫 30min ORB range < 40 points YM (too tight, likely chop)
🚫 30min ORB range > 250 points YM (too wide, unpredictable)
🚫 All 3 ORBs wildly divergent (5m=100pts, 15m=180pts, 30m=240pts)
🚫 Major news release within 30 minutes (wait for ORB to reform)
🚫 You've hit 3 losses in the session (3-strike rule)
🚫 You're tired, emotional, revenge trading, or distracted
🚫 Time > 12:00 PM ET (lunch, avoid until 1:00 PM)
🚫 Time > 3:00 PM ET unless Power Hour (3:00-4:00 PM) momentum
```
---
## 🔍 PRE-SESSION CHECKLIST
**15 Minutes Before London (2:45 AM ET) or NY (9:15 AM ET):**
```
□ Check economic calendar (FOMC? NFP? CPI? → extra caution)
□ Review previous session's ORB ranges (context for today's volatility)
□ Load SNIPER ORB on 1min or 5min chart
□ Select correct session: "London" or "New York"
□ Verify indicator settings:
• Number of Targets: 3
• Target % of 30min Range: 50%
• Show Anchored VWAP: ON
□ Set TradingView alerts:
• 30min ORB complete (10:00 AM or 3:30 AM)
• Price crossing 30min high/low
• VWAP crosses
□ Prepare bracket orders mentally (entry, stop, 3 targets)
□ Review yesterday's P&L and lessons learned
□ Set phone to "Do Not Disturb" mode
```
---
## 🎨 INDICATOR SETTINGS GUIDE
### **Core Settings (Updated with Toggles)**
```
SESSION SETTINGS:
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
• Active Session: "London" or "New York"
ORB DISPLAY (NEW!):
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
☑ Show 5min ORB (toggle blue lines)
☑ Show 15min ORB (toggle cyan lines)
☑ Show 30min ORB (toggle purple lines)
💡 Turn OFF any ORB to declutter your chart!
TARGET SETTINGS:
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
• Number of Targets: 3 (default)
• Target % of 30min Range: 50% (default)
VWAP SETTINGS:
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
☑ Show Anchored VWAP
• VWAP Color: Gold (#FFC107)
• VWAP Width: 2px
```
### **Color Customization (Optimized for Dark Charts)**
```
DEFAULT COLORS:
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
5min ORB: Bright Blue (#2196F3) - 3px wide
15min ORB: Cyan (#00BCD4) - 2px wide
30min ORB: Purple (#9C27B0) - 2px wide
Upside Targets: Green (#4CAF50) - 1px dashed
Downside Targets: Red (#F44336) - 1px dashed
VWAP: Gold (#FFC107) - 2px solid
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
WHY THESE COLORS?
• Blue family (5m/15m) = short-term, high-frequency
• Purple (30m) = primary, institutional level
• Green/Red = universal up/down
• Gold VWAP = fair value anchor (stands out)
```
### **Settings by Trading Style**
**BEGINNER (Clean & Simple):**
```
ORB Display:
☐ Show 5min ORB
☐ Show 15min ORB
☑ Show 30min ORB (30min only - focus mode)
Number of Targets: 2-3
Target % of 30min Range: 50%
Chart Timeframe: 5-minute
```
**SCALPER (5-15 min holds):**
```
ORB Display:
☑ Show 5min ORB (early signals)
☐ Show 15min ORB
☑ Show 30min ORB (confirmation)
Number of Targets: 5
Target % of 30min Range: 30-40%
Label Size: Tiny
Chart Timeframe: 1-minute
```
**DAY TRADER (30-90 min holds):**
```
ORB Display:
☑ Show 5min ORB
☑ Show 15min ORB
☑ Show 30min ORB (all 3 - confluence mode)
Number of Targets: 3
Target % of 30min Range: 50%
Label Size: Small
Chart Timeframe: 5-minute (RECOMMENDED)
```
**SWING TRADER (2-4 hour holds):**
```
ORB Display:
☐ Show 5min ORB (too noisy for swings)
☑ Show 15min ORB
☑ Show 30min ORB
Number of Targets: 2-3
Target % of 30min Range: 75-100%
Label Size: Normal
Chart Timeframe: 15-minute
```
---
## 📈 TIMEFRAME SELECTION GUIDE
| Your Timeframe | What You See | Best For |
|---------------|--------------|----------|
| **1-minute** | Every tick, high noise | Scalping, precision entries |
| **5-minute** | Balanced clarity | Day trading (RECOMMENDED) |
| **15-minute** | Clean structure | Swing positions |
| **30-minute** | Too compressed | Not recommended (can't see ORB form) |
**💡 PRO TIP:**
- **Primary chart: 5-minute** (for entries and monitoring)
- **Secondary chart: 1-minute** (for precise timing)
- **Never go above 15-minute** (ORBs won't form properly)
---
## 🧠 READING THE 3-ORB STRUCTURE
### **Bullish Alignment Patterns**
```
PATTERN 1: "Staircase Expansion"
5min: ━━━━ (tight, 60 pts)
15min: ━━━━━━ (wider, 90 pts)
30min: ━━━━━━━━ (widest, 120 pts)
→ Bullish expansion, expect upside breakout
PATTERN 2: "Nested Compression"
5min: ━━ (30 pts)
15min: ━━━ (35 pts)
30min: ━━━━ (40 pts)
→ All tight, explosive breakout likely
PATTERN 3: "Early Commitment"
5min: ━━━━━━ (100 pts, already broken up)
15min: ━━━━━ (80 pts, holding)
30min: ━━━━━ (110 pts, about to break)
→ 5min led the way, 30min confirmation coming
```
### **Bearish Alignment Patterns**
```
PATTERN 1: "Waterfall Setup"
5min: ━━━━ (50 pts, broke down)
15min: ━━━━━ (70 pts, broke down)
30min: ━━━━━━ (90 pts, about to break)
→ Sequential breakdown, strong bearish momentum
PATTERN 2: "Failed Highs"
5min: ━━━━━━ (upper wick rejections)
15min: ━━━━━━ (couldn't break)
30min: ━━━━━━━ (topped out)
→ All 3 rejecting highs, bearish reversal likely
```
### **Neutral/Chop Patterns (AVOID TRADING)**
```
PATTERN 1: "Wide Divergence"
5min: ━━ (30 pts)
15min: ━━━━━━━ (120 pts)
30min: ━━━━━━━━━━━ (200 pts)
→ No consensus, unpredictable, skip
PATTERN 2: "Whipsaw City"
• Price breaking 5min up, then down, then up again
• 15min and 30min not aligned
• VWAP getting crossed every 5 minutes
→ Chop day, step aside, wait for clarity
```
---
## 📊 INTEGRATION WITH YM ULTIMATE SNIPER v8.1
**The 2-System Confluence Method:**
```
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ STEP 1: SNIPER ORB → Defines "Zones That Matter" │
│ • 30min ORB = primary institutional range │
│ • VWAP = fair value anchor │
│ • Targets = profit zones │
│ • 5min/15min = early warning signals │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
↓
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ STEP 2: YM ULTIMATE SNIPER → Triggers precise entry │
│ • Wait for GOD MODE signal AT 30min ORB boundary │
│ • 6-gate filter: Score ≥9, fat body ≥70%, delta ≥70% │
│ • Candle Dominance Index (CDI) ≥7 │
│ • Intrabar pressure consistent throughout formation │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
↓
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ STEP 3: EXECUTE TRADE │
│ • ORB breakout + GOD MODE = MAXIMUM PROBABILITY │
│ • Enter ONLY when BOTH systems align │
│ • This is TRUE "sniper" trading (2-5 trades/day max) │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
```
**Confluence Scoring for Combined System:**
```
SNIPER ORB Criteria:
□ 30min ORB complete (10:00 AM+) +2 points
□ All 3 ORBs broken in same direction +2 points
□ VWAP alignment (below=bull, above=bear) +1 point
□ Volume spike on breakout candle +1 point
□ Tight 3-ORB compression (<100pt divergence) +1 point
YM ULTIMATE SNIPER Criteria:
□ GOD MODE signal at ORB boundary +3 points
□ Score ≥9.0 (tier classification) +1 point
□ Candle Dominance Index (CDI) ≥8 +1 point
TOTAL POSSIBLE: 12 points
TRADE EXECUTION RULES:
• 10-12 points = MAX SIZE (this is the holy grail setup)
• 8-9 points = FULL SIZE (high probability)
• 6-7 points = HALF SIZE (moderate probability)
• <6 points = NO TRADE (wait for better alignment)
```
---
## 💡 COMMON MISTAKES & FIXES
```
❌ MISTAKE: Trading before 30min ORB completes
✅ FIX: Wait until 10:00 AM (NY) or 3:30 AM (London), NO EXCEPTIONS
❌ MISTAKE: Ignoring 5min and 15min ORBs (only watching 30min)
✅ FIX: Use all 3 for confluence - they're your early warning system
❌ MISTAKE: Chasing breakouts 100+ points beyond 30min ORB
✅ FIX: Wait for pullback to VWAP or 30min boundary for re-entry
❌ MISTAKE: Not adjusting target % for market conditions
✅ FIX: Volatile day (ORB >200pts)? Use 75-100% targets
Calm day (ORB <80pts)? Use 30-40% targets
❌ MISTAKE: Trading when all 3 ORBs are wildly different sizes
✅ FIX: Skip the day if 5m/15m/30m diverge by >100pts - no consensus
❌ MISTAKE: Forgetting VWAP position
✅ FIX: VWAP MUST confirm bias:
• Long: price > VWAP
• Short: price < VWAP
• If VWAP contradicts, skip the trade
❌ MISTAKE: Not respecting the 3-strike rule
✅ FIX: 3 losses = DONE for the session, no rationalization
❌ MISTAKE: Trading during lunch (12:00-1:00 PM ET)
✅ FIX: Volume dies, ORBs lose relevance, false signals increase
```
---
## 🔔 ALERT SETUP (ESSENTIAL)
**TradingView Alerts You MUST Set:**
```
ALERT 1: "30min ORB Complete"
• Type: Time-based
• Trigger: 10:00 AM ET (NY) or 3:30 AM ET (London)
• Message: "🎯 30min ORB complete - targets now active"
ALERT 2: "30min ORB High Breakout"
• Type: Crossing Up
• Value 1: Close
• Value 2: 30min ORB High (purple line)
• Message: "🚀 30m ORB HIGH broken - check for long setup"
ALERT 3: "30min ORB Low Breakdown"
• Type: Crossing Down
• Value 1: Close
• Value 2: 30min ORB Low (purple line)
• Message: "📉 30m ORB LOW broken - check for short setup"
ALERT 4: "VWAP Cross"
• Type: Crossing
• Value 1: Close
• Value 2: VWAP
• Message: "⚡ VWAP crossed - check institutional bias shift"
ALERT 5: "Target 1 Hit"
• Type: Crossing
• Value 1: High (for longs) or Low (for shorts)
• Value 2: First target line
• Message: "🎯 Target 1 hit - take 50% off, move stop to BE"
```
---
## 📱 MOBILE TRADING WORKFLOW
**TradingView Mobile App Setup:**
```
1. SAVE LAYOUT
• Chart: 5-minute timeframe
• SNIPER ORB indicator loaded
• YM Ultimate SNIPER v8.1 loaded (if using)
• Save as "SNIPER ORB - YM"
2. ENABLE NOTIFICATIONS
• Settings → Notifications → Push Alerts: ON
• All 5 alerts above configured
3. QUICK ACCESS
• Add YM futures to Watchlist: "MYM" or "YM1!"
• Pin SNIPER ORB layout to favorites
4. EXECUTION READY
• Broker app (TastyTrade, NinjaTrader, etc.) logged in
• Preset bracket orders:
- Entry: market order
- Stop: 30m ORB opposite boundary
- Targets: 3 levels (50%, 30%, 20% of position)
5. BATTERY & CONNECTIVITY
• Phone charged 100% before session
• Stable WiFi or LTE connection
• Backup power bank available
```
---
## 🎓 DAILY PERFORMANCE JOURNAL
**After Each Trading Session (MANDATORY):**
```
═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
DATE: __________ SESSION: □ London □ New York
═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
ORB DATA:
• 5min ORB Range: ______ points
• 15min ORB Range: ______ points
• 30min ORB Range: ______ points
• Alignment: □ Tight □ Moderate □ Wide (skip if wide)
VWAP BEHAVIOR:
• Opening position: □ Above price □ Below price □ Mixed
• Did VWAP act as support/resistance? □ Yes □ No
TRADES TAKEN:
Total Setups Identified: _____
Trades Executed: _____
Win/Loss Record: _____ W / _____ L
Win Rate: _____%
Gross P&L: $_______
Net P&L (after commissions): $_______
BEST TRADE:
• Setup: ____________________ (which of the 5 setups?)
• Entry Price: ______ Exit Price: ______
• Profit: $_______
• What went RIGHT: _________________________________
_________________________________________________
WORST TRADE:
• Setup: ____________________
• Entry Price: ______ Exit Price: ______
• Loss: $_______
• What went WRONG: _________________________________
_________________________________________________
• Lesson Learned: ___________________________________
3-STRIKE RULE STATUS:
□ No losses (great day)
□ 1 loss (still in game)
□ 2 losses (caution, half size)
□ 3 losses (stopped for day, as required)
TOMORROW'S ADJUSTMENTS:
□ _________________________________________________
□ _________________________________________________
□ _________________________________________________
EMOTIONAL STATE TODAY:
□ Calm & focused (optimal)
□ Anxious/rushed (need to work on patience)
□ Overconfident (dial back position size)
□ Fearful (review winning trades to build confidence)
═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
```
---
## 🚀 YOUR FIRST LIVE TRADE WALKTHROUGH
**Step-by-Step for New York Session (Most Common):**
```
⏰ 9:15 AM ET - PREPARATION
□ Load SNIPER ORB on YM 5-minute chart
□ Select "New York" session in indicator settings
□ Verify VWAP is showing (gold line)
□ Check economic calendar (any big news at 9:30?)
□ Prepare mentally: "I will wait for 30min ORB to complete"
⏰ 9:30 AM ET - SESSION OPENS
□ Watch 3 ORBs begin forming:
• Blue lines (5min) will lock in at 9:35 AM
• Cyan lines (15min) will lock in at 9:45 AM
• Purple lines (30min) will lock in at 10:00 AM
□ Observe VWAP anchoring at 9:30 AM candle
□ DO NOT TRADE YET - just observe
⏰ 9:35 AM - 5MIN ORB COMPLETE
□ Note 5min high/low (blue lines locked)
□ Check info table: "5m Range = XX points"
□ If 5min ORB breaks early, note direction but DON'T ENTER
⏰ 9:45 AM - 15MIN ORB COMPLETE
□ Note 15min high/low (cyan lines locked)
□ Compare to 5min ORB: Aligned? Expanding?
□ Still waiting... patience pays
⏰ 10:00 AM - 30MIN ORB COMPLETE (TARGETS APPEAR!)
□ Purple lines locked (30m high/low)
□ Green/red dashed target lines appear automatically
□ Info table shows "Status: ✓ Complete"
□ NOW you can trade breakouts
⏰ 10:00 AM - 11:30 AM - TRADING WINDOW
□ Wait for price to break purple line (30m ORB high or low)
□ Confirm:
1. All 3 ORBs broken in same direction?
2. VWAP confirming (below=bullish, above=bearish)?
3. Volume spike visible?
4. YM SNIPER GOD MODE signal? (if using)
□ If all YES → ENTER TRADE:
• Market order at breakout close
• Stop at 30m ORB opposite boundary
• Targets at green/red dashed lines
⏰ TARGET MANAGEMENT
□ Price hits first target (1x) → Take 50% off, move stop to BE
□ Price hits second target (2x) → Take 30% off, trail stop
□ Price hits third target (3x) → Take 15% off, let 5% run
⏰ 12:00 PM - LUNCH (AVOID TRADING)
□ Volume dies down
□ ORBs become less relevant
□ Take a break, review morning trades
⏰ 1:00 PM - 3:00 PM - AFTERNOON SESSION
□ ORBs still valid but less reliable
□ Consider waiting for Power Hour (3:00-4:00 PM)
⏰ 5:00 PM - SESSION END
□ All ORB lines disappear automatically
□ VWAP disappears automatically
□ Chart cleans itself - ready for tomorrow
□ Fill out daily journal
```
---
## 🏆 WINNING MINDSET AFFIRMATIONS
Read these BEFORE each trading session:
```
"I trade ORBs, not chaos. Structure gives me edge."
"3 high-quality trades beat 20 mediocre ones."
"The 30min ORB is my anchor. I wait for it. Every. Single. Time."
"When all 3 ORBs align, institutions are unified. I follow."
"VWAP is my institutional compass. I respect its guidance."
"3 strikes and I'm out. Discipline > Ego."
"I am a SNIPER, not a machine gunner. Precision wins."
"My edge is patience. Let the ORBs complete."
"I don't predict. I react to proven structure."
"One perfect setup is worth waiting all morning."
```
---
## 📞 TROUBLESHOOTING
**"ORB lines not showing on chart!"**
→ Check timeframe: Must be 1min-30min (not daily/weekly)
→ Verify session time: Must be during London (3AM-9:30AM) or NY (9:30AM-5PM)
→ Check indicator status: Should say "⏳ Forming" or "✓ Complete" in table
**"Targets not appearing!"**
→ 30min ORB must be complete (10:00 AM NY / 3:30 AM London)
→ Check "Number of Targets" setting (must be ≥1)
→ Verify "Target % of 30min Range" is set (default 50%)
**"VWAP disappeared!"**
→ Normal behavior: VWAP auto-deletes at session end (5PM NY / 9:30AM London)
→ Toggle "Show Anchored VWAP" OFF then ON to reset
→ Check if you're viewing chart outside session hours
**"All 3 ORBs look the same!"**
→ This is actually GOOD - means tight alignment (high-probability setup)
→ If they're diverging wildly (>100pts difference), that's a skip signal
**"Info table blocking my view!"**
→ Info table is in top-right corner by default
→ Drag it to a different position (TradingView allows moving)
→ Or minimize it by clicking the small arrow
**"Colors are hard to see on my chart!"**
→ Go to indicator settings:
• "5min ORB", "15min ORB", "30min ORB" color pickers
• "Upside Targets", "Downside Targets" color pickers
• Recommended: Use contrasting colors vs your chart background
---
## 📚 ADVANCED INTEGRATION TECHNIQUES
### **Combining with Market Profile**
```
• Use Volume Profile to identify Value Area High (VAH) and Low (VAL)
• If 30min ORB aligns with VAH/VAL → extra confluence
• POC (Point of Control) acts similar to VWAP
```
### **Combining with Cumulative Delta**
```
• Check if delta is positive on 30min ORB high break (bullish confirmation)
• Negative delta on low break confirms bearish institutional flow
• Your YM SNIPER already tracks this - use together!
```
### **Combining with Options Flow**
```
• Large call buying near 30min ORB high? Institutions positioning for breakout
• Large put buying near 30min ORB low? Smart money hedging/shorting
• Tools: Unusual Whales, Cheddar Flow, OptionStrat
```
---
## 🎯 FINAL PRE-LIVE CHECKLIST
**DO NOT GO LIVE UNTIL ALL CHECKED:**
```
□ Practiced on TradingView Replay for 2+ weeks
□ Can identify all 5 setups by pattern recognition
□ Understand why targets come from 30min ORB only
□ Know difference between 5min/15min/30min roles
□ Risk management rules memorized (position sizing, 3-strike)
□ YM Ultimate SNIPER v8.1 loaded (optional but recommended)
□ All 5 TradingView alerts configured
□ Broker platform tested with demo account
□ Stop/target orders can be placed in <10 seconds
□ Daily journal template prepared
□ Emotional state: calm, patient, focused
□ Account size: Minimum $10,000 recommended
□ Understand auto-disappear behavior (ORBs delete at session end)
□ Know NOT to trade before 30min ORB complete
□ Comfortable with looking at chart and seeing 6+ lines (3 ORBs + targets)
IF ALL CHECKED → YOU'RE READY TO SNIPE! 🎯
IF ANY UNCHECKED → KEEP PRACTICING, DON'T RUSH
```
---
## 💎 THE CORE PRINCIPLE
```
╔═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ║
║ "The ORB doesn't predict the market. ║
║ The ORB reveals where institutions are positioned. ║
║ ║
║ When you see all 3 ORBs align and break, ║
║ you're not guessing direction— ║
║ you're following the billion-dollar order flow." ║
║ ║
║ THAT'S YOUR EDGE. ║
║ ║
╚═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
```
**🎯 Good luck, stay patient, and happy sniping! 🎯**
═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
END OF SNIPER ORB TRADING CHEAT SHEET v3.0
═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
Adaptive Genesis Engine [AGE]ADAPTIVE GENESIS ENGINE (AGE)
Pure Signal Evolution Through Genetic Algorithms
Where Darwin Meets Technical Analysis
🧬 WHAT YOU'RE GETTING - THE PURE INDICATOR
This is a technical analysis indicator - it generates signals, visualizes probability, and shows you the evolutionary process in real-time. This is NOT a strategy with automatic execution - it's a sophisticated signal generation system that you control .
What This Indicator Does:
Generates Long/Short entry signals with probability scores (35-88% range)
Evolves a population of up to 12 competing strategies using genetic algorithms
Validates strategies through walk-forward optimization (train/test cycles)
Visualizes signal quality through premium gradient clouds and confidence halos
Displays comprehensive metrics via enhanced dashboard
Provides alerts for entries and exits
Works on any timeframe, any instrument, any broker
What This Indicator Does NOT Do:
Execute trades automatically
Manage positions or calculate position sizes
Place orders on your behalf
Make trading decisions for you
This is pure signal intelligence. AGE tells you when and how confident it is. You decide whether and how much to trade.
🔬 THE SCIENCE: GENETIC ALGORITHMS MEET TECHNICAL ANALYSIS
What Makes This Different - The Evolutionary Foundation
Most indicators are static - they use the same parameters forever, regardless of market conditions. AGE is alive . It maintains a population of competing strategies that evolve, adapt, and improve through natural selection principles:
Birth: New strategies spawn through crossover breeding (combining DNA from fit parents) plus random mutation for exploration
Life: Each strategy trades virtually via shadow portfolios, accumulating wins/losses, tracking drawdown, and building performance history
Selection: Strategies are ranked by comprehensive fitness scoring (win rate, expectancy, drawdown control, signal efficiency)
Death: Weak strategies are culled periodically, with elite performers (top 2 by default) protected from removal
Evolution: The gene pool continuously improves as successful traits propagate and unsuccessful ones die out
This is not curve-fitting. Each new strategy must prove itself on out-of-sample data through walk-forward validation before being trusted for live signals.
🧪 THE DNA: WHAT EVOLVES
Every strategy carries a 10-gene chromosome controlling how it interprets market data:
Signal Sensitivity Genes
Entropy Sensitivity (0.5-2.0): Weight given to market order/disorder calculations. Low values = conservative, require strong directional clarity. High values = aggressive, act on weaker order signals.
Momentum Sensitivity (0.5-2.0): Weight given to RSI/ROC/MACD composite. Controls responsiveness to momentum shifts vs. mean-reversion setups.
Structure Sensitivity (0.5-2.0): Weight given to support/resistance positioning. Determines how much price location within swing range matters.
Probability Adjustment Genes
Probability Boost (-0.10 to +0.10): Inherent bias toward aggressive (+) or conservative (-) entries. Acts as personality trait - some strategies naturally optimistic, others pessimistic.
Trend Strength Requirement (0.3-0.8): Minimum trend conviction needed before signaling. Higher values = only trades strong trends, lower values = acts in weak/sideways markets.
Volume Filter (0.5-1.5): Strictness of volume confirmation. Higher values = requires strong volume, lower values = volume less important.
Risk Management Genes
ATR Multiplier (1.5-4.0): Base volatility scaling for all price levels. Controls whether strategy uses tight or wide stops/targets relative to ATR.
Stop Multiplier (1.0-2.5): Stop loss tightness. Lower values = aggressive profit protection, higher values = more breathing room.
Target Multiplier (1.5-4.0): Profit target ambition. Lower values = quick scalping exits, higher values = swing trading holds.
Adaptation Gene
Regime Adaptation (0.0-1.0): How much strategy adjusts behavior based on detected market regime (trending/volatile/choppy). Higher values = more reactive to regime changes.
The Magic: AGE doesn't just try random combinations. Through tournament selection and fitness-weighted crossover, successful gene combinations spread through the population while unsuccessful ones fade away. Over 50-100 bars, you'll see the population converge toward genes that work for YOUR instrument and timeframe.
📊 THE SIGNAL ENGINE: THREE-LAYER SYNTHESIS
Before any strategy generates a signal, AGE calculates probability through multi-indicator confluence:
Layer 1 - Market Entropy (Information Theory)
Measures whether price movements exhibit directional order or random walk characteristics:
The Math:
Shannon Entropy = -Σ(p × log(p))
Market Order = 1 - (Entropy / 0.693)
What It Means:
High entropy = choppy, random market → low confidence signals
Low entropy = directional market → high confidence signals
Direction determined by up-move vs down-move dominance over lookback period (default: 20 bars)
Signal Output: -1.0 to +1.0 (bearish order to bullish order)
Layer 2 - Momentum Synthesis
Combines three momentum indicators into single composite score:
Components:
RSI (40% weight): Normalized to -1/+1 scale using (RSI-50)/50
Rate of Change (30% weight): Percentage change over lookback (default: 14 bars), clamped to ±1
MACD Histogram (30% weight): Fast(12) - Slow(26), normalized by ATR
Why This Matters: RSI catches mean-reversion opportunities, ROC catches raw momentum, MACD catches momentum divergence. Weighting favors RSI for reliability while keeping other perspectives.
Signal Output: -1.0 to +1.0 (strong bearish to strong bullish)
Layer 3 - Structure Analysis
Evaluates price position within swing range (default: 50-bar lookback):
Position Classification:
Bottom 20% of range = Support Zone → bullish bounce potential
Top 20% of range = Resistance Zone → bearish rejection potential
Middle 60% = Neutral Zone → breakout/breakdown monitoring
Signal Logic:
At support + bullish candle = +0.7 (strong buy setup)
At resistance + bearish candle = -0.7 (strong sell setup)
Breaking above range highs = +0.5 (breakout confirmation)
Breaking below range lows = -0.5 (breakdown confirmation)
Consolidation within range = ±0.3 (weak directional bias)
Signal Output: -1.0 to +1.0 (bearish structure to bullish structure)
Confluence Voting System
Each layer casts a vote (Long/Short/Neutral). The system requires minimum 2-of-3 agreement (configurable 1-3) before generating a signal:
Examples:
Entropy: Bullish, Momentum: Bullish, Structure: Neutral → Signal generated (2 long votes)
Entropy: Bearish, Momentum: Neutral, Structure: Neutral → No signal (only 1 short vote)
All three bullish → Signal generated with +5% probability bonus
This is the key to quality. Single indicators give too many false signals. Triple confirmation dramatically improves accuracy.
📈 PROBABILITY CALCULATION: HOW CONFIDENCE IS MEASURED
Base Probability:
Raw_Prob = 50% + (Average_Signal_Strength × 25%)
Then AGE applies strategic adjustments:
Trend Alignment:
Signal with trend: +4%
Signal against strong trend: -8%
Weak/no trend: no adjustment
Regime Adaptation:
Trending market (efficiency >50%, moderate vol): +3%
Volatile market (vol ratio >1.5x): -5%
Choppy market (low efficiency): -2%
Volume Confirmation:
Volume > 70% of 20-bar SMA: no change
Volume below threshold: -3%
Volatility State (DVS Ratio):
High vol (>1.8x baseline): -4% (reduce confidence in chaos)
Low vol (<0.7x baseline): -2% (markets can whipsaw in compression)
Moderate elevated vol (1.0-1.3x): +2% (trending conditions emerging)
Confluence Bonus:
All 3 indicators agree: +5%
2 of 3 agree: +2%
Strategy Gene Adjustment:
Probability Boost gene: -10% to +10%
Regime Adaptation gene: scales regime adjustments by 0-100%
Final Probability: Clamped between 35% (minimum) and 88% (maximum)
Why These Ranges?
Below 35% = too uncertain, better not to signal
Above 88% = unrealistic, creates overconfidence
Sweet spot: 65-80% for quality entries
🔄 THE SHADOW PORTFOLIO SYSTEM: HOW STRATEGIES COMPETE
Each active strategy maintains a virtual trading account that executes in parallel with real-time data:
Shadow Trading Mechanics
Entry Logic:
Calculate signal direction, probability, and confluence using strategy's unique DNA
Check if signal meets quality gate:
Probability ≥ configured minimum threshold (default: 65%)
Confluence ≥ configured minimum (default: 2 of 3)
Direction is not zero (must be long or short, not neutral)
Verify signal persistence:
Base requirement: 2 bars (configurable 1-5)
Adapts based on probability: high-prob signals (75%+) enter 1 bar faster, low-prob signals need 1 bar more
Adjusts for regime: trending markets reduce persistence by 1, volatile markets add 1
Apply additional filters:
Trend strength must exceed strategy's requirement gene
Regime filter: if volatile market detected, probability must be 72%+ to override
Volume confirmation required (volume > 70% of average)
If all conditions met for required persistence bars, enter shadow position at current close price
Position Management:
Entry Price: Recorded at close of entry bar
Stop Loss: ATR-based distance = ATR × ATR_Mult (gene) × Stop_Mult (gene) × DVS_Ratio
Take Profit: ATR-based distance = ATR × ATR_Mult (gene) × Target_Mult (gene) × DVS_Ratio
Position: +1 (long) or -1 (short), only one at a time per strategy
Exit Logic:
Check if price hit stop (on low) or target (on high) on current bar
Record trade outcome in R-multiples (profit/loss normalized by ATR)
Update performance metrics:
Total trades counter incremented
Wins counter (if profit > 0)
Cumulative P&L updated
Peak equity tracked (for drawdown calculation)
Maximum drawdown from peak recorded
Enter cooldown period (default: 8 bars, configurable 3-20) before next entry allowed
Reset signal age counter to zero
Walk-Forward Tracking:
During position lifecycle, trades are categorized:
Training Phase (first 250 bars): Trade counted toward training metrics
Testing Phase (next 75 bars): Trade counted toward testing metrics (out-of-sample)
Live Phase (after WFO period): Trade counted toward overall metrics
Why Shadow Portfolios?
No lookahead bias (uses only data available at the bar)
Realistic execution simulation (entry on close, stop/target checks on high/low)
Independent performance tracking for true fitness comparison
Allows safe experimentation without risking capital
Each strategy learns from its own experience
🏆 FITNESS SCORING: HOW STRATEGIES ARE RANKED
Fitness is not just win rate. AGE uses a comprehensive multi-factor scoring system:
Core Metrics (Minimum 3 trades required)
Win Rate (30% of fitness):
WinRate = Wins / TotalTrades
Normalized directly (0.0-1.0 scale)
Total P&L (30% of fitness):
Normalized_PnL = (PnL + 300) / 600
Clamped 0.0-1.0. Assumes P&L range of -300R to +300R for normalization scale.
Expectancy (25% of fitness):
Expectancy = Total_PnL / Total_Trades
Normalized_Expectancy = (Expectancy + 30) / 60
Clamped 0.0-1.0. Rewards consistency of profit per trade.
Drawdown Control (15% of fitness):
Normalized_DD = 1 - (Max_Drawdown / 15)
Clamped 0.0-1.0. Penalizes strategies that suffer large equity retracements from peak.
Sample Size Adjustment
Quality Factor:
<50 trades: 1.0 (full weight, small sample)
50-100 trades: 0.95 (slight penalty for medium sample)
100 trades: 0.85 (larger penalty for large sample)
Why penalize more trades? Prevents strategies from gaming the system by taking hundreds of tiny trades to inflate statistics. Favors quality over quantity.
Bonus Adjustments
Walk-Forward Validation Bonus:
if (WFO_Validated):
Fitness += (WFO_Efficiency - 0.5) × 0.1
Strategies proven on out-of-sample data receive up to +10% fitness boost based on test/train efficiency ratio.
Signal Efficiency Bonus (if diagnostics enabled):
if (Signals_Evaluated > 10):
Pass_Rate = Signals_Passed / Signals_Evaluated
Fitness += (Pass_Rate - 0.1) × 0.05
Rewards strategies that generate high-quality signals passing the quality gate, not just profitable trades.
Final Fitness: Clamped at 0.0 minimum (prevents negative fitness values)
Result: Elite strategies typically achieve 0.50-0.75 fitness. Anything above 0.60 is excellent. Below 0.30 is prime candidate for culling.
🔬 WALK-FORWARD OPTIMIZATION: ANTI-OVERFITTING PROTECTION
This is what separates AGE from curve-fitted garbage indicators.
The Three-Phase Process
Every new strategy undergoes a rigorous validation lifecycle:
Phase 1 - Training Window (First 250 bars, configurable 100-500):
Strategy trades normally via shadow portfolio
All trades count toward training performance metrics
System learns which gene combinations produce profitable patterns
Tracks independently: Training_Trades, Training_Wins, Training_PnL
Phase 2 - Testing Window (Next 75 bars, configurable 30-200):
Strategy continues trading without any parameter changes
Trades now count toward testing performance metrics (separate tracking)
This is out-of-sample data - strategy has never seen these bars during "optimization"
Tracks independently: Testing_Trades, Testing_Wins, Testing_PnL
Phase 3 - Validation Check:
Minimum_Trades = 5 (configurable 3-15)
IF (Train_Trades >= Minimum AND Test_Trades >= Minimum):
WR_Efficiency = Test_WinRate / Train_WinRate
Expectancy_Efficiency = Test_Expectancy / Train_Expectancy
WFO_Efficiency = (WR_Efficiency + Expectancy_Efficiency) / 2
IF (WFO_Efficiency >= 0.55): // configurable 0.3-0.9
Strategy.Validated = TRUE
Strategy receives fitness bonus
ELSE:
Strategy receives 30% fitness penalty
ELSE:
Validation deferred (insufficient trades in one or both periods)
What Validation Means
Validated Strategy (Green "✓ VAL" in dashboard):
Performed at least 55% as well on unseen data compared to training data
Gets fitness bonus: +(efficiency - 0.5) × 0.1
Receives priority during tournament selection for breeding
More likely to be chosen as active trading strategy
Unvalidated Strategy (Orange "○ TRAIN" in dashboard):
Failed to maintain performance on test data (likely curve-fitted to training period)
Receives 30% fitness penalty (0.7x multiplier)
Makes strategy prime candidate for culling
Can still trade but with lower selection probability
Insufficient Data (continues collecting):
Hasn't completed both training and testing periods yet
OR hasn't achieved minimum trade count in both periods
Validation check deferred until requirements met
Why 55% Efficiency Threshold?
If a strategy earned 10R during training but only 5.5R during testing, it still proved an edge exists beyond random luck. Requiring 100% efficiency would be unrealistic - market conditions change between periods. But requiring >50% ensures the strategy didn't completely degrade on fresh data.
The Protection: Strategies that work great on historical data but fail on new data are automatically identified and penalized. This prevents the population from being polluted by overfitted strategies that would fail in live trading.
🌊 DYNAMIC VOLATILITY SCALING (DVS): ADAPTIVE STOP/TARGET PLACEMENT
AGE doesn't use fixed stop distances. It adapts to current volatility conditions in real-time.
Four Volatility Measurement Methods
1. ATR Ratio (Simple Method):
Current_Vol = ATR(14) / Close
Baseline_Vol = SMA(Current_Vol, 100)
Ratio = Current_Vol / Baseline_Vol
Basic comparison of current ATR to 100-bar moving average baseline.
2. Parkinson (High-Low Range Based):
For each bar: HL = log(High / Low)
Parkinson_Vol = sqrt(Σ(HL²) / (4 × Period × log(2)))
More stable than close-to-close volatility. Captures intraday range expansion without overnight gap noise.
3. Garman-Klass (OHLC Based):
HL_Term = 0.5 × ²
CO_Term = (2×log(2) - 1) × ²
GK_Vol = sqrt(Σ(HL_Term - CO_Term) / Period)
Most sophisticated estimator. Incorporates all four price points (open, high, low, close) plus gap information.
4. Ensemble Method (Default - Median of All Three):
Ratio_1 = ATR_Current / ATR_Baseline
Ratio_2 = Parkinson_Current / Parkinson_Baseline
Ratio_3 = GK_Current / GK_Baseline
DVS_Ratio = Median(Ratio_1, Ratio_2, Ratio_3)
Why Ensemble?
Takes median to avoid outliers and false spikes
If ATR jumps but range-based methods stay calm, median prevents overreaction
If one method fails, other two compensate
Most robust approach across different market conditions
Sensitivity Scaling
Scaled_Ratio = (Raw_Ratio) ^ Sensitivity
Sensitivity 0.3: Cube root - heavily dampens volatility impact
Sensitivity 0.5: Square root - moderate dampening
Sensitivity 0.7 (Default): Balanced response to volatility changes
Sensitivity 1.0: Linear - full 1:1 volatility impact
Sensitivity 1.5: Exponential - amplified response to volatility spikes
Safety Clamps: Final DVS Ratio always clamped between 0.5x and 2.5x baseline to prevent extreme position sizing or stop placement errors.
How DVS Affects Shadow Trading
Every strategy's stop and target distances are multiplied by the current DVS ratio:
Stop Loss Distance:
Stop_Distance = ATR × ATR_Mult (gene) × Stop_Mult (gene) × DVS_Ratio
Take Profit Distance:
Target_Distance = ATR × ATR_Mult (gene) × Target_Mult (gene) × DVS_Ratio
Example Scenario:
ATR = 10 points
Strategy's ATR_Mult gene = 2.5
Strategy's Stop_Mult gene = 1.5
Strategy's Target_Mult gene = 2.5
DVS_Ratio = 1.4 (40% above baseline volatility - market heating up)
Stop = 10 × 2.5 × 1.5 × 1.4 = 52.5 points (vs. 37.5 in normal vol)
Target = 10 × 2.5 × 2.5 × 1.4 = 87.5 points (vs. 62.5 in normal vol)
Result:
During volatility spikes: Stops automatically widen to avoid noise-based exits, targets extend for bigger moves
During calm periods: Stops tighten for better risk/reward, targets compress for realistic profit-taking
Strategies adapt risk management to match current market behavior
🧬 THE EVOLUTIONARY CYCLE: SPAWN, COMPETE, CULL
Initialization (Bar 1)
AGE begins with 4 seed strategies (if evolution enabled):
Seed Strategy #0 (Balanced):
All sensitivities at 1.0 (neutral)
Zero probability boost
Moderate trend requirement (0.4)
Standard ATR/stop/target multiples (2.5/1.5/2.5)
Mid-level regime adaptation (0.5)
Seed Strategy #1 (Momentum-Focused):
Lower entropy sensitivity (0.7), higher momentum (1.5)
Slight probability boost (+0.03)
Higher trend requirement (0.5)
Tighter stops (1.3), wider targets (3.0)
Seed Strategy #2 (Entropy-Driven):
Higher entropy sensitivity (1.5), lower momentum (0.8)
Slight probability penalty (-0.02)
More trend tolerant (0.6)
Wider stops (1.8), standard targets (2.5)
Seed Strategy #3 (Structure-Based):
Balanced entropy/momentum (0.8/0.9), high structure (1.4)
Slight probability boost (+0.02)
Lower trend requirement (0.35)
Moderate risk parameters (1.6/2.8)
All seeds start with WFO validation bypassed if WFO is disabled, or must validate if enabled.
Spawning New Strategies
Timing (Adaptive):
Historical phase: Every 30 bars (configurable 10-100)
Live phase: Every 200 bars (configurable 100-500)
Automatically switches to live timing when barstate.isrealtime triggers
Conditions:
Current population < max population limit (default: 8, configurable 4-12)
At least 2 active strategies exist (need parents)
Available slot in population array
Selection Process:
Run tournament selection 3 times with different seeds
Each tournament: randomly sample active strategies, pick highest fitness
Best from 3 tournaments becomes Parent 1
Repeat independently for Parent 2
Ensures fit parents but maintains diversity
Crossover Breeding:
For each of 10 genes:
Parent1_Fitness = fitness
Parent2_Fitness = fitness
Weight1 = Parent1_Fitness / (Parent1_Fitness + Parent2_Fitness)
Gene1 = parent1's value
Gene2 = parent2's value
Child_Gene = Weight1 × Gene1 + (1 - Weight1) × Gene2
Fitness-weighted crossover ensures fitter parent contributes more genetic material.
Mutation:
For each gene in child:
IF (random < mutation_rate):
Gene_Range = GENE_MAX - GENE_MIN
Noise = (random - 0.5) × 2 × mutation_strength × Gene_Range
Mutated_Gene = Clamp(Child_Gene + Noise, GENE_MIN, GENE_MAX)
Historical mutation rate: 20% (aggressive exploration)
Live mutation rate: 8% (conservative stability)
Mutation strength: 12% of gene range (configurable 5-25%)
Initialization of New Strategy:
Unique ID assigned (total_spawned counter)
Parent ID recorded
Generation = max(parent generations) + 1
Birth bar recorded (for age tracking)
All performance metrics zeroed
Shadow portfolio reset
WFO validation flag set to false (must prove itself)
Result: New strategy with hybrid DNA enters population, begins trading in next bar.
Competition (Every Bar)
All active strategies:
Calculate their signal based on unique DNA
Check quality gate with their thresholds
Manage shadow positions (entries/exits)
Update performance metrics
Recalculate fitness score
Track WFO validation progress
Strategies compete indirectly through fitness ranking - no direct interaction.
Culling Weak Strategies
Timing (Adaptive):
Historical phase: Every 60 bars (configurable 20-200, should be 2x spawn interval)
Live phase: Every 400 bars (configurable 200-1000, should be 2x spawn interval)
Minimum Adaptation Score (MAS):
Initial MAS = 0.10
MAS decays: MAS × 0.995 every cull cycle
Minimum MAS = 0.03 (floor)
MAS represents the "survival threshold" - strategies below this fitness level are vulnerable.
Culling Conditions (ALL must be true):
Population > minimum population (default: 3, configurable 2-4)
At least one strategy has fitness < MAS
Strategy's age > culling interval (prevents premature culling of new strategies)
Strategy is not in top N elite (default: 2, configurable 1-3)
Culling Process:
Find worst strategy:
For each active strategy:
IF (age > cull_interval):
Fitness = base_fitness
IF (not WFO_validated AND WFO_enabled):
Fitness × 0.7 // 30% penalty for unvalidated
IF (Fitness < MAS AND Fitness < worst_fitness_found):
worst_strategy = this_strategy
worst_fitness = Fitness
IF (worst_strategy found):
Count elite strategies with fitness > worst_fitness
IF (elite_count >= elite_preservation_count):
Deactivate worst_strategy (set active flag = false)
Increment total_culled counter
Elite Protection:
Even if a strategy's fitness falls below MAS, it survives if fewer than N strategies are better. This prevents culling when population is generally weak.
Result: Weak strategies removed from population, freeing slots for new spawns. Gene pool improves over time.
Selection for Display (Every Bar)
AGE chooses one strategy to display signals:
Best fitness = -1
Selected = none
For each active strategy:
Fitness = base_fitness
IF (WFO_validated):
Fitness × 1.3 // 30% bonus for validated strategies
IF (Fitness > best_fitness):
best_fitness = Fitness
selected_strategy = this_strategy
Display selected strategy's signals on chart
Result: Only the highest-fitness (optionally validated-boosted) strategy's signals appear as chart markers. Other strategies trade invisibly in shadow portfolios.
🎨 PREMIUM VISUALIZATION SYSTEM
AGE includes sophisticated visual feedback that standard indicators lack:
1. Gradient Probability Cloud (Optional, Default: ON)
Multi-layer gradient showing signal buildup 2-3 bars before entry:
Activation Conditions:
Signal persistence > 0 (same directional signal held for multiple bars)
Signal probability ≥ minimum threshold (65% by default)
Signal hasn't yet executed (still in "forming" state)
Visual Construction:
7 gradient layers by default (configurable 3-15)
Each layer is a line-fill pair (top line, bottom line, filled between)
Layer spacing: 0.3 to 1.0 × ATR above/below price
Outer layers = faint, inner layers = bright
Color transitions from base to intense based on layer position
Transparency scales with probability (high prob = more opaque)
Color Selection:
Long signals: Gradient from theme.gradient_bull_mid to theme.gradient_bull_strong
Short signals: Gradient from theme.gradient_bear_mid to theme.gradient_bear_strong
Base transparency: 92%, reduces by up to 8% for high-probability setups
Dynamic Behavior:
Cloud grows/shrinks as signal persistence increases/decreases
Redraws every bar while signal is forming
Disappears when signal executes or invalidates
Performance Note: Computationally expensive due to linefill objects. Disable or reduce layers if chart performance degrades.
2. Population Fitness Ribbon (Optional, Default: ON)
Histogram showing fitness distribution across active strategies:
Activation: Only draws on last bar (barstate.islast) to avoid historical clutter
Visual Construction:
10 histogram layers by default (configurable 5-20)
Plots 50 bars back from current bar
Positioned below price at: lowest_low(100) - 1.5×ATR (doesn't interfere with price action)
Each layer represents a fitness threshold (evenly spaced min to max fitness)
Layer Logic:
For layer_num from 0 to ribbon_layers:
Fitness_threshold = min_fitness + (max_fitness - min_fitness) × (layer / layers)
Count strategies with fitness ≥ threshold
Height = ATR × 0.15 × (count / total_active)
Y_position = base_level + ATR × 0.2 × layer
Color = Gradient from weak to strong based on layer position
Line_width = Scaled by height (taller = thicker)
Visual Feedback:
Tall, bright ribbon = healthy population, many fit strategies at high fitness levels
Short, dim ribbon = weak population, few strategies achieving good fitness
Ribbon compression (layers close together) = population converging to similar fitness
Ribbon spread = diverse fitness range, active selection pressure
Use Case: Quick visual health check without opening dashboard. Ribbon growing upward over time = population improving.
3. Confidence Halo (Optional, Default: ON)
Circular polyline around entry signals showing probability strength:
Activation: Draws when new position opens (shadow_position changes from 0 to ±1)
Visual Construction:
20-segment polyline forming approximate circle
Center: Low - 0.5×ATR (long) or High + 0.5×ATR (short)
Radius: 0.3×ATR (low confidence) to 1.0×ATR (elite confidence)
Scales with: (probability - min_probability) / (1.0 - min_probability)
Color Coding:
Elite (85%+): Cyan (theme.conf_elite), large radius, minimal transparency (40%)
Strong (75-85%): Strong green (theme.conf_strong), medium radius, moderate transparency (50%)
Good (65-75%): Good green (theme.conf_good), smaller radius, more transparent (60%)
Moderate (<65%): Moderate green (theme.conf_moderate), tiny radius, very transparent (70%)
Technical Detail:
Uses chart.point array with index-based positioning
5-bar horizontal spread for circular appearance (±5 bars from entry)
Curved=false (Pine Script polyline limitation)
Fill color matches line color but more transparent (88% vs line's transparency)
Purpose: Instant visual probability assessment. No need to check dashboard - halo size/brightness tells the story.
4. Evolution Event Markers (Optional, Default: ON)
Visual indicators of genetic algorithm activity:
Spawn Markers (Diamond, Cyan):
Plots when total_spawned increases on current bar
Location: bottom of chart (location.bottom)
Color: theme.spawn_marker (cyan/bright blue)
Size: tiny
Indicates new strategy just entered population
Cull Markers (X-Cross, Red):
Plots when total_culled increases on current bar
Location: bottom of chart (location.bottom)
Color: theme.cull_marker (red/pink)
Size: tiny
Indicates weak strategy just removed from population
What It Tells You:
Frequent spawning early = population building, active exploration
Frequent culling early = high selection pressure, weak strategies dying fast
Balanced spawn/cull = healthy evolutionary churn
No markers for long periods = stable population (evolution plateaued or optimal genes found)
5. Entry/Exit Markers
Clear visual signals for selected strategy's trades:
Long Entry (Triangle Up, Green):
Plots when selected strategy opens long position (position changes 0 → +1)
Location: below bar (location.belowbar)
Color: theme.long_primary (green/cyan depending on theme)
Transparency: Scales with probability:
Elite (85%+): 0% (fully opaque)
Strong (75-85%): 10%
Good (65-75%): 20%
Acceptable (55-65%): 35%
Size: small
Short Entry (Triangle Down, Red):
Plots when selected strategy opens short position (position changes 0 → -1)
Location: above bar (location.abovebar)
Color: theme.short_primary (red/pink depending on theme)
Transparency: Same scaling as long entries
Size: small
Exit (X-Cross, Orange):
Plots when selected strategy closes position (position changes ±1 → 0)
Location: absolute (at actual exit price if stop/target lines enabled)
Color: theme.exit_color (orange/yellow depending on theme)
Transparency: 0% (fully opaque)
Size: tiny
Result: Clean, probability-scaled markers that don't clutter chart but convey essential information.
6. Stop Loss & Take Profit Lines (Optional, Default: ON)
Visual representation of shadow portfolio risk levels:
Stop Loss Line:
Plots when selected strategy has active position
Level: shadow_stop value from selected strategy
Color: theme.short_primary with 60% transparency (red/pink, subtle)
Width: 2
Style: plot.style_linebr (breaks when no position)
Take Profit Line:
Plots when selected strategy has active position
Level: shadow_target value from selected strategy
Color: theme.long_primary with 60% transparency (green, subtle)
Width: 2
Style: plot.style_linebr (breaks when no position)
Purpose:
Shows where shadow portfolio would exit for stop/target
Helps visualize strategy's risk/reward ratio
Useful for manual traders to set similar levels
Disable for cleaner chart (recommended for presentations)
7. Dynamic Trend EMA
Gradient-colored trend line that visualizes trend strength:
Calculation:
EMA(close, trend_length) - default 50 period (configurable 20-100)
Slope calculated over 10 bars: (current_ema - ema ) / ema × 100
Color Logic:
Trend_direction:
Slope > 0.1% = Bullish (1)
Slope < -0.1% = Bearish (-1)
Otherwise = Neutral (0)
Trend_strength = abs(slope)
Color = Gradient between:
- Neutral color (gray/purple)
- Strong bullish (bright green) if direction = 1
- Strong bearish (bright red) if direction = -1
Gradient factor = trend_strength (0 to 1+ scale)
Visual Behavior:
Faint gray/purple = weak/no trend (choppy conditions)
Light green/red = emerging trend (low strength)
Bright green/red = strong trend (high conviction)
Color intensity = trend strength magnitude
Transparency: 50% (subtle, doesn't overpower price action)
Purpose: Subconscious awareness of trend state without checking dashboard or indicators.
8. Regime Background Tinting (Subtle)
Ultra-low opacity background color indicating detected market regime:
Regime Detection:
Efficiency = directional_movement / total_range (over trend_length bars)
Vol_ratio = current_volatility / average_volatility
IF (efficiency > 0.5 AND vol_ratio < 1.3):
Regime = Trending (1)
ELSE IF (vol_ratio > 1.5):
Regime = Volatile (2)
ELSE:
Regime = Choppy (0)
Background Colors:
Trending: theme.regime_trending (dark green, 92-93% transparency)
Volatile: theme.regime_volatile (dark red, 93% transparency)
Choppy: No tint (normal background)
Purpose:
Subliminal regime awareness
Helps explain why signals are/aren't generating
Trending = ideal conditions for AGE
Volatile = fewer signals, higher thresholds applied
Choppy = mixed signals, lower confidence
Important: Extremely subtle by design. Not meant to be obvious, just subconscious context.
📊 ENHANCED DASHBOARD
Comprehensive real-time metrics in single organized panel (top-right position):
Dashboard Structure (5 columns × 14 rows)
Header Row:
Column 0: "🧬 AGE PRO" + phase indicator (🔴 LIVE or ⏪ HIST)
Column 1: "POPULATION"
Column 2: "PERFORMANCE"
Column 3: "CURRENT SIGNAL"
Column 4: "ACTIVE STRATEGY"
Column 0: Market State
Regime (📈 TREND / 🌊 CHAOS / ➖ CHOP)
DVS Ratio (current volatility scaling factor, format: #.##)
Trend Direction (▲ BULL / ▼ BEAR / ➖ FLAT with color coding)
Trend Strength (0-100 scale, format: #.##)
Column 1: Population Metrics
Active strategies (count / max_population)
Validated strategies (WFO passed / active total)
Current generation number
Total spawned (all-time strategy births)
Total culled (all-time strategy deaths)
Column 2: Aggregate Performance
Total trades across all active strategies
Aggregate win rate (%) - color-coded:
Green (>55%)
Orange (45-55%)
Red (<45%)
Total P&L in R-multiples - color-coded by positive/negative
Best fitness score in population (format: #.###)
MAS - Minimum Adaptation Score (cull threshold, format: #.###)
Column 3: Current Signal Status
Status indicator:
"▲ LONG" (green) if selected strategy in long position
"▼ SHORT" (red) if selected strategy in short position
"⏳ FORMING" (orange) if signal persisting but not yet executed
"○ WAITING" (gray) if no active signal
Confidence percentage (0-100%, format: #.#%)
Quality assessment:
"🔥 ELITE" (cyan) for 85%+ probability
"✓ STRONG" (bright green) for 75-85%
"○ GOOD" (green) for 65-75%
"- LOW" (dim) for <65%
Confluence score (X/3 format)
Signal age:
"X bars" if signal forming
"IN TRADE" if position active
"---" if no signal
Column 4: Selected Strategy Details
Strategy ID number (#X format)
Validation status:
"✓ VAL" (green) if WFO validated
"○ TRAIN" (orange) if still in training/testing phase
Generation number (GX format)
Personal fitness score (format: #.### with color coding)
Trade count
P&L and win rate (format: #.#R (##%) with color coding)
Color Scheme:
Panel background: theme.panel_bg (dark, low opacity)
Panel headers: theme.panel_header (slightly lighter)
Primary text: theme.text_primary (bright, high contrast)
Secondary text: theme.text_secondary (dim, lower contrast)
Positive metrics: theme.metric_positive (green)
Warning metrics: theme.metric_warning (orange)
Negative metrics: theme.metric_negative (red)
Special markers: theme.validated_marker, theme.spawn_marker
Update Frequency: Only on barstate.islast (current bar) to minimize CPU usage
Purpose:
Quick overview of entire system state
No need to check multiple indicators
Trading decisions informed by population health, regime state, and signal quality
Transparency into what AGE is thinking
🔍 DIAGNOSTICS PANEL (Optional, Default: OFF)
Detailed signal quality tracking for optimization and debugging:
Panel Structure (3 columns × 8 rows)
Position: Bottom-right corner (doesn't interfere with main dashboard)
Header Row:
Column 0: "🔍 DIAGNOSTICS"
Column 1: "COUNT"
Column 2: "%"
Metrics Tracked (for selected strategy only):
Total Evaluated:
Every signal that passed initial calculation (direction ≠ 0)
Represents total opportunities considered
✓ Passed:
Signals that passed quality gate and executed
Green color coding
Percentage of evaluated signals
Rejection Breakdown:
⨯ Probability:
Rejected because probability < minimum threshold
Most common rejection reason typically
⨯ Confluence:
Rejected because confluence < minimum required (e.g., only 1 of 3 indicators agreed)
⨯ Trend:
Rejected because signal opposed strong trend
Indicates counter-trend protection working
⨯ Regime:
Rejected because volatile regime detected and probability wasn't high enough to override
Shows regime filter in action
⨯ Volume:
Rejected because volume < 70% of 20-bar average
Indicates volume confirmation requirement
Color Coding:
Passed count: Green (success metric)
Rejection counts: Red (failure metrics)
Percentages: Gray (neutral, informational)
Performance Cost: Slight CPU overhead for tracking counters. Disable when not actively optimizing settings.
How to Use Diagnostics
Scenario 1: Too Few Signals
Evaluated: 200
Passed: 10 (5%)
⨯ Probability: 120 (60%)
⨯ Confluence: 40 (20%)
⨯ Others: 30 (15%)
Diagnosis: Probability threshold too high for this strategy's DNA.
Solution: Lower min probability from 65% to 60%, or allow strategy more time to evolve better DNA.
Scenario 2: Too Many False Signals
Evaluated: 200
Passed: 80 (40%)
Strategy win rate: 45%
Diagnosis: Quality gate too loose, letting low-quality signals through.
Solution: Raise min probability to 70%, or increase min confluence to 3 (all indicators must agree).
Scenario 3: Regime-Specific Issues
⨯ Regime: 90 (45% of rejections)
Diagnosis: Frequent volatile regime detection blocking otherwise good signals.
Solution: Either accept fewer trades during chaos (recommended), or disable regime filter if you want signals regardless of market state.
Optimization Workflow:
Enable diagnostics
Run 200+ bars
Analyze rejection patterns
Adjust settings based on data
Re-run and compare pass rate
Disable diagnostics when satisfied
⚙️ CONFIGURATION GUIDE
🧬 Evolution Engine Settings
Enable AGE Evolution (Default: ON):
ON: Full genetic algorithm (recommended for best results)
OFF: Uses only 4 seed strategies, no spawning/culling (static population for comparison testing)
Max Population (4-12, Default: 8):
Higher = more diversity, more exploration, slower performance
Lower = faster computation, less exploration, risk of premature convergence
Sweet spot: 6-8 for most use cases
4 = minimum for meaningful evolution
12 = maximum before diminishing returns
Min Population (2-4, Default: 3):
Safety floor - system never culls below this count
Prevents population extinction during harsh selection
Should be at least half of max population
Elite Preservation (1-3, Default: 2):
Top N performers completely immune to culling
Ensures best genes always survive
1 = minimal protection, aggressive selection
2 = balanced (recommended)
3 = conservative, slower gene pool turnover
Historical: Spawn Interval (10-100, Default: 30):
Bars between spawning new strategies during historical data
Lower = faster evolution, more exploration
Higher = slower evolution, more evaluation time per strategy
30 bars = ~1-2 hours on 15min chart
Historical: Cull Interval (20-200, Default: 60):
Bars between culling weak strategies during historical data
Should be 2x spawn interval for balanced churn
Lower = aggressive selection pressure
Higher = patient evaluation
Live: Spawn Interval (100-500, Default: 200):
Bars between spawning during live trading
Much slower than historical for stability
Prevents population chaos during live trading
200 bars = ~1.5 trading days on 15min chart
Live: Cull Interval (200-1000, Default: 400):
Bars between culling during live trading
Should be 2x live spawn interval
Conservative removal during live trading
Historical: Mutation Rate (0.05-0.40, Default: 0.20):
Probability each gene mutates during breeding (20% = 2 out of 10 genes on average)
Higher = more exploration, slower convergence
Lower = more exploitation, faster convergence but risk of local optima
20% balances exploration vs exploitation
Live: Mutation Rate (0.02-0.20, Default: 0.08):
Mutation rate during live trading
Much lower for stability (don't want population to suddenly degrade)
8% = mostly inherits parent genes with small tweaks
Mutation Strength (0.05-0.25, Default: 0.12):
How much genes change when mutated (% of gene's total range)
0.05 = tiny nudges (fine-tuning)
0.12 = moderate jumps (recommended)
0.25 = large leaps (aggressive exploration)
Example: If gene range is 0.5-2.0, 12% strength = ±0.18 possible change
📈 Signal Quality Settings
Min Signal Probability (0.55-0.80, Default: 0.65):
Quality gate threshold - signals below this never generate
0.55-0.60 = More signals, accept lower confidence (higher risk)
0.65 = Institutional-grade balance (recommended)
0.70-0.75 = Fewer but higher-quality signals (conservative)
0.80+ = Very selective, very few signals (ultra-conservative)
Min Confluence Score (1-3, Default: 2):
Required indicator agreement before signal generates
1 = Any single indicator can trigger (not recommended - too many false signals)
2 = Requires 2 of 3 indicators agree (RECOMMENDED for balance)
3 = All 3 must agree (very selective, few signals, high quality)
Base Persistence Bars (1-5, Default: 2):
Base bars signal must persist before entry
System adapts automatically:
High probability signals (75%+) enter 1 bar faster
Low probability signals (<68%) need 1 bar more
Trending regime: -1 bar (faster entries)
Volatile regime: +1 bar (more confirmation)
1 = Immediate entry after quality gate (responsive but prone to whipsaw)
2 = Balanced confirmation (recommended)
3-5 = Patient confirmation (slower but more reliable)
Cooldown After Trade (3-20, Default: 8):
Bars to wait after exit before next entry allowed
Prevents overtrading and revenge trading
3 = Minimal cooldown (active trading)
8 = Balanced (recommended)
15-20 = Conservative (position trading)
Entropy Length (10-50, Default: 20):
Lookback period for market order/disorder calculation
Lower = more responsive to regime changes (noisy)
Higher = more stable regime detection (laggy)
20 = works across most timeframes
Momentum Length (5-30, Default: 14):
Period for RSI/ROC calculations
14 = standard (RSI default)
Lower = more signals, less reliable
Higher = fewer signals, more reliable
Structure Length (20-100, Default: 50):
Lookback for support/resistance swing range
20 = short-term swings (day trading)
50 = medium-term structure (recommended)
100 = major structure (position trading)
Trend EMA Length (20-100, Default: 50):
EMA period for trend detection and direction bias
20 = short-term trend (responsive)
50 = medium-term trend (recommended)
100 = long-term trend (position trading)
ATR Period (5-30, Default: 14):
Period for volatility measurement
14 = standard ATR
Lower = more responsive to vol changes
Higher = smoother vol calculation
📊 Volatility Scaling (DVS) Settings
Enable DVS (Default: ON):
Dynamic volatility scaling for adaptive stop/target placement
Highly recommended to leave ON
OFF only for testing fixed-distance stops
DVS Method (Default: Ensemble):
ATR Ratio: Simple, fast, single-method (good for beginners)
Parkinson: High-low range based (good for intraday)
Garman-Klass: OHLC based (sophisticated, considers gaps)
Ensemble: Median of all three (RECOMMENDED - most robust)
DVS Memory (20-200, Default: 100):
Lookback for baseline volatility comparison
20 = very responsive to vol changes (can overreact)
100 = balanced adaptation (recommended)
200 = slow, stable baseline (minimizes false vol signals)
DVS Sensitivity (0.3-1.5, Default: 0.7):
How much volatility affects scaling (power-law exponent)
0.3 = Conservative, heavily dampens vol impact (cube root)
0.5 = Moderate dampening (square root)
0.7 = Balanced response (recommended)
1.0 = Linear, full 1:1 vol response
1.5 = Aggressive, amplified response (exponential)
🔬 Walk-Forward Optimization Settings
Enable WFO (Default: ON):
Out-of-sample validation to prevent overfitting
Highly recommended to leave ON
OFF only for testing or if you want unvalidated strategies
Training Window (100-500, Default: 250):
Bars for in-sample optimization
100 = fast validation, less data (risky)
250 = balanced (recommended) - about 1-2 months on daily, 1-2 weeks on 15min
500 = patient validation, more data (conservative)
Testing Window (30-200, Default: 75):
Bars for out-of-sample validation
Should be ~30% of training window
30 = minimal test (fast validation)
75 = balanced (recommended)
200 = extensive test (very conservative)
Min Trades for Validation (3-15, Default: 5):
Required trades in BOTH training AND testing periods
3 = minimal sample (risky, fast validation)
5 = balanced (recommended)
10+ = conservative (slow validation, high confidence)
WFO Efficiency Threshold (0.3-0.9, Default: 0.55):
Minimum test/train performance ratio required
0.30 = Very loose (test must be 30% as good as training)
0.55 = Balanced (recommended) - test must be 55% as good
0.70+ = Strict (test must closely match training)
Higher = fewer validated strategies, lower risk of overfitting
🎨 Premium Visuals Settings
Visual Theme:
Neon Genesis: Cyberpunk aesthetic (cyan/magenta/purple)
Carbon Fiber: Industrial look (blue/red/gray)
Quantum Blue: Quantum computing (blue/purple/pink)
Aurora: Northern lights (teal/orange/purple)
⚡ Gradient Probability Cloud (Default: ON):
Multi-layer gradient showing signal buildup
Turn OFF if chart lags or for cleaner look
Cloud Gradient Layers (3-15, Default: 7):
More layers = smoother gradient, more CPU intensive
Fewer layers = faster, blockier appearance
🎗️ Population Fitness Ribbon (Default: ON):
Histogram showing fitness distribution
Turn OFF for cleaner chart
Ribbon Layers (5-20, Default: 10):
More layers = finer fitness detail
Fewer layers = simpler histogram
⭕ Signal Confidence Halo (Default: ON):
Circular indicator around entry signals
Size/brightness scales with probability
Minimal performance cost
🔬 Evolution Event Markers (Default: ON):
Diamond (spawn) and X (cull) markers
Shows genetic algorithm activity
Minimal performance cost
🎯 Stop/Target Lines (Default: ON):
Shows shadow portfolio stop/target levels
Turn OFF for cleaner chart (recommended for screenshots/presentations)
📊 Enhanced Dashboard (Default: ON):
Comprehensive metrics panel
Should stay ON unless you want zero overlays
🔍 Diagnostics Panel (Default: OFF):
Detailed signal rejection tracking
Turn ON when optimizing settings
Turn OFF during normal use (slight performance cost)
📈 USAGE WORKFLOW - HOW TO USE THIS INDICATOR
Phase 1: Initial Setup & Learning
Add AGE to your chart
Recommended timeframes: 15min, 30min, 1H (best signal-to-noise ratio)
Works on: 5min (day trading), 4H (swing trading), Daily (position trading)
Load 1000+ bars for sufficient evolution history
Let the population evolve (100+ bars minimum)
First 50 bars: Random exploration, poor results expected
Bars 50-150: Population converging, fitness improving
Bars 150+: Stable performance, validated strategies emerging
Watch the dashboard metrics
Population should grow toward max capacity
Generation number should advance regularly
Validated strategies counter should increase
Best fitness should trend upward toward 0.50-0.70 range
Observe evolution markers
Diamond markers (cyan) = new strategies spawning
X markers (red) = weak strategies being culled
Frequent early activity = healthy evolution
Activity slowing = population stabilizing
Be patient. Evolution takes time. Don't judge performance before 150+ bars.
Phase 2: Signal Observation
Watch signals form
Gradient cloud builds up 2-3 bars before entry
Cloud brightness = probability strength
Cloud thickness = signal persistence
Check signal quality
Look at confidence halo size when entry marker appears
Large bright halo = elite setup (85%+)
Medium halo = strong setup (75-85%)
Small halo = good setup (65-75%)
Verify market conditions
Check trend EMA color (green = uptrend, red = downtrend, gray = choppy)
Check background tint (green = trending, red = volatile, clear = choppy)
Trending background + aligned signal = ideal conditions
Review dashboard signal status
Current Signal column shows:
Status (Long/Short/Forming/Waiting)
Confidence % (actual probability value)
Quality assessment (Elite/Strong/Good)
Confluence score (2/3 or 3/3 preferred)
Only signals meeting ALL quality gates appear on chart. If you're not seeing signals, population is either still learning or market conditions aren't suitable.
Phase 3: Manual Trading Execution
When Long Signal Fires:
Verify confidence level (dashboard or halo size)
Confirm trend alignment (EMA sloping up, green color)
Check regime (preferably trending or choppy, avoid volatile)
Enter long manually on your broker platform
Set stop loss at displayed stop line level (if lines enabled), or use your own risk management
Set take profit at displayed target line level, or trail manually
Monitor position - exit if X marker appears (signal reversal)
When Short Signal Fires:
Same verification process
Confirm downtrend (EMA sloping down, red color)
Enter short manually
Use displayed stop/target levels or your own
AGE tells you WHEN and HOW CONFIDENT. You decide WHETHER and HOW MUCH.
Phase 4: Set Up Alerts (Never Miss a Signal)
Right-click on indicator name in legend
Select "Add Alert"
Choose condition:
"AGE Long" = Long entry signal fired
"AGE Short" = Short entry signal fired
"AGE Exit" = Position reversal/exit signal
Set notification method:
Sound alert (popup on chart)
Email notification
Webhook to phone/trading platform
Mobile app push notification
Name the alert (e.g., "AGE BTCUSD 15min Long")
Save alert
Recommended: Set alerts for both long and short, enable mobile push notifications. You'll get alerted in real-time even if not watching charts.
Phase 5: Monitor Population Health
Weekly Review:
Check dashboard Population column:
Active count should be near max (6-8 of 8)
Validated count should be >50% of active
Generation should be advancing (1-2 per week typical)
Check dashboard Performance column:
Aggregate win rate should be >50% (target: 55-65%)
Total P&L should be positive (may fluctuate)
Best fitness should be >0.50 (target: 0.55-0.70)
MAS should be declining slowly (normal adaptation)
Check Active Strategy column:
Selected strategy should be validated (✓ VAL)
Personal fitness should match best fitness
Trade count should be accumulating
Win rate should be >50%
Warning Signs:
Zero validated strategies after 300+ bars = settings too strict or market unsuitable
Best fitness stuck <0.30 = population struggling, consider parameter adjustment
No spawning/culling for 200+ bars = evolution stalled (may be optimal or need reset)
Aggregate win rate <45% sustained = system not working on this instrument/timeframe
Health Check Pass:
50%+ strategies validated
Best fitness >0.50
Aggregate win rate >52%
Regular spawn/cull activity
Selected strategy validated
Phase 6: Optimization (If Needed)
Enable Diagnostics Panel (bottom-right) for data-driven tuning:
Problem: Too Few Signals
Evaluated: 200
Passed: 8 (4%)
⨯ Probability: 140 (70%)
Solutions:
Lower min probability: 65% → 60% or 55%
Reduce min confluence: 2 → 1
Lower base persistence: 2 → 1
Increase mutation rate temporarily to explore new genes
Check if regime filter is blocking signals (⨯ Regime high?)
Problem: Too Many False Signals
Evaluated: 200
Passed: 90 (45%)
Win rate: 42%
Solutions:
Raise min probability: 65% → 70% or 75%
Increase min confluence: 2 → 3
Raise base persistence: 2 → 3
Enable WFO if disabled (validates strategies before use)
Check if volume filter is being ignored (⨯ Volume low?)
Problem: Counter-Trend Losses
⨯ Trend: 5 (only 5% rejected)
Losses often occur against trend
Solutions:
System should already filter trend opposition
May need stronger trend requirement
Consider only taking signals aligned with higher timeframe trend
Use longer trend EMA (50 → 100)
Problem: Volatile Market Whipsaws
⨯ Regime: 100 (50% rejected by volatile regime)
Still getting stopped out frequently
Solutions:
System is correctly blocking volatile signals
Losses happening because vol filter isn't strict enough
Consider not trading during volatile periods (respect the regime)
Or disable regime filter and accept higher risk
Optimization Workflow:
Enable diagnostics
Run 200+ bars with current settings
Analyze rejection patterns and win rate
Make ONE change at a time (scientific method)
Re-run 200+ bars and compare results
Keep change if improvement, revert if worse
Disable diagnostics when satisfied
Never change multiple parameters at once - you won't know what worked.
Phase 7: Multi-Instrument Deployment
AGE learns independently on each chart:
Recommended Strategy:
Deploy AGE on 3-5 different instruments
Different asset classes ideal (e.g., ES futures, EURUSD, BTCUSD, SPY, Gold)
Each learns optimal strategies for that instrument's personality
Take signals from all 5 charts
Natural diversification reduces overall risk
Why This Works:
When one market is choppy, others may be trending
Different instruments respond to different news/catalysts
Portfolio-level win rate more stable than single-instrument
Evolution explores different parameter spaces on each chart
Setup:
Same settings across all charts (or customize if preferred)
Set alerts for all
Take every validated signal across all instruments
Position size based on total account (don't overleverage any single signal)
⚠️ REALISTIC EXPECTATIONS - CRITICAL READING
What AGE Can Do
✅ Generate probability-weighted signals using genetic algorithms
✅ Evolve strategies in real-time through natural selection
✅ Validate strategies on out-of-sample data (walk-forward optimization)
✅ Adapt to changing market conditions automatically over time
✅ Provide comprehensive metrics on population health and signal quality
✅ Work on any instrument, any timeframe, any broker
✅ Improve over time as weak strategies are culled and fit strategies breed
What AGE Cannot Do
❌ Win every trade (typical win rate: 55-65% at best)
❌ Predict the future with certainty (markets are probabilistic, not deterministic)
❌ Work perfectly from bar 1 (needs 100-150 bars to learn and stabilize)
❌ Guarantee profits under all market conditions
❌ Replace your trading discipline and risk management
❌ Execute trades automatically (this is an indicator, not a strategy)
❌ Prevent all losses (drawdowns are normal and expected)
❌ Adapt instantly to regime changes (re-learning takes 50-100 bars)
Performance Realities
Typical Performance After Evolution Stabilizes (150+ bars):
Win Rate: 55-65% (excellent for trend-following systems)
Profit Factor: 1.5-2.5 (realistic for validated strategies)
Signal Frequency: 5-15 signals per 100 bars (quality over quantity)
Drawdown Periods: 20-40% of time in equity retracement (normal trading reality)
Max Consecutive Losses: 5-8 losses possible even with 60% win rate (probability says this is normal)
Evolution Timeline:
Bars 0-50: Random exploration, learning phase - poor results expected, don't judge yet
Bars 50-150: Population converging, fitness climbing - results improving
Bars 150-300: Stable performance, most strategies validated - consistent results
Bars 300+: Mature population, optimal genes dominant - best results
Market Condition Dependency:
Trending Markets: AGE excels - clear directional moves, high-probability setups
Choppy Markets: AGE struggles - fewer signals generated, lower win rate
Volatile Markets: AGE cautious - higher rejection rate, wider stops, fewer trades
Market Regime Changes:
When market shifts from trending to choppy overnight
Validated strategies can become temporarily invalidated
AGE will adapt through evolution, but not instantly
Expect 50-100 bar re-learning period after major regime shifts
Fitness may temporarily drop then recover
This is NOT a holy grail. It's a sophisticated signal generator that learns and adapts using genetic algorithms. Your success depends on:
Patience during learning periods (don't abandon after 3 losses)
Proper position sizing (risk 0.5-2% per trade, not 10%)
Following signals consistently (cherry-picking defeats statistical edge)
Not abandoning system prematurely (give it 200+ bars minimum)
Understanding probability (60% win rate means 40% of trades WILL lose)
Respecting market conditions (trending = trade more, choppy = trade less)
Managing emotions (AGE is emotionless, you need to be too)
Expected Drawdowns:
Single-strategy max DD: 10-20% of equity (normal)
Portfolio across multiple instruments: 5-15% (diversification helps)
Losing streaks: 3-5 consecutive losses expected periodically
No indicator eliminates risk. AGE manages risk through:
Quality gates (rejecting low-probability signals)
Confluence requirements (multi-indicator confirmation)
Persistence requirements (no knee-jerk reactions)
Regime awareness (reduced trading in chaos)
Walk-forward validation (preventing overfitting)
But it cannot prevent all losses. That's inherent to trading.
🔧 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Platform: TradingView Pine Script v5
Indicator Type: Overlay indicator (plots on price chart)
Execution Type: Signals only - no automatic order placement
Computational Load:
Moderate to High (genetic algorithms + shadow portfolios)
8 strategies × shadow portfolio simulation = significant computation
Premium visuals add additional load (gradient cloud, fitness ribbon)
TradingView Resource Limits (Built-in Caps):
Max Bars Back: 500 (sufficient for WFO and evolution)
Max Labels: 100 (plenty for entry/exit markers)
Max Lines: 150 (adequate for stop/target lines)
Max Boxes: 50 (not heavily used)
Max Polylines: 100 (confidence halos)
Recommended Chart Settings:
Timeframe: 15min to 1H (optimal signal/noise balance)
5min: Works but noisier, more signals
4H/Daily: Works but fewer signals
Bars Loaded: 1000+ (ensures sufficient evolution history)
Replay Mode: Excellent for testing without risk
Performance Optimization Tips:
Disable gradient cloud if chart lags (most CPU intensive visual)
Disable fitness ribbon if still laggy
Reduce cloud layers from 7 to 3
Reduce ribbon layers from 10 to 5
Turn off diagnostics panel unless actively tuning
Close other heavy indicators to free resources
Browser/Platform Compatibility:
Works on all modern browsers (Chrome, Firefox, Safari, Edge)
Mobile app supported (full functionality on phone/tablet)
Desktop app supported (best performance)
Web version supported (may be slower on older computers)
Data Requirements:
Real-time or delayed data both work
No special data feeds required
Works with TradingView's standard data
Historical + live data seamlessly integrated
🎓 THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS
AGE synthesizes advanced concepts from multiple disciplines:
Evolutionary Computation
Genetic Algorithms (Holland, 1975): Population-based optimization through natural selection metaphor
Tournament Selection: Fitness-based parent selection with diversity preservation
Crossover Operators: Fitness-weighted gene recombination from two parents
Mutation Operators: Random gene perturbation for exploration of new parameter space
Elitism: Preservation of top N performers to prevent loss of best solutions
Adaptive Parameters: Different mutation rates for historical vs. live phases
Technical Analysis
Support/Resistance: Price structure within swing ranges
Trend Following: EMA-based directional bias
Momentum Analysis: RSI, ROC, MACD composite indicators
Volatility Analysis: ATR-based risk scaling
Volume Confirmation: Trade activity validation
Information Theory
Shannon Entropy (1948): Quantification of market order vs. disorder
Signal-to-Noise Ratio: Directional information vs. random walk
Information Content: How much "information" a price move contains
Statistics & Probability
Walk-Forward Analysis: Rolling in-sample/out-of-sample optimization
Out-of-Sample Validation: Testing on unseen data to prevent overfitting
Monte Carlo Principles: Shadow portfolio simulation with realistic execution
Expectancy Theory: Win rate × avg win - loss rate × avg loss
Probability Distributions: Signal confidence quantification
Risk Management
ATR-Based Stops: Volatility-normalized risk per trade
Volatility Regime Detection: Market state classification (trending/choppy/volatile)
Drawdown Control: Peak-to-trough equity measurement
R-Multiple Normalization: Performance measurement in risk units
Machine Learning Concepts
Online Learning: Continuous adaptation as new data arrives
Fitness Functions: Multi-objective optimization (win rate + expectancy + drawdown)
Exploration vs. Exploitation: Balance between trying new strategies and using proven ones
Overfitting Prevention: Walk-forward validation as regularization
Novel Contribution:
AGE is the first TradingView indicator to apply genetic algorithms to real-time indicator parameter optimization while maintaining strict anti-overfitting controls through walk-forward validation.
Most "adaptive" indicators simply recalibrate lookback periods or thresholds. AGE evolves entirely new strategies through competitive selection - it's not parameter tuning, it's Darwinian evolution of trading logic itself.
The combination of:
Genetic algorithm population management
Shadow portfolio simulation for realistic fitness evaluation
Walk-forward validation to prevent overfitting
Multi-indicator confluence for signal quality
Dynamic volatility scaling for adaptive risk
...creates a system that genuinely learns and improves over time while avoiding the curse of curve-fitting that plagues most optimization approaches.
🏗️ DEVELOPMENT NOTES
This project represents months of intensive development, facing significant technical challenges:
Challenge 1: Making Genetics Actually Work
Early versions spawned garbage strategies that polluted the gene pool:
Random gene combinations produced nonsensical parameter sets
Weak strategies survived too long, dragging down population
No clear convergence toward optimal solutions
Solution:
Comprehensive fitness scoring (4 factors: win rate, P&L, expectancy, drawdown)
Elite preservation (top 2 always protected)
Walk-forward validation (unproven strategies penalized 30%)
Tournament selection (fitness-weighted breeding)
Adaptive culling (MAS decay creates increasing selection pressure)
Challenge 2: Balancing Evolution Speed vs. Stability
Too fast = population chaos, no convergence. Too slow = can't adapt to regime changes.
Solution:
Dual-phase timing: Fast evolution during historical (30/60 bar intervals), slow during live (200/400 bar intervals)
Adaptive mutation rates: 20% historical, 8% live
Spawn/cull ratio: Always 2:1 to prevent population collapse
Challenge 3: Shadow Portfolio Accuracy
Needed realistic trade simulation without lookahead bias:
Can't peek at future bars for exits
Must track multiple portfolios simultaneously
Stop/target checks must use bar's high/low correctly
Solution:
Entry on close (realistic)
Exit checks on current bar's high/low (realistic)
Independent position tracking per strategy
Cooldown periods to prevent unrealistic rapid re-entry
ATR-normalized P&L (R-multiples) for fair comparison across volatility regimes
Challenge 4: Pine Script Compilation Limits
Hit TradingView's execution limits multiple times:
Too many array operations
Too many variables
Too complex conditional logic
Solution:
Optimized data structures (single DNA array instead of 8 separate arrays)
Minimal visual overlays (only essential plots)
Efficient fitness calculations (vectorized where possible)
Strategic use of barstate.islast to minimize dashboard updates
Challenge 5: Walk-Forward Implementation
Standard WFO is difficult in Pine Script:
Can't easily "roll forward" through historical data
Can't re-optimize strategies mid-stream
Must work in real-time streaming environment
Solution:
Age-based phase detection (first 250 bars = training, next 75 = testing)
Separate metric tracking for train vs. test
Efficiency calculation at fixed interval (after test period completes)
Validation flag persists for strategy lifetime
Challenge 6: Signal Quality Control
Early versions generated too many signals with poor win rates:
Single indicators produced excessive noise
No trend alignment
No regime awareness
Instant entries on single-bar spikes
Solution:
Three-layer confluence system (entropy + momentum + structure)
Minimum 2-of-3 agreement requirement
Trend alignment checks (penalty for counter-trend)
Regime-based probability adjustments
Persistence requirements (signals must hold multiple bars)
Volume confirmation
Quality gate (probability + confluence thresholds)
The Result
A system that:
Truly evolves (not just parameter sweeps)
Truly validates (out-of-sample testing)
Truly adapts (ongoing competition and breeding)
Stays within TradingView's platform constraints
Provides institutional-quality signals
Maintains transparency (full metrics dashboard)
Development time: 3+ months of iterative refinement
Lines of code: ~1500 (highly optimized)
Test instruments: ES, NQ, EURUSD, BTCUSD, SPY, AAPL
Test timeframes: 5min, 15min, 1H, Daily
🎯 FINAL WORDS
The Adaptive Genesis Engine is not just another indicator - it's a living system that learns, adapts, and improves through the same principles that drive biological evolution. Every bar it observes adds to its experience. Every strategy it spawns explores new parameter combinations. Every strategy it culls removes weakness from the gene pool.
This is evolution in action on your charts.
You're not getting a static formula locked in time. You're getting a system that thinks , that competes , that survives through natural selection. The strongest strategies rise to the top. The weakest die. The gene pool improves generation after generation.
AGE doesn't claim to predict the future - it adapts to whatever the future brings. When markets shift from trending to choppy, from calm to volatile, from bullish to bearish - AGE evolves new strategies suited to the new regime.
Use it on any instrument. Any timeframe. Any market condition. AGE will adapt.
This indicator gives you the pure signal intelligence. How you choose to act on it - position sizing, risk management, execution discipline - that's your responsibility. AGE tells you when and how confident . You decide whether and how much .
Trust the process. Respect the evolution. Let Darwin work.
"In markets, as in nature, it is not the strongest strategies that survive, nor the most intelligent - but those most responsive to change."
Taking you to school. — Dskyz, Trade with insight. Trade with anticipation.
— Happy Holiday's
RSI Candles Pro [MTF]**RSI Candles Pro**
## **Overview**
The RSI Candles Pro indicator provides an advanced framework for visualizing RSI momentum through candlestick representation, structural analysis, and multi-dimensional confirmation signals. Unlike conventional RSI oscillators that display only a line plot, this system transforms RSI into a complete OHLC candlestick chart with integrated strength metrics, structural break detection, divergence analysis, and dynamic support/resistance mapping.
Each element adapts continuously to RSI behavior, offering traders a living map of momentum shifts, structural changes, and reversal potential. The indicator doesn't simply show overbought/oversold conditions—it quantifies momentum strength, tracks structural breaks, detects price-RSI divergences, and projects key inflection levels with precision.
The result is a comprehensive, momentum-aware representation of market structure:
- **RSI OHLC Candles** visualize momentum direction, strength, and conviction through candlestick patterns with dynamic color intensity.
- **Strength Scoring System** quantifies momentum conviction using distance from neutral, momentum acceleration, and candle body characteristics.
- **RSI Structure Lines & Zones** connect swing highs and lows, creating visual support/resistance zones within RSI space.
- **Break of Structure (BOS) Detection** identifies decisive momentum shifts when RSI breaks previous structural levels, complete with projected support/resistance lines.
- **Auto Pivot Horizontal Lines** dynamically map key RSI levels where price repeatedly reacts, serving as momentum inflection zones.
- **Divergence Detection** captures classic bullish and bearish divergences between price action and RSI behavior, flagging potential reversal conditions.
Unlike static RSI line plots or simple zone highlighting, RSI Candles Pro fuses candlestick visualization with structural awareness, strength quantification, and divergence analysis to provide a clear, multi-dimensional picture of momentum dynamics and potential turning points.
---
## **Theoretical Foundation**
The RSI Candles Pro indicator builds on principles of **momentum oscillation theory**, **structural market analysis**, and **divergence recognition**—concepts widely used by technical analysts to identify trend strength, exhaustion, and reversal conditions.
Standard RSI indicators display momentum as a single line crossing threshold levels, but this approach ignores critical dimensions: **momentum strength**, **structural context**, and **rate of change acceleration**. This indicator recognizes that RSI behavior can be decomposed into candlestick patterns that reveal conviction, hesitation, and reversal signals just as price candles do.
At its core are six interacting components:
### **1. RSI OHLC Candlestick Construction**
The indicator calculates RSI independently for open, high, low, and close prices within each bar, creating true RSI candlesticks rather than a single-line plot. This reveals:
- **Momentum direction** (bullish vs. bearish candles)
- **Momentum volatility** (wick length shows RSI range)
- **Momentum conviction** (body size indicates decisiveness)
- **Indecision patterns** (doji candles signal momentum exhaustion)
### **2. Strength Scoring Algorithm**
A composite strength score quantifies momentum conviction by analyzing three factors:
- **Distance from neutral (50 level)**: Greater distance indicates stronger directional bias
- **Momentum acceleration**: Rate of RSI change over recent bars reveals building or fading momentum
- **Body-to-range ratio**: Larger bodies relative to total candle range show decisive momentum vs. indecision
This produces a 0-100 strength score that dynamically adjusts candle transparency—strong moves appear vibrant, weak moves appear faded—providing instant visual feedback on momentum quality.
### **3. RSI EMA with Slope-Sensitive Coloring**
A smoothed exponential moving average of RSI serves as a trend filter, but with a critical enhancement: **dynamic color coding based on slope direction**. When the RSI EMA slopes upward, it displays in bullish color; when sloping downward, bearish color. This provides instant trend context and filters noise from raw RSI fluctuations.
### **4. RSI Structural Framework**
The indicator identifies swing highs and lows within RSI space using pivot detection, then:
- **Connects consecutive swings with lines** to visualize RSI trend channels
- **Creates shaded zones between swings** to highlight support/resistance regions in momentum space
- **Implements cooloff periods** to prevent redundant signals and maintain chart clarity
These structural elements reveal whether RSI is forming higher highs/higher lows (bullish structure) or lower highs/lower lows (bearish structure).
### **5. Break of Structure (BOS) Logic**
The system detects **decisive momentum shifts** when RSI breaks previous structural levels in alignment with RSI EMA trend direction:
- **Bullish BOS**: RSI breaks above previous swing high while RSI EMA is rising
- **Bearish BOS**: RSI breaks below previous swing low while RSI EMA is falling
When BOS occurs, the indicator automatically:
- Places a BOS label at the breakout point
- Projects a support/resistance line forward (20+ bars)
- Creates a shaded zone around the S/R level
- Provides tooltip information with exact S/R values
This gives traders actionable levels where momentum shifts may be defended or rejected.
### **6. Price-RSI Divergence Detection**
Classic divergence analysis identifies conditions where price and momentum disagree:
- **Bullish Divergence**: Price makes lower low, RSI makes higher low (momentum refusing to confirm weakness)
- **Bearish Divergence**: Price makes higher high, RSI makes lower high (momentum weakening despite price strength)
Divergences often precede significant reversals, providing early warning signals before price structure breaks.
### **7. Auto Pivot Horizontal Lines**
The indicator dynamically tracks historical RSI pivot points and plots horizontal lines at these levels, extended forward in time. These act as **momentum support/resistance zones**—levels where RSI has repeatedly turned in the past and may respect again in the future. The system:
- Detects unique pivot levels (filtering duplicates within 2 RSI points)
- Maintains a configurable maximum number of lines per side
- Optionally extends lines infinitely right for persistent reference
- Labels each line with its exact RSI value
By integrating these elements, the indicator provides both micro-level momentum analysis (individual candle strength) and macro-level structural context (swing patterns, BOS events, divergences, key levels), maintaining clarity while revealing momentum dynamics in real time.
---
## **How It Works**
The RSI Candles Pro indicator operates through layered processing stages:
### **Stage 1: RSI OHLC Calculation**
- Four independent RSI calculations are performed for each bar: RSI(open), RSI(high), RSI(low), RSI(close)
- These are combined to form RSI candlesticks:
- **RSI Open/Close**: Determines candle body direction and size
- **RSI High**: Highest value among all four RSI calculations becomes upper wick
- **RSI Low**: Lowest value among all four RSI calculations becomes lower wick
- This creates a complete candlestick representation in RSI space that mirrors price action behavior
### **Stage 2: Strength Score Computation**
For each RSI candle, a composite strength score is calculated:
This score drives **dynamic transparency**: strong moves (score > 70) display with high opacity, weak moves (score < 40) display faded, providing instant visual feedback on momentum quality.
### **Stage 3: RSI EMA Trend Filter**
- An exponential moving average smooths RSI values over a configurable period (default 9)
- The slope is calculated: `rsiEmaSlope = rsiEMA - rsiEMA `
- Dynamic coloring:
- **Positive slope** → Green/Bullish color
- **Negative slope** → Red/Bearish color
- **Flat slope** → Gray/Neutral color
- This provides trend context and filters out noise from raw RSI oscillations
### **Stage 4: Structural Swing Detection**
- Swing highs and lows are identified using pivot detection with configurable lookback (default 5 bars left/right)
- **Cooloff mechanism** prevents redundant signals by requiring minimum bars between swings (default 8)
- When new swings are detected:
- Previous swing values are stored for BOS comparison
- Lines connect consecutive swings to visualize momentum structure
- Shaded boxes (zones) highlight the range between swings as support/resistance regions
### **Stage 5: Break of Structure (BOS) Analysis**
The system monitors RSI behavior relative to previous structural levels:
**Bullish BOS triggers when:**
1. RSI EMA slope is positive (uptrend filter)
2. Current RSI close exceeds previous swing high
3. Previous bar's RSI was below that swing high (confirms break)
4. Cooloff period has elapsed since last bullish BOS (default 10 bars)
**Bearish BOS triggers when:**
1. RSI EMA slope is negative (downtrend filter)
2. Current RSI close breaks below previous swing low
3. Previous bar's RSI was above that swing low (confirms break)
4. Cooloff period has elapsed since last bearish BOS
Upon BOS detection, the indicator automatically:
- Places a labeled marker at the breakout point
- Calculates S/R level with buffer (e.g., RSI low - 0.5 points for bullish BOS)
- Draws a dashed S/R line extending forward (configurable, default 20 bars)
- Creates a shaded S/R zone (±0.5 points from line)
- Adds an "S/R" label at the line's end
### **Stage 6: Auto Pivot Line Management**
- Pivot highs and lows are detected using a separate lookback period (default 5)
- When a new pivot forms:
- System checks if a similar level already exists (within 2 RSI points)
- If unique, adds a horizontal line at that RSI value
- Lines are stored in arrays with configurable maximum capacity (default 4 per side)
- Oldest lines are automatically removed when capacity is exceeded
- Optional labels display exact RSI values at pivot levels
### **Stage 7: Divergence Detection**
The system compares price pivot points with RSI pivot points:
**Bearish Divergence:**
- Price makes higher high compared to previous pivot high
- RSI makes lower high compared to previous RSI pivot high
- RSI must be above 50 (mid-level) to confirm overbought context
- Triangle-down marker placed above candle with "DIV" text
**Bullish Divergence:**
- Price makes lower low compared to previous pivot low
- RSI makes higher low compared to previous RSI pivot low
- RSI must be below 50 to confirm oversold context
- Triangle-up marker placed below candle with "DIV" text
### **Stage 8: Strength Dot Visualization**
Colored dots appear according to Delta Volume strength:
### **Stage 9: Real-Time Info Table**
Through these processes, the indicator creates a living, adaptive representation of RSI behavior that reveals both momentum strength and structural context in real time.
---
## **Interpretation**
The RSI Candles Pro indicator reframes momentum reading from simple overbought/oversold levels to structured awareness of momentum behavior:
### **Candle Patterns**
- **Large-bodied bullish candles (vibrant green)**: Strong, decisive bullish momentum—continuation likely
- **Large-bodied bearish candles (vibrant red)**: Strong, decisive bearish momentum—continuation likely
- **Small-bodied or doji candles (faded/gray)**: Indecision or momentum exhaustion—reversal possible
- **Long upper wicks**: Failed bullish momentum—rejection at resistance
- **Long lower wicks**: Failed bearish momentum—support holding
### **RSI EMA Trend Context**
- **RSI EMA rising (green)**: Momentum uptrend—favor bullish setups
- **RSI EMA falling (red)**: Momentum downtrend—favor bearish setups
- **RSI EMA flat (gray)**: Momentum consolidation—wait for directional clarity
### **Structural Analysis**
- **RSI making higher swing lows with rising EMA**: Bullish structure intact—look for dip-buying opportunities
- **RSI making lower swing highs with falling EMA**: Bearish structure intact—look for rally-selling opportunities
- **Shaded structure zones**: Key support/resistance in momentum space—expect reactions at these levels
### **Break of Structure Signals**
- **Bullish BOS + S/R line**: Momentum confirming upward shift—S/R line becomes support if price dips
- **Bearish BOS + S/R line**: Momentum confirming downward shift—S/R line becomes resistance if price rallies
- **S/R line break**: Momentum structure failing—potential reversal or deeper retracement
### **Pivot Lines**
- **Price approaching RSI pivot high**: Momentum resistance—watch for rejection or breakout
- **Price approaching RSI pivot low**: Momentum support—watch for bounce or breakdown
- **Multiple pivot lines clustered**: Strong momentum support/resistance zone—high-probability reaction area
### **Divergences**
- **Bullish divergence in oversold zone**: Momentum refusing to make new lows despite price weakness—reversal setup
- **Bearish divergence in overbought zone**: Momentum weakening despite price strength—reversal setup
- **Divergence + structure break**: High-conviction reversal signal—combined technical and momentum confirmation
### **Strength Dots**
- **Large dots**: High-conviction moves—reliable trend continuation signals
- **Small dots**: Low-conviction moves—increased reversal risk, avoid chasing
- **Diamond warnings in extremes**: Overextended conditions—prepare for mean reversion
### **Zone Background**
- **Red background (RSI > 70)**: Overbought—watch for bearish divergence or momentum exhaustion
- **Green background (RSI < 30)**: Oversold—watch for bullish divergence or momentum recovery
- **No background (30-70)**: Neutral zone—rely on structure and BOS for directional bias
---
## **Strategy Integration**
RSI Candles Pro integrates seamlessly into momentum-based and reversal trading systems:
### **Trend Continuation Strategies**
- **Entry trigger**: Bullish BOS in rising RSI EMA context with strong candle (large dot)
- **Confirmation**: Price respecting S/R line as support on pullback
- **Exit**: Bearish divergence or RSI candle indecision (doji) at pivot resistance
### **Reversal Strategies**
- **Setup**: Divergence forming in extreme zone (RSI > 70 or < 30)
- **Trigger**: RSI structure break opposite to prevailing trend (bearish BOS in uptrend)
- **Confirmation**: RSI EMA slope change + decisive candle in reversal direction
- **Entry**: On pullback to S/R line or pivot level
### **Momentum Fade Strategies**
- **Signal**: Small strength dots appearing in extreme zones
- **Setup**: RSI touching pivot resistance/support with indecision candle
- **Entry**: Opposite-direction candle with medium/large dot
- **Stop**: Beyond recent RSI structure level
### **Structure-Based Entries**
- **Align higher-timeframe RSI trend** (EMA slope direction)
- **Wait for lower-timeframe BOS** in alignment with higher trend
- **Enter on retest** of S/R line with strength confirmation (large dot)
- **Scale out** at next pivot level or divergence signal
### **Multi-Indicator Confluence**
Combine RSI Candles Pro with:
- **Price structure indicators** (Smart Money Concepts, market structure) for trade direction
- **Volume indicators** to confirm momentum with participation
- **Volatility indicators** (ATR, Bollinger Bands) for position sizing context
- **Institutional Zone Detector** for volume profile alignment—RSI BOS + price at VAL/VAH = high-conviction entry
### **Multi-Timeframe Coordination**
- **Higher timeframe** (4H-Daily): Identify RSI EMA trend direction and major structure
- **Lower timeframe** (15min-1H): Execute entries on BOS signals aligned with higher timeframe
- **Micro timeframe** (1-5min): Fine-tune entries using strength dots and pivot reactions
---
## **Technical Implementation Details**
### **Core Engine**
- **RSI OHLC calculation**: Four independent RSI computations per bar create candlestick representation
- **Strength scoring**: Multi-factor composite algorithm quantifies momentum conviction
- **Dynamic transparency**: Real-time opacity adjustment based on strength score
### **Structural Framework**
- **Pivot-based swing detection**: Configurable left/right bar lookback with cooloff mechanism
- **Line and zone visualization**: Connects consecutive swings with shaded support/resistance regions
- **Array-based storage**: Previous swing values preserved for BOS comparison logic
### **BOS Detection Engine**
- **Dual-condition logic**: Structure break + trend alignment (RSI EMA slope) required
- **Automatic S/R projection**: Lines, zones, and labels generated upon BOS events
- **Cooloff management**: Prevents signal spam during extended directional moves
### **Divergence System**
- **Price-RSI pivot comparison**: Detects higher-high/lower-high and lower-low/higher-low patterns
- **Zone filtering**: Divergences only trigger in appropriate zones (above/below 50)
- **Visual markers**: Triangle shapes with "DIV" text for instant recognition
### **Auto Pivot Management**
- **Dynamic level tracking**: Arrays store lines, values, and labels
- **Duplicate filtering**: Prevents redundant lines within 2 RSI points
- **Capacity control**: Automatic removal of oldest lines when maximum reached
- **Optional extension**: Lines can extend infinitely right for persistent reference
### **Performance Profile**
- **Lightweight computation**: Efficient pivot detection and array management
- **Real-time responsiveness**: Immediate updates on bar close
- **Scalable across timeframes**: Maintains clarity from 1-minute to daily charts
- **Configurable visual elements**: All features can be toggled for custom layouts
---
## **Optimal Application Parameters**
### **Timeframe Guidance**
**1-5 Minute Charts (Scalping):**
- RSI Length: 9-11 (faster response)
- RSI EMA Length: 5-7
- Structure Lookback: 3-4
- Pivot Lookback: 3-4
- Use Case: Micro momentum shifts, quick BOS entries
**15-60 Minute Charts (Intraday Swing):**
- RSI Length: 14 (standard)
- RSI EMA Length: 9
- Structure Lookback: 5
- Pivot Lookback: 5
- Use Case: Intraday structure breaks, divergence reversals
**4 Hour - Daily Charts (Position Trading):**
- RSI Length: 14-21
- RSI EMA Length: 13-21
- Structure Lookback: 7-10
- Pivot Lookback: 7-10
- Use Case: Major momentum shifts, high-timeframe divergences
### **Suggested Configuration (Default)**
- **RSI Length**: 14 (industry standard)
- **RSI EMA Length**: 9 (smooth but responsive)
- **Overbought Level**: 70
- **Oversold Level**: 30
- **Structure Lookback**: 5 bars
- **Structure Cooloff**: 8 bars
- **BOS Cooloff**: 10 bars
- **S/R Extension**: 20 bars
- **S/R Buffer**: 0.5 RSI points
- **Pivot Lookback**: 5 bars
- **Max Pivot Lines**: 4 per side
- **Divergence Lookback**: 5 bars
- Use strength dots as primary filter—require large dots for entries
- Rely heavily on divergences and structure zones
**Trending Markets:**
- Focus on BOS signals aligned with RSI EMA slope
- Use pivot lines as profit targets
- Ignore counter-trend divergences until RSI EMA changes slope
**Ranging Markets:**
- Emphasize divergences at extreme levels
- Trade bounces from pivot lines
- Reduce reliance on BOS signals (more false breaks)
---
## **Performance Characteristics**
### **High Effectiveness:**
- **Trending markets with clear momentum cycles**: RSI structure aligns with price structure for reliable BOS signals
- **Markets with defined swing patterns**: Pivot lines and structure zones provide accurate support/resistance
- **Divergence-prone assets**: Assets that respect momentum/price divergences (equities, major FX pairs)
- **Timeframes with sufficient volatility**: RSI candles show meaningful patterns when price moves decisively
### **Reduced Effectiveness:**
- **Choppy, sideways markets**: RSI oscillates around 50 with no structural pattern, generating false BOS signals
- **Low-liquidity assets**: Erratic price action creates unreliable RSI swings
- **News-driven volatility spikes**: Sudden moves invalidate structure and create whipsaws
- **Extremely low timeframes (< 1 minute)**: Noise overwhelms signal, structure breaks lack follow-through
### **Optimal Market Conditions:**
- **Clear momentum phases** with defined RSI EMA trend
- **Respect for previous swing levels** in RSI space
- **Volume participation** during BOS events (combine with volume indicator)
- **Alignment between RSI structure and price structure**
---
## **Integration Guidelines**
### **Confluence Framework**
Combine RSI Candles Pro with:
1. **Volume analysis** (Institutional Zone Detector, volume profile) to confirm RSI BOS with volume participation
2. **Price structure** (Smart Money Concepts, order blocks) to align RSI momentum with price levels
3. **Trend indicators** (moving averages, Supertrend) for higher-timeframe directional bias
4. **Volatility indicators** (ATR, Bollinger Bands) for stop-loss and profit target placement
### **Directional Control**
- **Never trade against RSI EMA slope** unless high-conviction divergence present
- **Require BOS alignment** with RSI EMA direction for continuation trades
- **Wait for RSI EMA slope change** before taking counter-trend reversals
### **Risk Calibration**
- **Stop-loss placement**: Beyond recent RSI structure swing (converted to price)
- **Position sizing**: Larger positions for strong candles (large dots) at BOS events
- **Profit targets**: Next pivot line level or opposite-zone boundary (70/30)
- **Trail stops**: Use S/R lines as trailing stop levels after BOS
### **Multi-Timeframe Synergy**
1. **Check higher timeframe** (3x-5x current): RSI EMA slope and major structure
2. **Identify current timeframe**: BOS events and divergences
3. **Execute on lower timeframe** (1/3x-1/5x current): Strength-confirmed entries at pivot levels
4. **Align all timeframes**: Only trade when RSI structure agrees across timeframes
### **Alert Strategy**
Enable alerts for:
- **RSI BOS events**: Immediate notification of momentum structure breaks
- **Divergences**: Early warning of potential reversals
- **Extreme zone entries**: RSI crossing 70/30 levels
- **RSI EMA trend changes**: Shifts in momentum trend direction
---
## **Disclaimer**
The RSI Candles Pro indicator is a professional-grade momentum visualization and structural analysis tool. It is not predictive or guaranteed profitable; performance depends on parameter tuning, market regime, and disciplined execution.
**Key Considerations:**
- RSI is a **derivative indicator** (calculated from price), not a leading indicator—it confirms momentum but does not predict future price
- **Divergences can persist** for extended periods; early entries may require multiple attempts
- **BOS signals may fail** in choppy markets; always use stop-losses and risk management
- **Optimal parameters vary** by asset, timeframe, and volatility regime—backtesting recommended
- **No indicator works in isolation**; combine with price action, volume, and market context
**Best Practices:**
- Paper trade new configurations before risking capital
- Maintain a trading journal to identify which signals work best for your style
- Adjust cooloff periods and lookback lengths based on asset characteristics
- Use in conjunction with fundamental analysis and broader market context
- Never risk more than 1-2% of capital per trade, regardless of indicator signals
This indicator is designed to enhance decision-making, not replace it. Traders should integrate RSI Candles Pro into a comprehensive analytical framework that includes price structure, volume analysis, and risk management protocols. Success requires consistent application of tested strategies, emotional discipline, and continuous adaptation to changing market conditions.
Price levelsPRICE LEVELS INDICATOR - DESCRIPTION
This TradingView indicator displays critical institutional price levels that professional traders use for intraday decision-making. The indicator automatically plots horizontal lines at key support and resistance levels derived from previous and current trading sessions, along with two simple moving averages for trend context.
KEY FEATURES
Daily Levels:
Prior Day High/Low: Yesterday's trading range extremes
Pre-Market High/Low: The highest and lowest prices reached during pre-market hours (4:00 AM - 9:30 AM EST)
Current Day High/Low/Open: Today's intraday extremes and opening price
After-Hours High/Low: Post-market session price extremes (4:00 PM - 8:00 PM EST)
First Bar High/Low: The high and low of the first regular trading session bar
Weekly Levels:
Prior Week High/Low/Close: Last week's price extremes and closing price
Current Week High/Low/Open: This week's ongoing price range and opening level
Moving Averages:
SMA 20 (default): Short-term trend indicator
SMA 200 (default): Long-term trend indicator
HOW TO USE THIS INDICATOR
Installation:
Copy the entire Pine Script code
In TradingView, open the Pine Editor (bottom panel)
Paste the code and click "Add to Chart"
The indicator will overlay directly on your price chart
Configuration:
All settings are accessible through the indicator settings menu (gear icon). You can customize:
Which price levels to display (toggle each level on/off)
Line colors, thickness, and styles (solid, dashed, dotted)
Label display and positioning
Price axis visibility for each level
Label text content and colors
Best Practices for Trading:
Market Structure:
Price above Week Open = bullish bias
Price below Week Open = bearish bias
Use Prior Week Close as major support/resistance
Entry Timing:
Look for bounces off Prior Day High/Low
Pre-Market High/Low often act as breakout triggers
Institutional traders watch these levels closely
Risk Management:
Place stops below/above relevant price levels
Prior Day Low often serves as stop-loss for longs
Prior Day High often serves as stop-loss for shorts
Confluence Trading:
Strongest setups occur when multiple levels align
Example: Price bounces at both Prior Day Low AND Week Open
Combine with moving averages for additional confirmation
Breakout Trading:
Pre-Market High break = potential bullish momentum
Pre-Market Low break = potential bearish momentum
Prior Week High break = strong bullish signal
Prior Week Low break = strong bearish signal
RECOMMENDED SETTINGS
For Day Trading:
Enable: Prior Day High/Low, PM High/Low, Week Open, Prior Week Close
Timeframe: 5-minute or 15-minute charts
Display: "Most recent level on most recent day"
For Swing Trading:
Enable: Prior Week High/Low, Current Week High/Low, Week Open
Timeframe: 1-hour or 4-hour charts
Display: "Most recent level across the chart"
For Scalping:
Enable: PM High/Low, Current Day High/Low
Timeframe: 1-minute or 3-minute charts
Disable weekly levels to reduce clutter
ALERT SETUP
The indicator includes built-in alerts for:
Price crossing above Pre-Market High
Price crossing below Pre-Market Low
Price closing above Pre-Market High
Price closing below Pre-Market Low
To enable alerts:
Right-click on the indicator name
Select "Add Alert"
Choose the desired alert condition
Set alert frequency and notification method
UNDERSTANDING LABEL COLORS
Each price level has a distinct color scheme by default:
Green tones: High levels (resistance)
Red/Pink tones: Low levels (support)
Yellow/Orange: Opening prices
Cyan/Blue: Weekly levels
All colors are fully customizable in the settings to match your chart theme.
TECHNICAL NOTES
The indicator only displays on intraday timeframes (seconds, minutes, hours)
It does not work on daily, weekly, or monthly charts
Lines automatically extend to the current bar
Labels update in real-time as prices move
Pre-market and after-hours levels require extended trading session data enabled in your chart settings
COMMON USE CASES
Gap Trading: Use Pre-Market High/Low to identify gap fill targets
Range Trading: Trade bounces between Prior Day High and Low
Breakout Trading: Enter when price decisively breaks key levels
Trend Following: Combine price levels with SMA 20 and 200 for trend confirmation
Support/Resistance: Use levels as dynamic support/resistance zones
This indicator is designed to give traders immediate visual reference to the price levels that institutional traders and market makers are watching, helping you make informed trading decisions based on areas where significant buying or selling pressure is likely to occur.
Mars Signals - Ultimate Institutional Suite v3.0(Joker)Comprehensive Trading Manual
Mars Signals – Ultimate Institutional Suite v3.0 (Joker)
## Chapter 1 – Philosophy & System Architecture
This script is not a simple “buy/sell” indicator.
Mars Signals – UIS v3.0 (Joker) is designed as an institutional-style analytical assistant that layers several methodologies into a single, coherent framework.
The system is built on four core pillars:
1. Smart Money Concepts (SMC)
- Detection of Order Blocks (professional demand/supply zones).
- Detection of Fair Value Gaps (FVGs) (price imbalances).
2. Smart DCA Strategy
- Combination of RSI and Bollinger Bands
- Identifies statistically discounted zones for scaling into spot positions or exiting shorts.
3. Volume Profile (Visible Range Simulation)
- Distribution of volume by price, not by time.
- Identification of POC (Point of Control) and high-/low-volume areas.
4. Wyckoff Helper – Spring
- Detection of bear traps, liquidity grabs, and sharp bullish reversals.
All four pillars feed into a Confluence Engine (Scoring System).
The final output is presented in the Dashboard, with a clear, human-readable signal:
- STRONG LONG 🚀
- WEAK LONG ↗
- NEUTRAL / WAIT
- WEAK SHORT ↘
- STRONG SHORT 🩸
This allows the trader to see *how many* and *which* layers of the system support a bullish or bearish bias at any given time.
## Chapter 2 – Settings Overview
### 2.1 General & Dashboard Group
- Show Dashboard Panel (`show_dash`)
Turns the dashboard table in the corner of the chart ON/OFF.
- Show Signal Recommendation (`show_rec`)
- If enabled, the textual signal (STRONG LONG, WEAK SHORT, etc.) is displayed.
- If disabled, you only see feature status (ON/OFF) and the current price.
- Dashboard Position (`dash_pos`)
Determines where the dashboard appears on the chart:
- `Top Right`
- `Bottom Right`
- `Top Left`
### 2.2 Smart Money (SMC) Group
- Enable SMC Strategy (`show_smc`)
Globally enables or disables the Order Block and FVG logic.
- Order Block Pivot Lookback (`ob_period`)
Main parameter for detecting key pivot highs/lows (swing points).
- Default value: 5
- Concept:
A bar is considered a pivot low if its low is lower than the lows of the previous 5 and the next 5 bars.
Similarly, a pivot high has a high higher than the previous 5 and the next 5 bars.
These pivots are used as anchors for Order Blocks.
- Increasing `ob_period`:
- Fewer levels.
- But levels tend to be more significant and reliable.
- In highly volatile markets (major news, war events, FOMC, etc.),
using values 7–10 is recommended to filter out weak levels.
- Show Fair Value Gaps (`show_fvg`)
Enables/disables the drawing of FVG zones (imbalances).
- Bullish OB Color (`c_ob_bull`)
- Color of Bullish Order Blocks (Demand Zones).
- Default: semi-transparent green (transparency ≈ 80).
- Bearish OB Color (`c_ob_bear`)
- Color of Bearish Order Blocks (Supply Zones).
- Default: semi-transparent red.
- Bullish FVG Color (`c_fvg_bull`)
- Color of Bullish FVG (upward imbalance), typically yellow.
- Bearish FVG Color (`c_fvg_bear`)
- Color of Bearish FVG (downward imbalance), typically purple.
### 2.3 Smart DCA Strategy Group
- Enable DCA Zones (`show_dca`)
Enables the Smart DCA logic and visual labels.
- RSI Length (`rsi_len`)
Lookback period for RSI (default: 14).
- Shorter → more sensitive, more noise.
- Longer → fewer signals, higher reliability.
- Bollinger Bands Length (`bb_len`)
Moving average period for Bollinger Bands (default: 20).
- BB Multiplier (`bb_mult`)
Standard deviation multiplier for Bollinger Bands (default: 2.0).
- For extremely volatile markets, values like 2.5–3.0 can be used so that only extreme deviations trigger a DCA signal.
### 2.4 Volume Profile (Visible Range Sim) Group
- Show Volume Profile (`show_vp`)
Enables the simulated Volume Profile bars on the right side of the chart.
- Volume Lookback Bars (`vp_lookback`)
Number of bars used to compute the Volume Profile (default: 150).
- Higher values → broader historical context, heavier computation.
- Row Count (`vp_rows`)
Number of vertical price segments (rows) to divide the total price range into (default: 30).
- Width (%) (`vp_width`)
Relative width of each volume bar as a percentage.
In the code, bar widths are scaled relative to the row with the maximum volume.
> Technical note: Volume Profile calculations are executed only on the last bar (`barstate.islast`) to keep the script performant even on higher timeframes.
### 2.5 Wyckoff Helper Group
- Show Wyckoff Events (`show_wyc`)
Enables detection and plotting of Wyckoff Spring events.
- Volume MA Length (`vol_ma_len`)
Length of the moving average on volume.
A bar is considered to have Ultra Volume if its volume is more than 2× the volume MA.
## Chapter 3 – Smart Money Strategy (Order Blocks & FVG)
### 3.1 What Is an Order Block?
An Order Block (OB) represents the footprint of large institutional orders:
- Bullish Order Block (Demand Zone)
The last selling region (bearish candle/cluster) before a strong upward move.
- Bearish Order Block (Supply Zone)
The last buying region (bullish candle/cluster) before a strong downward move.
Institutions and large players place heavy orders in these regions. Typical price behavior:
- Price moves away from the zone.
- Later returns to the same zone to fill unfilled orders.
- Then continues the larger trend.
In the script:
- If `pl` (pivot low) forms → a Bullish OB is created.
- If `ph` (pivot high) forms → a Bearish OB is created.
The box is drawn:
- From `bar_index ` to `bar_index`.
- Between `low ` and `high `.
- `extend=extend.right` extends the OB into the future, so it acts as a dynamic support/resistance zone.
- Only the last 4 OB boxes are kept to avoid clutter.
### 3.2 Order Block Color Guide
- Semi-transparent Green (`c_ob_bull`)
- Represents a Bullish Order Block (Demand Zone).
- Interpretation: a price region with a high probability of bullish reaction.
- Semi-transparent Red (`c_ob_bear`)
- Represents a Bearish Order Block (Supply Zone).
- Interpretation: a price region with a high probability of bearish reaction.
Overlap (Multiple OBs in the Same Area)
When two or more Order Blocks overlap:
- The shared area appears visually denser/stronger.
- This suggests higher order density.
- Such zones can be treated as high-priority levels for entries, exits, and stop-loss placement.
### 3.3 Demand/Supply Logic in the Scoring Engine
is_in_demand = low <= ta.lowest(low, 20)
is_in_supply = high >= ta.highest(high, 20)
- If current price is near the lowest lows of the last 20 bars, it is considered in a Demand Zone → positive impact on score.
- If current price is near the highest highs of the last 20 bars, it is considered in a Supply Zone → negative impact on score.
This logic complements Order Blocks and helps the Dashboard distinguish whether:
- Market is currently in a statistically cheap (long-friendly) area, or
- In a statistically expensive (short-friendly) area.
### 3.4 Fair Value Gaps (FVG)
#### Concept
When the market moves aggressively:
- Some price levels are skipped and never traded.
- A gap between wicks/shadows of consecutive candles appears.
- These regions are called Fair Value Gaps (FVGs) or Imbalances.
The market generally “dislikes” imbalance and often:
- Returns to these zones in the future.
- Fills the gap (rebalance).
- Then resumes its dominant direction.
#### Implementation in the Code
Bullish FVG (Yellow)
fvg_bull_cond = show_smc and show_fvg and low > high and close > high
if fvg_bull_cond
box.new(bar_index , high , bar_index, low, ...)
Core condition:
`low > high ` → the current low is above the high of two bars ago; the space between them is an untraded gap.
Bearish FVG (Purple)
fvg_bear_cond = show_smc and show_fvg and high < low and close < low
if fvg_bear_cond
box.new(bar_index , low , bar_index, high, ...)
Core condition:
`high < low ` → the current high is below the low of two bars ago; again a price gap exists.
#### FVG Color Guide
- Transparent Yellow (`c_fvg_bull`) – Bullish FVG
Often acts like a magnet for price:
- Price tends to retrace into this zone,
- Fill the imbalance,
- And then continue higher.
- Transparent Purple (`c_fvg_bear`) – Bearish FVG
Price tends to:
- Retrace upward into the purple area,
- Fill the imbalance,
- And then resume downward movement.
#### Trading with FVGs
- FVGs are *not* standalone entry signals.
They are best used as:
- Targets (take-profit zones), or
- Reaction areas where you expect a pause or reversal.
Examples:
- If you are long, a bearish FVG above is often an excellent take-profit zone.
- If you are short, a bullish FVG below is often a good cover/exit zone.
### 3.5 Core SMC Trading Templates
#### Reversal Long
1. Price trades down into a green Order Block (Demand Zone).
2. A bullish confirmation candle (Close > Open) forms inside or just above the OB.
3. If this zone is close to or aligned with a bullish FVG (yellow), the signal is reinforced.
4. Entry:
- At the close of the confirmation candle, or
- Using a limit order near the upper boundary of the OB.
5. Stop-loss:
- Slightly below the OB.
- If the OB is broken decisively and price consolidates below it, the zone loses validity.
6. Targets:
- The next FVG,
- Or the next red Order Block (Supply Zone) above.
#### Reversal Short
The mirror scenario:
- Price rallies into a red Order Block (Supply).
- A bearish confirmation candle forms (Close < Open).
- FVG/premium structure above can act as a confluence.
- Stop-loss goes above the OB.
- Targets: lower FVGs or subsequent green OBs below.
## Chapter 4 – Smart DCA Strategy (RSI + Bollinger Bands)
### 4.1 Smart DCA Concept
- Classic DCA = buying at fixed time intervals regardless of price.
- Smart DCA = scaling in only when:
- Price is statistically cheaper than usual, and
- The market is in a clear oversold condition.
Code logic:
rsi_val = ta.rsi(close, rsi_len)
= ta.bb(close, bb_len, bb_mult)
dca_buy = show_dca and rsi_val < 30 and close < bb_lower
dca_sell = show_dca and rsi_val > 70 and close > bb_upper
Conditions:
- DCA Buy – Smart Scale-In Zone
- RSI < 30 → oversold.
- Close < lower Bollinger Band → price has broken below its typical volatility envelope.
- DCA Sell – Overbought/Distribution Zone
- RSI > 70 → overbought.
- Close > upper Bollinger Band → price is extended far above the mean.
### 4.2 Visual Representation on the Chart
- Green “DCA” Label Below Candle
- Shape: `labelup`.
- Color: lime background, white text.
- Meaning: statistically attractive level for laddered spot entries or short exits.
- Red “SELL” Label Above Candle
- Warning that the market is in an extended, overbought condition.
- Suitable for profit-taking on longs or considering short entries (with proper confluence and risk management).
- Light Green Background (`bgcolor`)
- When `dca_buy` is true, the candle background turns very light green (high transparency).
- This helps visually identify DCA Zones across the chart at a glance.
### 4.3 Practical Use in Trading
#### Spot Trading
Used to build a better average entry price:
- Every time a DCA label appears, allocate a fixed portion of capital (e.g., 2–5%).
- Combining DCA signals with:
- Green OBs (Demand Zones), and/or
- The Volume Profile POC
makes the zone structurally more important.
#### Futures Trading
- Longs
- Use DCA Buy signals as low-risk zones for opening or adding to longs when:
- Price is inside a green OB, or
- The Dashboard already leans LONG.
- Shorts
- Use DCA Sell signals as:
- Exit zones for longs, or
- Areas to initiate shorts with stops above structural highs.
## Chapter 5 – Volume Profile (Visible Range Simulation)
### 5.1 Concept
Traditional volume (histogram under the chart) shows volume over time.
Volume Profile shows volume by price level:
- At which prices has the highest trading activity occurred?
- Where did buyers and sellers agree the most (High Volume Nodes – HVNs)?
- Where did price move quickly due to low participation (Low Volume Nodes – LVNs)?
### 5.2 Implementation in the Script
Executed only when `show_vp` is enabled and on the last bar:
1. The last `vp_lookback` bars (default 150) are processed.
2. The minimum low and maximum high over this window define the price range.
3. This price range is divided into `vp_rows` segments (e.g., 30 rows).
4. For each row:
- All bars are scanned.
- If the mid-price `(high + low ) / 2` falls inside a row, that bar’s volume is added to the row total.
5. The row with the greatest volume is stored as `max_vol_idx` (the POC row).
6. For each row, a volume box is drawn on the right side of the chart.
### 5.3 Color Scheme
- Semi-transparent Orange
- The row with the maximum volume – the Point of Control (POC).
- Represents the strongest support/resistance level from a volume perspective.
- Semi-transparent Blue
- Other volume rows.
- The taller the bar → the higher the volume → the stronger the interest at that price band.
### 5.4 Trading Applications
- If price is above POC and retraces back into it:
→ POC often acts as support, suitable for long setups.
- If price is below POC and rallies into it:
→ POC often acts as resistance, suitable for short setups or profit-taking.
HVNs (Tall Blue Bars)
- Represent areas of equilibrium where the market has spent time and traded heavily.
- Price tends to consolidate here before choosing a direction.
LVNs (Short or Nearly Empty Bars)
- Represent low participation zones.
- Price often moves quickly through these areas – useful for targeting fast moves.
## Chapter 6 – Wyckoff Helper – Spring
### 6.1 Spring Concept
In the Wyckoff framework:
- A Spring is a false break of support.
- The market briefly trades below a well-defined support level, triggers stop losses,
then sharply reverses upward as institutional buyers absorb liquidity.
This movement:
- Clears out weak hands (retail sellers).
- Provides large players with liquidity to enter long positions.
- Often initiates a new uptrend.
### 6.2 Code Logic
Conditions for a Spring:
1. The current low is lower than the lowest low of the previous 50 bars
→ apparent break of a long-standing support.
2. The bar closes bullish (Close > Open)
→ the breakdown was rejected.
3. Volume is significantly elevated:
→ `volume > 2 × volume_MA` (Ultra Volume).
When all conditions are met and `show_wyc` is enabled:
- A pink diamond is plotted below the bar,
- With the label “Spring” – one of the strongest long signals in this system.
### 6.3 Trading Use
- After a valid Spring, markets frequently enter a meaningful bullish phase.
- The highest quality setups occur when:
- The Spring forms inside a green Order Block, and
- Near or on the Volume Profile POC.
Entries:
- At the close of the Spring bar, or
- On the first pullback into the mid-range of the Spring candle.
Stop-loss:
- Slightly below the Spring’s lowest point (wick low plus a small buffer).
## Chapter 7 – Confluence Engine & Dashboard
### 7.1 Scoring Logic
For each bar, the script:
1. Resets `score` to 0.
2. Adjusts the score based on different signals.
SMC Contribution
if show_smc
if is_in_demand
score += 1
if is_in_supply
score -= 1
- Being in Demand → `+1`
- Being in Supply → `-1`
DCA Contribution
if show_dca
if dca_buy
score += 2
if dca_sell
score -= 2
- DCA Buy → `+2` (strong, statistically driven long signal)
- DCA Sell → `-2`
Wyckoff Spring Contribution
if show_wyc
if wyc_spring
score += 2
- Spring → `+2` (entry of strong money)
### 7.2 Mapping Score to Dashboard Signal
- score ≥ 2 → STRONG LONG 🚀
Multiple bullish conditions aligned.
- score = 1 → WEAK LONG ↗
Some bullish bias, but only one layer clearly positive.
- score = 0 → NEUTRAL / WAIT
Rough balance between buying and selling forces; staying flat is usually preferable.
- score = -1 → WEAK SHORT ↘
Mild bearish bias, suited for cautious or short-term plays.
- score ≤ -2 → STRONG SHORT 🩸
Convergence of several bearish signals.
### 7.3 Dashboard Structure
The dashboard is a two-column table:
- Row 0
- Column 0: `"Mars Signals"` – black background, white text.
- Column 1: `"UIS v3.0"` – black background, yellow text.
- Row 1
- Column 0: `"Price:"` (light grey background).
- Column 1: current closing price (`close`) with a semi-transparent blue background.
- Row 2
- Column 0: `"SMC:"`
- Column 1:
- `"ON"` (green) if `show_smc = true`
- `"OFF"` (grey) otherwise.
- Row 3
- Column 0: `"DCA:"`
- Column 1:
- `"ON"` (green) if `show_dca = true`
- `"OFF"` (grey) otherwise.
- Row 4
- Column 0: `"Signal:"`
- Column 1: signal text (`status_txt`) with background color `status_col`
(green, red, teal, maroon, etc.)
- If `show_rec = false`, these cells are cleared.
## Chapter 8 – Visual Legend (Colors, Shapes & Actions)
For quick reading inside TradingView, the visual elements are described line by line instead of a table.
Chart Element: Green Box
Color / Shape: Transparent green rectangle
Core Meaning: Bullish Order Block (Demand Zone)
Suggested Trader Response: Look for longs, Smart DCA adds, closing or reducing shorts.
Chart Element: Red Box
Color / Shape: Transparent red rectangle
Core Meaning: Bearish Order Block (Supply Zone)
Suggested Trader Response: Look for shorts, or take profit on existing longs.
Chart Element: Yellow Area
Color / Shape: Transparent yellow zone
Core Meaning: Bullish FVG / upside imbalance
Suggested Trader Response: Short take-profit zone or expected rebalance area.
Chart Element: Purple Area
Color / Shape: Transparent purple zone
Core Meaning: Bearish FVG / downside imbalance
Suggested Trader Response: Long take-profit zone or temporary supply region.
Chart Element: Green "DCA" Label
Color / Shape: Green label with white text, plotted below the candle
Core Meaning: Smart ladder-in buy zone, DCA buy opportunity
Suggested Trader Response: Spot DCA entry, partial short exit.
Chart Element: Red "SELL" Label
Color / Shape: Red label with white text, plotted above the candle
Core Meaning: Overbought / distribution zone
Suggested Trader Response: Take profit on longs, consider initiating shorts.
Chart Element: Light Green Background (bgcolor)
Color / Shape: Very transparent light-green background behind bars
Core Meaning: Active DCA Buy zone
Suggested Trader Response: Treat as a discount zone on the chart.
Chart Element: Orange Bar on Right
Color / Shape: Transparent orange horizontal bar in the volume profile
Core Meaning: POC – price with highest traded volume
Suggested Trader Response: Strong support or resistance; key reference level.
Chart Element: Blue Bars on Right
Color / Shape: Transparent blue horizontal bars in the volume profile
Core Meaning: Other volume levels, showing high-volume and low-volume nodes
Suggested Trader Response: Use to identify balance zones (HVN) and fast-move corridors (LVN).
Chart Element: Pink "Spring" Diamond
Color / Shape: Pink diamond with white text below the candle
Core Meaning: Wyckoff Spring – liquidity grab and potential major bullish reversal
Suggested Trader Response: One of the strongest long signals in the suite; look for high-quality long setups with tight risk.
Chart Element: STRONG LONG in Dashboard
Color / Shape: Green background, white text in the Signal row
Core Meaning: Multiple bullish layers in confluence
Suggested Trader Response: Consider initiating or increasing longs with strict risk management.
Chart Element: STRONG SHORT in Dashboard
Color / Shape: Red background, white text in the Signal row
Core Meaning: Multiple bearish layers in confluence
Suggested Trader Response: Consider initiating or increasing shorts with a logical, well-placed stop.
## Chapter 9 – Timeframe-Based Trading Playbook
### 9.1 Timeframe Selection
- Scalping
- Timeframes: 1M, 5M, 15M
- Objective: fast intraday moves (minutes to a few hours).
- Recommendation: focus on SMC + Wyckoff.
Smart DCA on very low timeframes may introduce excessive noise.
- Day Trading
- Timeframes: 15M, 1H, 4H
- Provides a good balance between signal quality and frequency.
- Recommendation: use the full stack – SMC + DCA + Volume Profile + Wyckoff + Dashboard.
- Swing Trading & Position Investing
- Timeframes: Daily, Weekly
- Emphasis on Smart DCA + Volume Profile.
- SMC and Wyckoff are used mainly to fine-tune swing entries within larger trends.
### 9.2 Scenario A – Scalping Long
Example: 5-Minute Chart
1. Price is declining into a green OB (Bullish Demand).
2. A candle with a long lower wick and bullish close (Pin Bar / Rejection) forms inside the OB.
3. A Spring diamond appears below the same candle → very strong confluence.
4. The Dashboard shows at least WEAK LONG ↗, ideally STRONG LONG 🚀.
5. Entry:
- On the close of the confirmation candle, or
- On the first pullback into the mid-range of that candle.
6. Stop-loss:
- Slightly below the OB.
7. Targets:
- Nearby bearish FVG above, and/or
- The next red OB.
### 9.3 Scenario B – Day-Trading Short
Recommended Timeframes: 1H or 4H
1. The market completes a strong impulsive move upward.
2. Price enters a red Order Block (Supply).
3. In the same zone, a purple FVG appears or remains unfilled.
4. On a lower timeframe (e.g., 15M), RSI enters overbought territory and a DCA Sell signal appears.
5. The main timeframe Dashboard (1H) shows WEAK SHORT ↘ or STRONG SHORT 🩸.
Trade Plan
- Open a short near the upper boundary of the red OB.
- Place the stop above the OB or above the last swing high.
- Targets:
- A yellow FVG lower on the chart, and/or
- The next green OB (Demand) below.
### 9.4 Scenario C – Swing / Investment with Smart DCA
Timeframes: Daily / Weekly
1. On the daily or weekly chart, each time a green “DCA” label appears:
- Allocate a fixed fraction of your capital (e.g., 3–5%) to that asset.
2. Check whether this DCA zone aligns with the orange POC of the Volume Profile:
- If yes → the quality of the entry zone is significantly higher.
3. If the DCA signal sits inside a daily green OB, the probability of a medium-term bottom increases.
4. Always build the position laddered, never all-in at a single price.
Exits for investors:
- Near weekly red OBs or large purple FVG zones.
- Ideally via partial profit-taking rather than closing 100% at once.
### 9.5 Case Study 1 – BTCUSDT (15-Minute)
- Context: Price has sold off down towards 65,000 USD.
- A green OB had previously formed at that level.
- Near the lower boundary of this OB, a partially filled yellow FVG is present.
- As price returns to this region, a Spring appears.
- The Dashboard shifts from NEUTRAL / WAIT to WEAK LONG ↗.
Plan
- Enter a long near the OB low.
- Place stop below the Spring low.
- First target: a purple FVG around 66,200.
- Second (optional) target: the first red OB above that level.
### 9.6 Case Study 2 – Meme Coin (PEPE – 4H)
- After a strong pump, price enters a corrective phase.
- On the 4H chart, RSI drops below 30; price breaks below the lower Bollinger Band → a DCA label prints.
- The Volume Profile shows the POC at approximately the same level.
- The Dashboard displays STRONG LONG 🚀.
Plan
- Execute laddered buys in the combined DCA + POC zone.
- Place a protective stop below the last significant swing low.
- Target: an expected 20–30% upside move towards the next red OB or purple FVG.
## Chapter 10 – Risk Management, Psychology & Advanced Tuning
### 10.1 Risk Management
No signal, regardless of its strength, replaces risk control.
Recommendations:
- In futures, do not expose more than 1–3% of account equity to risk per trade.
- Adjust leverage to the volatility of the instrument (lower leverage for highly volatile altcoins).
- Place stop-losses in zones where the idea is clearly invalidated:
- Below/above the relevant Order Block or Spring, not randomly in the middle of the structure.
### 10.2 Market-Specific Parameter Tuning
- Calmer Markets (e.g., major FX pairs)
- `ob_period`: 3–5.
- `bb_mult`: 2.0 is usually sufficient.
- Highly Volatile Markets (Crypto, news-driven assets)
- `ob_period`: 7–10 to highlight only the most robust OBs.
- `bb_mult`: 2.5–3.0 so that only extreme deviations trigger DCA.
- `vol_ma_len`: increase (e.g., to ~30) so that Spring triggers only on truly exceptional
volume spikes.
### 10.3 Trading Psychology
- STRONG LONG 🚀 does not mean “risk-free”.
It means the probability of a successful long, given the model’s logic, is higher than average.
- Treat Mars Signals as a confirmation and context system, not a full replacement for your own decision-making.
- Example of disciplined thinking:
- The Dashboard prints STRONG LONG,
- But price is simultaneously testing a multi-month macro resistance or a major negative news event is imminent,
- In such cases, trade smaller, widen stops appropriately, or skip the trade.
## Chapter 11 – Technical Notes & FAQ
### 11.1 Does the Script Repaint?
- Order Blocks and Springs are based on completed pivot structures and confirmed candles.
- Until a pivot is confirmed, an OB does not exist; after confirmation, behavior is stable under classic SMC assumptions.
- The script is designed to be structurally consistent rather than repainting signals arbitrarily.
### 11.2 Computational Load of Volume Profile
- On the last bar, the script processes up to `vp_lookback` bars × `vp_rows` rows.
- On very low timeframes with heavy zooming, this can become demanding.
- If you experience performance issues:
- Reduce `vp_lookback` or `vp_rows`, or
- Temporarily disable Volume Profile (`show_vp = false`).
### 11.3 Multi-Timeframe Behavior
- This version of the script is not internally multi-timeframe.
All logic (OB, DCA, Spring, Volume Profile) is computed on the active timeframe only.
- Practical workflow:
- Analyze overall structure and key zones on higher timeframes (4H / Daily).
- Use lower timeframes (15M / 1H) with the same tool for timing entries and exits.
## Conclusion
Mars Signals – Ultimate Institutional Suite v3.0 (Joker) is a multi-layer trading framework that unifies:
- Price structure (Order Blocks & FVG),
- Statistical behavior (Smart DCA via RSI + Bollinger),
- Volume distribution by price (Volume Profile with POC, HVN, LVN),
- Liquidity events (Wyckoff Spring),
into a single, coherent system driven by a transparent Confluence Scoring Engine.
The final output is presented in clear, actionable language:
> STRONG LONG / WEAK LONG / NEUTRAL / WEAK SHORT / STRONG SHORT
The system is designed to support professional decision-making, not to replace it.
Used together with strict risk management and disciplined execution,
Mars Signals – UIS v3.0 (Joker) can serve as a central reference manual and operational guide
for your trading workflow, from scalping to swing and investment positioning.
Curvature Tensor Pivots🌀 Curvature Tensor Pivots
Curvature Tensor Pivots: Geometric Pivot Detection Through Differential Geometry
Curvature Tensor Pivots applies mathematical differential geometry to market price analysis, identifying pivots by measuring how price trajectories bend through space. Unlike traditional pivot indicators that rely solely on price highs and lows, this system calculates the actual geometric curvature of price paths and detects inflection points where the curvature changes sign or magnitude—the mathematical hallmarks of directional transitions.
The indicator combines three components: precise curvature measurement using second-derivative calculus, tensor weighting that multiplies curvature by volatility and momentum, and a tension-based prediction system that identifies compression before pivots form. This creates a forward-looking pivot detector with built-in confirmation mechanics.
What Makes This Original
Pure Mathematical Foundation
This indicator implements the classical differential geometry curvature formula κ = |y''| / (1 + y'²)^(3/2), which measures how sharply a curve bends at any given point. In price analysis, high curvature indicates sharp directional changes (active pivots), while curvature approaching zero indicates straight-line motion (inflection points forming). This mathematical approach is fundamentally different from pattern recognition or statistical pivots—it measures the actual geometry of price movement.
Tensor Weighting System
The core innovation is the tensor scoring mechanism, which multiplies geometric curvature by two market-state variables: volatility (ATR expansion/compression) and momentum (rate of change strength). This creates a multi-dimensional strength metric that distinguishes between meaningful pivots and noise. A high tensor score means high curvature is occurring during significant volatility with strong momentum—a genuine structural turning point. Low tensor scores during high curvature indicate choppy, low-conviction moves.
Tension-Based Prediction
The system calculates tension as the inverse of curvature (Tension = 1 - κ). When curvature is low, tension is high, indicating price is moving in a straight line and approaching an inflection point where it must curve. The tension cloud visualizes this compression, tightening before pivots form and expanding after they complete. This provides anticipatory signals rather than purely reactive confirmation.
Integrated Confirmation Architecture
Rather than simply flagging high curvature, the system requires convergence of four elements: geometric inflection detection (sign changes in second derivative or curvature extrema), traditional price structure pivots (pivot highs/lows), tensor strength above threshold, and minimum spacing between signals. This multi-layer confirmation prevents false signals while maintaining sensitivity to genuine turning points.
This is not a combination of existing indicators—it's an application of pure mathematical concepts (differential calculus and tensor algebra) to market geometry, creating a unique analytical framework.
Core Components and How They Work Together
1. Differential Geometry Engine
The foundation is calculus-based trajectory analysis. The system treats price as a function y(t) and calculates:
First derivative (y'): The slope of the price trajectory, representing directional velocity
Second derivative (y''): The acceleration of slope change, representing how quickly direction is shifting
Curvature (κ): The normalized geometric bend, calculated using the formula κ = |y''| / (1 + y'²)^(3/2)
This curvature value is then normalized to a 0-1 range using adaptive statistical bounds (mean ± 2 standard deviations over a rolling window). High κ values indicate sharp bends (active pivots), while κ approaching zero indicates inflection points where the trajectory is straightening before changing concavity.
2. Tensor Weighting Components
The raw curvature is weighted by market dynamics to create the tensor score:
Volatility Component: Calculated as current ATR divided by baseline ATR (smoothed average). Values above 1.0 indicate expansion (higher conviction moves), while values below 1.0 indicate compression (lower reliability). This ensures pivots forming during volatile periods receive higher scores than those in quiet conditions.
Momentum Component: Measured using rate of change (ROC) strength normalized by recent average. High momentum indicates sustained directional pressure, confirming that curvature changes represent genuine trend shifts rather than noise.
Tensor Score Fusion: The final tensor score = κ × Volatility × Momentum × Direction × Gain. This creates a directional strength metric ranging from -1 (strong bearish curvature) to +1 (strong bullish curvature). The magnitude represents conviction, while the sign represents direction.
These components work together by filtering geometric signals through market-state context. A high curvature reading during low volatility and weak momentum produces a low tensor score (likely noise), while the same curvature during expansion and strong momentum produces a high tensor score (likely genuine pivot).
3. Inflection Point Detection System
Inflection points occur where the second derivative changes sign (concave to convex or vice versa) or where curvature reaches local extrema. The system detects these through multiple methods:
Sign change detection: When y'' crosses zero, the price trajectory is transitioning from curving upward to downward (or vice versa)
Curvature extrema: When κ reaches a local maximum or minimum, indicating peak bend intensity
Near-zero curvature: When κ falls below an adaptive threshold, indicating straight-line motion before a directional change
These geometric signals are combined with traditional pivot detection (pivot highs and lows using configurable lookback/lookahead periods) to create confirmed inflection zones. The geometric math identifies WHERE inflections are forming, while price structure confirms WHEN they've completed.
4. Tension Cloud Prediction
Tension is calculated as 1 - κ, creating an inverse relationship where low curvature produces high tension. This represents the "straightness" of price trajectory—when price moves in a straight line, it's building tension that must eventually release through a curved pivot.
The tension cloud width adapts to this tension value: it tightens (narrows) when curvature is low and tension is high, providing visual warning that a pivot is forming. After the pivot completes and curvature increases, tension drops and the cloud expands, confirming the turn.
This creates a leading indicator component within the system: watch for the cloud to compress, then wait for the pivot marker and tensor direction confirmation to enter trades.
5. Multi-Layer Visualization System
The visual components work hierarchically:
Curvature ribbons (foundation): Width expands with curvature magnitude, color shifts with tensor direction (green bullish, red bearish)
Tension cloud (prediction): Purple overlay that compresses before pivots and expands after
Tensor waves (context): Harmonic oscillating layers driven by three phase accumulators (curvature, tensor magnitude, volatility), creating visual texture that becomes erratic before pivots and smooth during trends
Inflection zones (timing): Golden background highlighting when geometric conditions indicate inflection points forming
Pivot markers (confirmation): Triangles marking confirmed pivots where geometric inflection + price structure + tensor strength all align
Each layer adds information without redundancy: ribbons show current state, tension shows prediction, waves show regime character, zones show geometric timing, and markers show confirmed entries.
Calculation Methodology
Phase 1 - Derivative Calculations
Price is normalized by dividing by a 50-period moving average to improve numerical stability. The first derivative is calculated as the bar-to-bar change, then smoothed using a configurable smoothing length (default 3 bars) to reduce noise while preserving structure.
The second derivative is calculated as the bar-to-bar change in the first derivative, also smoothed. This represents the acceleration of directional change—positive values indicate price is curving upward (concave up), negative values indicate curving downward (concave down).
Phase 2 - Curvature Formula
The classical curvature formula is applied:
Calculate y'² (first derivative squared)
Calculate (1 + y'²)^1.5 as the denominator
Divide |y''| by this denominator to get raw curvature κ
This formula ensures curvature is properly normalized regardless of the steepness of the trajectory. A vertical line with high slope (large y') can still have low curvature (straight), while a gradual slope with changing direction produces high curvature (curved).
The raw curvature is then normalized to 0-1 range using adaptive bounds (rolling mean ± 2 standard deviations), allowing the system to adapt to different market volatility regimes.
Phase 3 - Tensor Weighting
ATR is calculated over the specified volatility length (default 14). Current ATR is divided by smoothed ATR to create the volatility ratio. Momentum is calculated as the rate of change over the momentum length (default 10), normalized by recent average ROC.
The tensor score is computed as: Curvature × Volatility × Momentum × Tensor Gain × Direction Sign
This creates the final directional strength metric used for ribbon coloring and signal generation.
Phase 4 - Inflection Detection
Multiple conditions are evaluated simultaneously:
Second derivative sign changes (y'' × y'' < 0)
Curvature local maxima (previous bar κ > current bar κ AND previous bar κ > two bars ago κ)
Curvature local minima (opposite condition)
Low curvature threshold (current κ < adaptive threshold)
Any of these conditions triggers inflection zone highlighting. For confirmed pivot signals, inflection detection must coincide with traditional pivot highs/lows AND tensor magnitude must exceed threshold AND minimum spacing since last signal must be satisfied.
Phase 5 - Tension Calculation
Tension = 1 - κ (smoothed)
This inverse relationship creates the compression/expansion dynamic. When curvature approaches zero (straight trajectory), tension approaches 1 (maximum compression). When curvature is high (sharp bend), tension approaches zero (released).
The tension cloud bands are calculated as: Basis ± (Ribbon Width × Tension)
This creates the visual tightening effect before pivots.
Phase 6 - Wave Generation
Three phase accumulators are maintained:
Phase 1: Accumulates based on curvature magnitude (0.1 × κ per bar)
Phase 2: Accumulates based on tensor magnitude (0.15 × tensor per bar)
Phase 3: Accumulates based on volatility (0.08 × volatility per bar)
For each wave layer (2-8 configurable), a unique frequency is used (layer number × 0.6). The wave offset is calculated as:
Amplitude × (sin(phase1 × frequency) × 0.4 + sin(phase2 × frequency × 1.2) × 0.35 + sin(phase3 × frequency × 0.8) × 0.25)
This creates complex harmonic motion that reflects the interplay of curvature, strength, and volatility. When these components are aligned, waves are smooth; when misaligned (pre-pivot conditions), waves become chaotic.
All calculations are deterministic and execute on closed bars only—there is no repainting.
How to Use This Indicator
Setup and Configuration
Apply the indicator to your chart with default settings initially
Enable the main dashboard (top right recommended) to monitor curvature, tensor, and tension metrics in real-time
Enable the curvature matrix (bottom right) to see historical patterns in the heatmap
Choose your ribbon mode: "Dual Ribbon" shows both bullish and bearish zones, "Tension Cloud" emphasizes the compression zones
For your first session, observe how the tension cloud behaves before confirmed pivots—you'll notice it consistently tightens (narrows) before pivot markers appear, then expands after.
Signal Interpretation
High Pivot (Bearish) - Red triangle above price:
Occurs when price makes a pivot high (local maximum)
Second derivative is negative (concave down curvature)
Tensor magnitude exceeds threshold (strong confirmation)
Minimum spacing requirement met (noise filter)
Interpretation: A confirmed bearish inflection point has formed. Price trajectory has curved over and is transitioning from upward to downward movement.
Low Pivot (Bullish) - Blue triangle below price:
Occurs when price makes a pivot low (local minimum)
Second derivative is positive (concave up curvature)
Tensor magnitude exceeds threshold
Spacing requirement met
Interpretation: A confirmed bullish inflection point has formed. Price trajectory has curved upward and is transitioning from downward to upward movement.
Dashboard Metrics
κ (Curvature): 0-100% reading. Above 70% = sharp active pivot, 40-70% = moderate curve, below 40% = gentle or approaching inflection
Tensor: Directional strength. Arrow indicates bias (⬆ bullish, ⬇ bearish, ⬌ neutral). Magnitude indicates conviction.
Volatility: Current ATR expansion state. Above 70% = high volatility (pivots more significant), below 40% = compressed (pivots less reliable)
Momentum: Directional strength. High values confirm trend continuation, low values suggest exhaustion
Tension: 0-100% reading. Above 70% = pivot forming soon (high compression), below 40% = pivot recently completed (expanded)
State: Real-time regime classification:
"🟢 STABLE" = normal trending conditions
"🟡 TENSION" = pivot forming (high compression)
"🔴 HIGH κ" = active sharp pivot in progress
"⚠ INFLECTION" = geometric inflection zone (critical transition)
Curvature Matrix Heatmap
The matrix shows the last 30 bars (configurable 10-100) of historical data across five metrics:
κ row: Curvature evolution (green = low, yellow = moderate, red = high)
Tension row: Purple intensity shows compression building
Tensor row: Strength evolution (green = strong, yellow = moderate, red = weak)
Volatility row: Expansion state
Momentum row: Directional conviction
Pattern recognition: Look for purple clustering in the tension row followed by red spikes in the κ row—this shows compression → release pivot sequence.
Trading Workflow
Step 1 - Monitor Tension:
Watch the tension cloud and dashboard tension metric. When tension rises above 60-70% and the cloud visibly tightens, a pivot is building. The matrix will show purple bands clustering.
Step 2 - Identify Inflection Zone:
Wait for the golden background glow (inflection zone) to appear. This indicates the geometric conditions are met: curvature is approaching zero, second derivative is near sign change, or curvature extrema detected. The dashboard state will show "⚠ INFLECTION ZONE".
Step 3 - Confirm Direction:
Check the tensor arrow in the dashboard:
⬆ (bullish tensor) = expect bullish pivot
⬇ (bearish tensor) = expect bearish pivot
Also verify the y'' status in the dashboard:
"🔵↑ Concave Up" = bullish curvature forming
"🔴↓ Concave Down" = bearish curvature forming
Step 4 - Wait for Pivot Marker:
Do not enter on inflection zones alone—wait for the confirmed pivot marker (triangle). This ensures all confirmation layers have aligned: geometric inflection + price structure pivot + tensor strength + spacing filter.
Step 5 - Execute Entry:
Long entry: Blue triangle below price + ⬆ tensor + tension releasing (dropping)
Short entry: Red triangle above price + ⬇ tensor + tension releasing
Step 6 - Manage Risk:
Initial stop: Place beyond the opposite ribbon edge plus one ATR buffer
Trailing stop: Follow the ribbon edge (basis ± adaptive width) as curvature sustains in your direction
Exit signal: If tension spikes again quickly (another inflection forming), consider taking profit—the trend may be reversing
Best Practices
Use multiple timeframe confirmation: Check that higher timeframe tensor aligns with your trade direction
Respect the spacing filter: If a pivot just fired, wait for minimum spacing before taking another signal
Distinguish regime: In "🔴 HIGH κ" state (choppy), reduce position size; in "🟢 STABLE" state, full confidence
Combine with support/resistance: Pivots near key levels have higher probability
Watch particle density: Clustering of particles indicates rising curvature intensity
Observe wave texture: Smooth flowing waves = trending environment (pivots are reversals); chaotic erratic waves = reversal environment (pivots are trend starts)
Ideal Market Conditions
Best Performance
Liquid markets with clear swing structure (forex majors, large-cap stocks, major indices)
Timeframes from 15-minute to daily (the system adapts across timeframes)
Markets with periodic swings and clear directional phases (where geometric curvature is meaningful)
Trending markets with consolidation phases (where tension builds before breakouts)
Challenging Conditions
Extremely choppy/sideways markets for extended periods (high curvature but low tensor magnitude—system will reduce signals appropriately)
Very low liquidity instruments (erratic price action creates false geometric signals)
Ultra-low timeframes (1-minute or below) where spread and noise dominate structure
Markets in deep consolidation (the system will show high tension but no clean pivot confirmation)
The indicator is designed to adapt: in poor conditions, tensor scores remain low and signals reduce naturally. In optimal conditions, tension compression → inflection → pivot confirmation sequences occur cleanly.
Parameter Optimization by Trading Style
Scalping (5-15 Minute Charts)
Curvature Window: 3-5 (faster response)
Curvature Smoothing: 2 (minimal lag)
Volatility Length: 10-14
Momentum Length: 8-10
Tensor Gain: 1.2-1.5 (moderate sensitivity)
Inflection Threshold: 0.10-0.15 (more sensitive)
Min Pivot Spacing: 3-5 bars
Pivot Mode: Aggressive
Ribbon Mode: Dual Ribbon (clearer entries)
Day Trading (15-60 Minute Charts)
Curvature Window: 5 (default)
Curvature Smoothing: 3 (balanced)
Volatility Length: 14
Momentum Length: 10
Tensor Gain: 1.5 (default)
Inflection Threshold: 0.15 (default)
Min Pivot Spacing: 5-8 bars
Pivot Mode: Normal or Adaptive
Ribbon Mode: Dual Ribbon
Swing Trading (4-Hour to Daily Charts)
Curvature Window: 7-10 (smoother)
Curvature Smoothing: 4-5 (noise reduction)
Volatility Length: 20-30
Momentum Length: 14-20
Tensor Gain: 1.8-2.5 (higher conviction requirement)
Inflection Threshold: 0.20-0.30 (more selective)
Min Pivot Spacing: 8-12 bars
Pivot Mode: Conservative
Ribbon Mode: Tension Cloud (focus on compression zones)
Performance Optimization
If you experience lag on lower-end systems:
Reduce Wave Layers: 4 → 2 (50% reduction in calculations)
Lower Particle Density: 3 → 1 (66% reduction in label creation)
Decrease Matrix History: 30 → 15 bars (50% reduction in table size)
Disable Tensor Waves entirely if not needed for your trading
Important Disclaimers
- This indicator is a technical analysis tool designed to identify potential pivot points through mathematical analysis of price trajectory geometry. It should not be used as a standalone trading system. Always combine with proper risk management, position sizing, and additional confirmation methods (support/resistance, volume analysis, multi-timeframe alignment).
- The curvature and tensor calculations are deterministic mathematical formulas applied to historical price data—they do not predict future price movements with certainty. Past geometric patterns do not guarantee future pivot behavior. The tension-based prediction system identifies conditions where pivots are likely to form based on trajectory straightness, but market conditions can change rapidly.
- All trading involves risk. Use appropriate stop losses and never risk more than you can afford to lose. The signal spacing filters and tensor confirmation layers are designed to reduce noise, but no indicator can eliminate false signals entirely.
This system is most effective when combined with sound trading principles, market context awareness, and disciplined execution.
Technical Notes
All calculations execute on closed bars only (no repainting)
Lookback functions limited to 5000 bars maximum
Arrays are fixed-size (waves) or hard-capped (particles at 80 labels)
Dashboard and matrix update only on the last bar to minimize computational load
Particle generation throttled to every 2 bars
Phase accumulators use modulo operations to prevent overflow
Statistical normalization (mean ± 2σ) automatically adapts to different volatility regimes
— Dskyz, Trade with insight. Trade with anticipation.
Trade PullBack - EMA Pullback System with Auto Risk-Reward# Trade Pull Back - Professional Pullback Trading System
## 📊 Overview
**Trade Pull Back** is a comprehensive pullback trading system that combines trend-following principles with precise entry timing using candlestick pattern confirmation. This indicator is designed for traders who want to enter trending markets at optimal retracement levels with pre-calculated risk-reward ratios.
---
## 🎯 Core Methodology
### Why This System Works
Most traders struggle with two key challenges:
1. **Entering too early** - jumping into trades before the pullback completes
2. **Entering too late** - missing the momentum after the pullback reverses
This system solves both problems by using a **3-Phase Confirmation Process**:
**Phase 1: Trend Identification** → **Phase 2: Pullback Detection** → **Phase 3: Reversal Confirmation**
---
## 🔧 How It Works
### 1. Triple EMA Framework (The Foundation)
Unlike traditional single EMA systems, this indicator uses **3 separate EMAs** with different purposes:
- **EMA Trend (default: 50)** - Determines the overall market direction
- Source: HL/2 for balanced trend reading
- Acts as the primary filter - we only trade in its direction
- **EMA High (default: 20)** - Dynamic resistance in uptrends
- Source: High prices for accurate resistance mapping
- Entry trigger for bullish setups when price closes above it
- **EMA Low (default: 20)** - Dynamic support in downtrends
- Source: Low prices for accurate support mapping
- Entry trigger for bearish setups when price closes below it
**Why 3 EMAs?**
- Single EMA can't distinguish between trend and pullback zones
- Two EMAs (like MACD) don't provide clear entry/exit levels
- Three EMAs create a **channel system** that identifies both trend direction AND optimal entry zones
### 2. Pattern Recognition Engine
The system detects two high-probability reversal patterns:
#### Engulfing Patterns
- **Bullish Engulfing**: Previous bearish candle completely engulfed by bullish candle
- **Bearish Engulfing**: Previous bullish candle completely engulfed by bearish candle
- Validates: Strong momentum reversal with volume confirmation
#### Pin Bar Patterns
- **Bullish Pin Bar (Hammer)**: Long lower wick (60%+ of total range) rejecting lower prices
- **Bearish Pin Bar (Inverted Hammer)**: Long upper wick (60%+ of total range) rejecting higher prices
- Validates: Institutional rejection at support/resistance levels
**Pattern Quality Filter:**
- Body-to-wick ratio must meet minimum standards
- Checks previous candle momentum
- Requires trend alignment before signaling
### 3. Pullback Confirmation System
The system includes **5 mandatory conditions** before generating a signal:
#### For Bullish Signals (BUY):
1. ✅ Close > EMA Trend (uptrend confirmed)
2. ✅ EMA High > EMA Trend AND EMA Low > EMA Trend (healthy trend structure)
3. ✅ Bullish Engulfing OR Bullish Pin Bar (pattern detected)
4. ✅ Close > EMA High (breakout confirmation)
5. ✅ Optional: Low < EMA High (pullback occurred)
#### For Bearish Signals (SELL):
1. ✅ Close < EMA Trend (downtrend confirmed)
2. ✅ EMA High < EMA Trend AND EMA Low < EMA Trend (healthy trend structure)
3. ✅ Bearish Engulfing OR Bearish Pin Bar (pattern detected)
4. ✅ Close < EMA Low (breakdown confirmation)
5. ✅ Optional: High > EMA Low (pullback occurred)
**Additional Filters:**
- **Consecutive Bars Check**: Ensures pullback had momentum (1-5 bearish/bullish bars)
- **Signal Spacing**: Minimum 4 bars between signals to avoid noise
- **Confirmation Delay**: Signal appears only AFTER bar closes (no repainting)
---
## 💰 Automatic Risk-Reward Calculator
### Smart Position Sizing
When a signal triggers, the system automatically calculates:
**For Long Positions:**
- **Entry**: High of signal candle
- **Stop Loss**: Lower of last 2 candle lows (protects against false breakouts)
- **Target 1 (1R)**: Entry + 1x Risk
- **Target 2 (2R)**: Entry + 2x Risk
- **Target 3 (3R)**: Entry + 3x Risk
**For Short Positions:**
- **Entry**: Low of signal candle
- **Stop Loss**: Higher of last 2 candle highs
- **Targets**: Calculated based on risk multiple
### Auto-Remove Feature
Lines and labels automatically disappear when:
- Price hits Stop Loss (trade invalidated)
- Price reaches 3R target (trade complete)
This keeps your chart clean and focuses only on active trades.
---
## 📈 Multi-Timeframe Trend Analysis
### Confluence Trading
The built-in MTF trend box shows trend status across 7 timeframes simultaneously:
- M1, M5, M15, M30, H1, H4, D1
**Color Coding:**
- 🟢 **Green**: Uptrend (Price > EMA Trend AND EMAs aligned bullish)
- 🔴 **Red**: Downtrend (Price < EMA Trend AND EMAs aligned bearish)
- ⚪ **Gray**: No clear trend
**Why This Matters:**
- Trade with higher timeframe trends for better win rate
- Avoid counter-trend trades when all timeframes show same direction
- Identify divergences between timeframes for reversal opportunities
---
## 🎨 Customization Options
### EMA Settings
- Adjust periods for different trading styles (scalping vs swing trading)
- Choose price sources (HL/2, Close, HLC/3) for sensitivity tuning
### Pattern Selection
- Enable/disable Engulfing patterns
- Enable/disable Pin Bar patterns
- Trade only your preferred pattern type
### Signal Filters
- **Require Pullback**: Force pullback condition (stricter entries)
- **Consecutive Bars**: Set momentum requirement (1-5 bars)
### Display Options
- Show/hide EMA lines
- Show/hide signals
- Enable/disable alerts
- Customize Risk-Reward line styles and extensions
---
## 📋 How to Use This Indicator
### Step 1: Identify the Trend
- Wait for price to establish clear direction relative to EMA Trend (50)
- Check MTF box to confirm higher timeframe alignment
### Step 2: Wait for Pullback
- In uptrend: Watch for price to pull back toward EMA High
- In downtrend: Watch for price to pull back toward EMA Low
### Step 3: Pattern Confirmation
- Look for Engulfing or Pin Bar pattern (triangle/diamond markers)
- Ensure pattern forms at or near the EMA High/Low zone
### Step 4: Entry & Risk Management
- Enter when signal appears (after bar closes)
- Use displayed Stop Loss and Take Profit levels
- Consider partial profits at 1R and 2R, let remainder run to 3R
### Step 5: Trade Management
- If price hits SL, lines disappear automatically (trade invalidated)
- If price reaches 3R, lines disappear (trade complete)
- Consider trailing stop after 1R is reached
---
## ⚙️ Recommended Settings
### For Scalping (M1-M5)
- EMA Trend: 20-30
- EMA High/Low: 10-15
- Require Pullback: OFF
- Consecutive Bars: 1
### For Day Trading (M15-H1)
- EMA Trend: 50 (default)
- EMA High/Low: 20 (default)
- Require Pullback: ON
- Consecutive Bars: 2-3
### For Swing Trading (H4-D1)
- EMA Trend: 100-200
- EMA High/Low: 50
- Require Pullback: ON
- Consecutive Bars: 3-5
---
## ✅ What Makes This Script Original
### 1. Systematic Approach
This isn't just a collection of indicators. It's a **complete trading system** with:
- Defined entry rules (5-point confirmation checklist)
- Automatic risk management (SL/TP calculation)
- Trade validation (consecutive bars, signal spacing)
### 2. Smart EMA Framework
The 3-EMA system creates a **dynamic channel** that adapts to market conditions:
- Trend EMA = Direction filter
- High/Low EMAs = Entry/Exit zones
- Together they form a "trade zone" that standard EMAs can't provide
### 3. Pattern Quality Control
Not all Engulfing or Pin Bar patterns are equal. This system:
- Validates body-to-wick ratios
- Checks previous candle momentum
- Requires trend alignment before signaling
### 4. Auto Risk-Reward Management
Most indicators just show signals. This one:
- Calculates exact entry prices
- Places stop loss at optimal location (lower of 2 lows)
- Projects 3 profit targets based on risk
- Auto-removes when trade is complete/invalidated
### 5. No Repainting
- All signals appear AFTER bar closes
- No future data leaking
- What you see in backtest = what you get in real-time
---
## 🚨 Alerts
Built-in alerts notify you when:
- Bullish signal confirmed
- Bearish signal confirmed
Alerts fire once per bar (no spam) and only after bar closes (no false alerts).
---
## 📊 Best Practices
### ✅ DO:
- Trade in direction of higher timeframe trends
- Wait for full confirmation (all 5 conditions met)
- Use proper position sizing (1-2% risk per trade)
- Let winners run to at least 2R
### ❌ DON'T:
- Trade against major trend on MTF box
- Enter before signal bar closes
- Ignore the Stop Loss level
- Overtrade - respect the 4-bar minimum spacing
---
## 🔍 Limitations
This indicator is a **tool**, not a crystal ball:
- No indicator wins 100% of the time
- False signals occur in choppy/ranging markets
- Best results in trending conditions
- Requires proper risk management
- Should be combined with fundamental analysis and market context
---
## 📚 Educational Value
This script teaches:
- How to combine trend following with mean reversion
- Pattern recognition and validation
- Risk-reward ratio calculation
- Multi-timeframe analysis
- Proper trade entry timing
---
## 🎓 Credits & Disclaimer
**Original Work**: All code written from scratch
**Methodology**: Based on classical technical analysis principles (EMA crossovers, candlestick patterns, support/resistance)
**Disclaimer**: This indicator is for educational purposes. Past performance does not guarantee future results. Always practice proper risk management.
---
## 📞 Support
If you find this indicator helpful:
- Leave a review
- Share with fellow traders
- Provide feedback for improvements
**Note**: This is a closed-source script to protect the proprietary signal logic and filtering algorithms. The description above provides comprehensive understanding of the methodology without revealing exact implementation details.
---
**Version**: 1.0
**Pine Script Version**: 5
**Type**: Indicator (Overlay)
**Category**: Trend Following + Pattern Recognition
---
*Happy Trading! 🚀*
# 🇹🇭 คู่มือภาษาไทย / Thai Guide
# Trade Pull Back - คู่มือภาษาไทย
## 📊 ภาพรวม
**Trade Pull Back** เป็นระบบเทรด Pullback ที่ผสมผสานการเทรดตามเทรนด์กับการจับจังหวะเข้าออเดอร์ด้วย Candlestick Pattern พร้อมคำนวณ Risk-Reward อัตโนมัติ
---
## 🎯 หลักการทำงาน
### ทำไมระบบนี้ได้ผล?
แก้ปัญหา 2 ข้อหลักของเทรดเดอร์:
1. **เข้าเร็วเกินไป** - เข้าก่อน Pullback เสร็จ
2. **เข้าช้าเกินไป** - พลาดโมเมนตัมหลังกลับตัว
**วิธีแก้**: ใช้กระบวนการยืนยัน 3 ขั้นตอน
- **ขั้น 1**: ระบุเทรนด์ → **ขั้น 2**: ตรวจจับ Pullback → **ขั้น 3**: ยืนยันการกลับตัว
---
## 🔧 ส่วนประกอบหลัก
### 1. ระบบ EMA 3 เส้น
ต่างจาก EMA ทั่วไป ระบบนี้ใช้ 3 เส้นที่มีหน้าที่แยกกัน:
- **EMA Trend (50)** - กำหนดทิศทางเทรนด์หลัก
- **EMA High (20)** - แนวต้านไดนามิก (สำหรับ Buy)
- **EMA Low (20)** - แนวรับไดนามิก (สำหรับ Sell)
**ทำไมต้อง 3 เส้น?**
- 1 เส้น = แยกเทรนด์กับ Pullback ไม่ได้
- 2 เส้น = ไม่มีจุด Entry/Exit ชัดเจน
- 3 เส้น = สร้าง Channel ที่บอกทั้งเทรนด์และโซนเข้าออเดอร์
### 2. ตรวจจับ Pattern
ระบบตรวจจับ 2 Pattern หลัก:
**Engulfing (แท่งกลืน)**
- Bullish: แท่งเขียวกลืนแท่งแดงทั้งหมด
- Bearish: แท่งแดงกลืนแท่งเขียวทั้งหมด
**Pin Bar (แท่งหาง)**
- Bullish: หางล่างยาว 60%+ ของช่วงทั้งหมด
- Bearish: หางบนยาว 60%+ ของช่วงทั้งหมด
### 3. เงื่อนไขยืนยันสัญญาณ (5 ข้อ)
**สัญญาณ Buy:**
1. ✅ ราคาปิด > EMA Trend (เทรนด์ขาขึ้น)
2. ✅ EMA High และ Low เหนือ EMA Trend (โครงสร้างดี)
3. ✅ เกิด Bullish Engulfing หรือ Pin Bar
4. ✅ ราคาปิด > EMA High (ยืนยัน Breakout)
5. ✅ ตัวเลือก: มี Pullback มาแตะ EMA High
**สัญญาณ Sell:**
1. ✅ ราคาปิด < EMA Trend (เทรนด์ขาลง)
2. ✅ EMA High และ Low ใต้ EMA Trend (โครงสร้างดี)
3. ✅ เกิด Bearish Engulfing หรือ Pin Bar
4. ✅ ราคาปิด < EMA Low (ยืนยัน Breakdown)
5. ✅ ตัวเลือก: มี Pullback มาแตะ EMA Low
**ตัวกรองเพิ่มเติม:**
- ต้องมีแท่งติดกัน 1-5 แท่ง (กำหนดได้)
- ห่างสัญญาณก่อนหน้าอย่างน้อย 4 แท่ง
- สัญญาณปรากฏหลังแท่งปิดเท่านั้น (ไม่ Repaint)
---
## 💰 คำนวณ Risk-Reward อัตโนมัติ
เมื่อสัญญาณเกิด ระบบคำนวณให้อัตโนมัติ:
**Long Position:**
- Entry = High ของแท่งสัญญาณ
- Stop Loss = Low ที่ต่ำกว่าของ 2 แท่งล่าสุด
- Target = 1R, 2R, 3R
**Short Position:**
- Entry = Low ของแท่งสัญญาณ
- Stop Loss = High ที่สูงกว่าของ 2 แท่งล่าสุด
- Target = 1R, 2R, 3R
**ลบอัตโนมัติ:** เส้นหายเมื่อราคาชน SL หรือถึง 3R
---
## 📈 กล่องเทรนด์หลาย Timeframe
แสดงเทรนด์พร้อมกัน 7 Timeframe:
- M1, M5, M15, M30, H1, H4, D1
**สีแสดงผล:**
- 🟢 เขียว = Uptrend
- 🔴 แดง = Downtrend
- ⚪ เทา = ไม่มีเทรนด์
**ประโยชน์:** เทรดตาม Timeframe ใหญ่เพื่อเพิ่ม Win Rate
---
## 📋 วิธีใช้งาน (5 ขั้นตอน)
1. **ระบุเทรนด์** - เช็คราคาเทียบกับ EMA Trend และกล่อง MTF
2. **รอ Pullback** - เฝ้าราคา Pullback มาที่ EMA High/Low
3. **เช็ค Pattern** - มองหาลูกศรสามเหลี่ยม (Engulfing) หรือเพชร (Pin Bar)
4. **เข้าออเดอร์** - เข้าเมื่อสัญญาณปรากฏ ใช้ SL/TP ที่แสดง
5. **จัดการเทรด** - เส้นจะหายเองเมื่อชน SL หรือถึง 3R
---
## ⚙️ การตั้งค่าแนะนำ
**Scalping (M1-M5)**
- EMA Trend: 20-30
- EMA High/Low: 10-15
- Require Pullback: ปิด
**Day Trading (M15-H1)**
- EMA Trend: 50 (ค่าเริ่มต้น)
- EMA High/Low: 20 (ค่าเริ่มต้น)
- Require Pullback: เปิด
**Swing Trading (H4-D1)**
- EMA Trend: 100-200
- EMA High/Low: 50
- Require Pullback: เปิด
---
## ✅ จุดเด่นที่แตกต่าง
1. **เป็นระบบสมบูรณ์** - ไม่ใช่แค่รวม Indicator
2. **EMA 3 เส้นสร้าง Channel** - บอกทั้งเทรนด์และโซนเข้า
3. **ตรวจสอบคุณภาพ Pattern** - ไม่ใช่ทุก Pattern ที่ให้สัญญาณ
4. **คำนวณ RR อัตโนมัติ** - วาง SL/TP ให้เลย
5. **ไม่ Repaint** - สัญญาณปรากฏหลังแท่งปิดเท่านั้น
---
## 📊 ควรทำ / ไม่ควรทำ
### ✅ ควรทำ:
- เทรดตามเทรนด์ Timeframe ใหญ่
- รอยืนยันครบ 5 เงื่อนไข
- เสี่ยง 1-2% ต่อเทรด
- ปล่อยกำไรไปอย่างน้อย 2R
### ❌ ไม่ควรทำ:
- เทรดทวนเทรนด์ในกล่อง MTF
- เข้าก่อนแท่งปิด
- ละเลย Stop Loss
- เทรดบ่อยเกินไป
---
## 🔍 ข้อจำกัด
- ไม่มี Indicator ไหนชนะ 100%
- สัญญาณผิดพลาดเกิดในตลาด Sideways
- ผลดีสุดในตลาดที่มีเทรนด์ชัด
- ต้องใช้ Money Management
- ควรดูปัจจัยพื้นฐานประกอบ
---
## 🎓 คำเตือน
**Disclaimer**: อินดิเคเตอร์นี้สำหรับการศึกษา ผลในอดีตไม่รับประกันอนาคต ใช้ Risk Management ที่เหมาะสมเสมอ
---
**เวอร์ชั่น**: 1.0
**Pine Script**: v5
**ประเภท**: Indicator (Overlay)
*Happy Trading! 🚀*
## Screenshots
**Bearish Signals with Risk-Reward:**
! (drive.google.com)
**Bullish Signal with Risk-Reward:**
! (drive.google.com)
**Multi-Timeframe Trend Box:**
! (drive.google.com)
**Settings Panel:**
! (drive.google.com)
ATAI Volume analysis with price action V 1.00ATAI Volume Analysis with Price Action
1. Introduction
1.1 Overview
ATAI Volume Analysis with Price Action is a composite indicator designed for TradingView. It combines per‑side volume data —that is, how much buying and selling occurs during each bar—with standard price‑structure elements such as swings, trend lines and support/resistance. By blending these elements the script aims to help a trader understand which side is in control, whether a breakout is genuine, when markets are potentially exhausted and where liquidity providers might be active.
The indicator is built around TradingView’s up/down volume feed accessed via the TradingView/ta/10 library. The following excerpt from the script illustrates how this feed is configured:
import TradingView/ta/10 as tvta
// Determine lower timeframe string based on user choice and chart resolution
string lower_tf_breakout = use_custom_tf_input ? custom_tf_input :
timeframe.isseconds ? "1S" :
timeframe.isintraday ? "1" :
timeframe.isdaily ? "5" : "60"
// Request up/down volume (both positive)
= tvta.requestUpAndDownVolume(lower_tf_breakout)
Lower‑timeframe selection. If you do not specify a custom lower timeframe, the script chooses a default based on your chart resolution: 1 second for second charts, 1 minute for intraday charts, 5 minutes for daily charts and 60 minutes for anything longer. Smaller intervals provide a more precise view of buyer and seller flow but cover fewer bars. Larger intervals cover more history at the cost of granularity.
Tick vs. time bars. Many trading platforms offer a tick / intrabar calculation mode that updates an indicator on every trade rather than only on bar close. Turning on one‑tick calculation will give the most accurate split between buy and sell volume on the current bar, but it typically reduces the amount of historical data available. For the highest fidelity in live trading you can enable this mode; for studying longer histories you might prefer to disable it. When volume data is completely unavailable (some instruments and crypto pairs), all modules that rely on it will remain silent and only the price‑structure backbone will operate.
Figure caption, Each panel shows the indicator’s info table for a different volume sampling interval. In the left chart, the parentheses “(5)” beside the buy‑volume figure denote that the script is aggregating volume over five‑minute bars; the center chart uses “(1)” for one‑minute bars; and the right chart uses “(1T)” for a one‑tick interval. These notations tell you which lower timeframe is driving the volume calculations. Shorter intervals such as 1 minute or 1 tick provide finer detail on buyer and seller flow, but they cover fewer bars; longer intervals like five‑minute bars smooth the data and give more history.
Figure caption, The values in parentheses inside the info table come directly from the Breakout — Settings. The first row shows the custom lower-timeframe used for volume calculations (e.g., “(1)”, “(5)”, or “(1T)”)
2. Price‑Structure Backbone
Even without volume, the indicator draws structural features that underpin all other modules. These features are always on and serve as the reference levels for subsequent calculations.
2.1 What it draws
• Pivots: Swing highs and lows are detected using the pivot_left_input and pivot_right_input settings. A pivot high is identified when the high recorded pivot_right_input bars ago exceeds the highs of the preceding pivot_left_input bars and is also higher than (or equal to) the highs of the subsequent pivot_right_input bars; pivot lows follow the inverse logic. The indicator retains only a fixed number of such pivot points per side, as defined by point_count_input, discarding the oldest ones when the limit is exceeded.
• Trend lines: For each side, the indicator connects the earliest stored pivot and the most recent pivot (oldest high to newest high, and oldest low to newest low). When a new pivot is added or an old one drops out of the lookback window, the line’s endpoints—and therefore its slope—are recalculated accordingly.
• Horizontal support/resistance: The highest high and lowest low within the lookback window defined by length_input are plotted as horizontal dashed lines. These serve as short‑term support and resistance levels.
• Ranked labels: If showPivotLabels is enabled the indicator prints labels such as “HH1”, “HH2”, “LL1” and “LL2” near each pivot. The ranking is determined by comparing the price of each stored pivot: HH1 is the highest high, HH2 is the second highest, and so on; LL1 is the lowest low, LL2 is the second lowest. In the case of equal prices the newer pivot gets the better rank. Labels are offset from price using ½ × ATR × label_atr_multiplier, with the ATR length defined by label_atr_len_input. A dotted connector links each label to the candle’s wick.
2.2 Key settings
• length_input: Window length for finding the highest and lowest values and for determining trend line endpoints. A larger value considers more history and will generate longer trend lines and S/R levels.
• pivot_left_input, pivot_right_input: Strictness of swing confirmation. Higher values require more bars on either side to form a pivot; lower values create more pivots but may include minor swings.
• point_count_input: How many pivots are kept in memory on each side. When new pivots exceed this number the oldest ones are discarded.
• label_atr_len_input and label_atr_multiplier: Determine how far pivot labels are offset from the bar using ATR. Increasing the multiplier moves labels further away from price.
• Styling inputs for trend lines, horizontal lines and labels (color, width and line style).
Figure caption, The chart illustrates how the indicator’s price‑structure backbone operates. In this daily example, the script scans for bars where the high (or low) pivot_right_input bars back is higher (or lower) than the preceding pivot_left_input bars and higher or lower than the subsequent pivot_right_input bars; only those bars are marked as pivots.
These pivot points are stored and ranked: the highest high is labelled “HH1”, the second‑highest “HH2”, and so on, while lows are marked “LL1”, “LL2”, etc. Each label is offset from the price by half of an ATR‑based distance to keep the chart clear, and a dotted connector links the label to the actual candle.
The red diagonal line connects the earliest and latest stored high pivots, and the green line does the same for low pivots; when a new pivot is added or an old one drops out of the lookback window, the end‑points and slopes adjust accordingly. Dashed horizontal lines mark the highest high and lowest low within the current lookback window, providing visual support and resistance levels. Together, these elements form the structural backbone that other modules reference, even when volume data is unavailable.
3. Breakout Module
3.1 Concept
This module confirms that a price break beyond a recent high or low is supported by a genuine shift in buying or selling pressure. It requires price to clear the highest high (“HH1”) or lowest low (“LL1”) and, simultaneously, that the winning side shows a significant volume spike, dominance and ranking. Only when all volume and price conditions pass is a breakout labelled.
3.2 Inputs
• lookback_break_input : This controls the number of bars used to compute moving averages and percentiles for volume. A larger value smooths the averages and percentiles but makes the indicator respond more slowly.
• vol_mult_input : The “spike” multiplier; the current buy or sell volume must be at least this multiple of its moving average over the lookback window to qualify as a breakout.
• rank_threshold_input (0–100) : Defines a volume percentile cutoff: the current buyer/seller volume must be in the top (100−threshold)%(100−threshold)% of all volumes within the lookback window. For example, if set to 80, the current volume must be in the top 20 % of the lookback distribution.
• ratio_threshold_input (0–1) : Specifies the minimum share of total volume that the buyer (for a bullish breakout) or seller (for bearish) must hold on the current bar; the code also requires that the cumulative buyer volume over the lookback window exceeds the seller volume (and vice versa for bearish cases).
• use_custom_tf_input / custom_tf_input : When enabled, these inputs override the automatic choice of lower timeframe for up/down volume; otherwise the script selects a sensible default based on the chart’s timeframe.
• Label appearance settings : Separate options control the ATR-based offset length, offset multiplier, label size and colors for bullish and bearish breakout labels, as well as the connector style and width.
3.3 Detection logic
1. Data preparation : Retrieve per‑side volume from the lower timeframe and take absolute values. Build rolling arrays of the last lookback_break_input values to compute simple moving averages (SMAs), cumulative sums and percentile ranks for buy and sell volume.
2. Volume spike: A spike is flagged when the current buy (or, in the bearish case, sell) volume is at least vol_mult_input times its SMA over the lookback window.
3. Dominance test: The buyer’s (or seller’s) share of total volume on the current bar must meet or exceed ratio_threshold_input. In addition, the cumulative sum of buyer volume over the window must exceed the cumulative sum of seller volume for a bullish breakout (and vice versa for bearish). A separate requirement checks the sign of delta: for bullish breakouts delta_breakout must be non‑negative; for bearish breakouts it must be non‑positive.
4. Percentile rank: The current volume must fall within the top (100 – rank_threshold_input) percent of the lookback distribution—ensuring that the spike is unusually large relative to recent history.
5. Price test: For a bullish signal, the closing price must close above the highest pivot (HH1); for a bearish signal, the close must be below the lowest pivot (LL1).
6. Labeling: When all conditions above are satisfied, the indicator prints “Breakout ↑” above the bar (bullish) or “Breakout ↓” below the bar (bearish). Labels are offset using half of an ATR‑based distance and linked to the candle with a dotted connector.
Figure caption, (Breakout ↑ example) , On this daily chart, price pushes above the red trendline and the highest prior pivot (HH1). The indicator recognizes this as a valid breakout because the buyer‑side volume on the lower timeframe spikes above its recent moving average and buyers dominate the volume statistics over the lookback period; when combined with a close above HH1, this satisfies the breakout conditions. The “Breakout ↑” label appears above the candle, and the info table highlights that up‑volume is elevated relative to its 11‑bar average, buyer share exceeds the dominance threshold and money‑flow metrics support the move.
Figure caption, In this daily example, price breaks below the lowest pivot (LL1) and the lower green trendline. The indicator identifies this as a bearish breakout because sell‑side volume is sharply elevated—about twice its 11‑bar average—and sellers dominate both the bar and the lookback window. With the close falling below LL1, the script triggers a Breakout ↓ label and marks the corresponding row in the info table, which shows strong down volume, negative delta and a seller share comfortably above the dominance threshold.
4. Market Phase Module (Volume Only)
4.1 Concept
Not all markets trend; many cycle between periods of accumulation (buying pressure building up), distribution (selling pressure dominating) and neutral behavior. This module classifies the current bar into one of these phases without using ATR , relying solely on buyer and seller volume statistics. It looks at net flows, ratio changes and an OBV‑like cumulative line with dual‑reference (1‑ and 2‑bar) trends. The result is displayed both as on‑chart labels and in a dedicated row of the info table.
4.2 Inputs
• phase_period_len: Number of bars over which to compute sums and ratios for phase detection.
• phase_ratio_thresh : Minimum buyer share (for accumulation) or minimum seller share (for distribution, derived as 1 − phase_ratio_thresh) of the total volume.
• strict_mode: When enabled, both the 1‑bar and 2‑bar changes in each statistic must agree on the direction (strict confirmation); when disabled, only one of the two references needs to agree (looser confirmation).
• Color customisation for info table cells and label styling for accumulation and distribution phases, including ATR length, multiplier, label size, colors and connector styles.
• show_phase_module: Toggles the entire phase detection subsystem.
• show_phase_labels: Controls whether on‑chart labels are drawn when accumulation or distribution is detected.
4.3 Detection logic
The module computes three families of statistics over the volume window defined by phase_period_len:
1. Net sum (buyers minus sellers): net_sum_phase = Σ(buy) − Σ(sell). A positive value indicates a predominance of buyers. The code also computes the differences between the current value and the values 1 and 2 bars ago (d_net_1, d_net_2) to derive up/down trends.
2. Buyer ratio: The instantaneous ratio TF_buy_breakout / TF_tot_breakout and the window ratio Σ(buy) / Σ(total). The current ratio must exceed phase_ratio_thresh for accumulation or fall below 1 − phase_ratio_thresh for distribution. The first and second differences of the window ratio (d_ratio_1, d_ratio_2) determine trend direction.
3. OBV‑like cumulative net flow: An on‑balance volume analogue obv_net_phase increments by TF_buy_breakout − TF_sell_breakout each bar. Its differences over the last 1 and 2 bars (d_obv_1, d_obv_2) provide trend clues.
The algorithm then combines these signals:
• For strict mode , accumulation requires: (a) current ratio ≥ threshold, (b) cumulative ratio ≥ threshold, (c) both ratio differences ≥ 0, (d) net sum differences ≥ 0, and (e) OBV differences ≥ 0. Distribution is the mirror case.
• For loose mode , it relaxes the directional tests: either the 1‑ or the 2‑bar difference needs to agree in each category.
If all conditions for accumulation are satisfied, the phase is labelled “Accumulation” ; if all conditions for distribution are satisfied, it’s labelled “Distribution” ; otherwise the phase is “Neutral” .
4.4 Outputs
• Info table row : Row 8 displays “Market Phase (Vol)” on the left and the detected phase (Accumulation, Distribution or Neutral) on the right. The text colour of both cells matches a user‑selectable palette (typically green for accumulation, red for distribution and grey for neutral).
• On‑chart labels : When show_phase_labels is enabled and a phase persists for at least one bar, the module prints a label above the bar ( “Accum” ) or below the bar ( “Dist” ) with a dashed or dotted connector. The label is offset using ATR based on phase_label_atr_len_input and phase_label_multiplier and is styled according to user preferences.
Figure caption, The chart displays a red “Dist” label above a particular bar, indicating that the accumulation/distribution module identified a distribution phase at that point. The detection is based on seller dominance: during that bar, the net buyer-minus-seller flow and the OBV‑style cumulative flow were trending down, and the buyer ratio had dropped below the preset threshold. These conditions satisfy the distribution criteria in strict mode. The label is placed above the bar using an ATR‑based offset and a dashed connector. By the time of the current bar in the screenshot, the phase indicator shows “Neutral” in the info table—signaling that neither accumulation nor distribution conditions are currently met—yet the historical “Dist” label remains to mark where the prior distribution phase began.
Figure caption, In this example the market phase module has signaled an Accumulation phase. Three bars before the current candle, the algorithm detected a shift toward buyers: up‑volume exceeded its moving average, down‑volume was below average, and the buyer share of total volume climbed above the threshold while the on‑balance net flow and cumulative ratios were trending upwards. The blue “Accum” label anchored below that bar marks the start of the phase; it remains on the chart because successive bars continue to satisfy the accumulation conditions. The info table confirms this: the “Market Phase (Vol)” row still reads Accumulation, and the ratio and sum rows show buyers dominating both on the current bar and across the lookback window.
5. OB/OS Spike Module
5.1 What overbought/oversold means here
In many markets, a rapid extension up or down is often followed by a period of consolidation or reversal. The indicator interprets overbought (OB) conditions as abnormally strong selling risk at or after a price rally and oversold (OS) conditions as unusually strong buying risk after a decline. Importantly, these are not direct trade signals; rather they flag areas where caution or contrarian setups may be appropriate.
5.2 Inputs
• minHits_obos (1–7): Minimum number of oscillators that must agree on an overbought or oversold condition for a label to print.
• syncWin_obos: Length of a small sliding window over which oscillator votes are smoothed by taking the maximum count observed. This helps filter out choppy signals.
• Volume spike criteria: kVolRatio_obos (ratio of current volume to its SMA) and zVolThr_obos (Z‑score threshold) across volLen_obos. Either threshold can trigger a spike.
• Oscillator toggles and periods: Each of RSI, Stochastic (K and D), Williams %R, CCI, MFI, DeMarker and Stochastic RSI can be independently enabled; their periods are adjustable.
• Label appearance: ATR‑based offset, size, colors for OB and OS labels, plus connector style and width.
5.3 Detection logic
1. Directional volume spikes: Volume spikes are computed separately for buyer and seller volumes. A sell volume spike (sellVolSpike) flags a potential OverBought bar, while a buy volume spike (buyVolSpike) flags a potential OverSold bar. A spike occurs when the respective volume exceeds kVolRatio_obos times its simple moving average over the window or when its Z‑score exceeds zVolThr_obos.
2. Oscillator votes: For each enabled oscillator, calculate its overbought and oversold state using standard thresholds (e.g., RSI ≥ 70 for OB and ≤ 30 for OS; Stochastic %K/%D ≥ 80 for OB and ≤ 20 for OS; etc.). Count how many oscillators vote for OB and how many vote for OS.
3. Minimum hits: Apply the smoothing window syncWin_obos to the vote counts using a maximum‑of‑last‑N approach. A candidate bar is only considered if the smoothed OB hit count ≥ minHits_obos (for OverBought) or the smoothed OS hit count ≥ minHits_obos (for OverSold).
4. Tie‑breaking: If both OverBought and OverSold spike conditions are present on the same bar, compare the smoothed hit counts: the side with the higher count is selected; ties default to OverBought.
5. Label printing: When conditions are met, the bar is labelled as “OverBought X/7” above the candle or “OverSold X/7” below it. “X” is the number of oscillators confirming, and the bracket lists the abbreviations of contributing oscillators. Labels are offset from price using half of an ATR‑scaled distance and can optionally include a dotted or dashed connector line.
Figure caption, In this chart the overbought/oversold module has flagged an OverSold signal. A sell‑off from the prior highs brought price down to the lower trend‑line, where the bar marked “OverSold 3/7 DeM” appears. This label indicates that on that bar the module detected a buy‑side volume spike and that at least three of the seven enabled oscillators—in this case including the DeMarker—were in oversold territory. The label is printed below the candle with a dotted connector, signaling that the market may be temporarily exhausted on the downside. After this oversold print, price begins to rebound towards the upper red trend‑line and higher pivot levels.
Figure caption, This example shows the overbought/oversold module in action. In the left‑hand panel you can see the OB/OS settings where each oscillator (RSI, Stochastic, Williams %R, CCI, MFI, DeMarker and Stochastic RSI) can be enabled or disabled, and the ATR length and label offset multiplier adjusted. On the chart itself, price has pushed up to the descending red trendline and triggered an “OverBought 3/7” label. That means the sell‑side volume spiked relative to its average and three out of the seven enabled oscillators were in overbought territory. The label is offset above the candle by half of an ATR and connected with a dashed line, signaling that upside momentum may be overextended and a pause or pullback could follow.
6. Buyer/Seller Trap Module
6.1 Concept
A bull trap occurs when price appears to break above resistance, attracting buyers, but fails to sustain the move and quickly reverses, leaving a long upper wick and trapping late entrants. A bear trap is the opposite: price breaks below support, lures in sellers, then snaps back, leaving a long lower wick and trapping shorts. This module detects such traps by looking for price structure sweeps, order‑flow mismatches and dominance reversals. It uses a scoring system to differentiate risk from confirmed traps.
6.2 Inputs
• trap_lookback_len: Window length used to rank extremes and detect sweeps.
• trap_wick_threshold: Minimum proportion of a bar’s range that must be wick (upper for bull traps, lower for bear traps) to qualify as a sweep.
• trap_score_risk: Minimum aggregated score required to flag a trap risk. (The code defines a trap_score_confirm input, but confirmation is actually based on price reversal rather than a separate score threshold.)
• trap_confirm_bars: Maximum number of bars allowed for price to reverse and confirm the trap. If price does not reverse in this window, the risk label will expire or remain unconfirmed.
• Label settings: ATR length and multiplier for offsetting, size, colours for risk and confirmed labels, and connector style and width. Separate settings exist for bull and bear traps.
• Toggle inputs: show_trap_module and show_trap_labels enable the module and control whether labels are drawn on the chart.
6.3 Scoring logic
The module assigns points to several conditions and sums them to determine whether a trap risk is present. For bull traps, the score is built from the following (bear traps mirror the logic with highs and lows swapped):
1. Sweep (2 points): Price trades above the high pivot (HH1) but fails to close above it and leaves a long upper wick at least trap_wick_threshold × range. For bear traps, price dips below the low pivot (LL1), fails to close below and leaves a long lower wick.
2. Close break (1 point): Price closes beyond HH1 or LL1 without leaving a long wick.
3. Candle/delta mismatch (2 points): The candle closes bullish yet the order flow delta is negative or the seller ratio exceeds 50%, indicating hidden supply. Conversely, a bearish close with positive delta or buyer dominance suggests hidden demand.
4. Dominance inversion (2 points): The current bar’s buyer volume has the highest rank in the lookback window while cumulative sums favor sellers, or vice versa.
5. Low‑volume break (1 point): Price crosses the pivot but total volume is below its moving average.
The total score for each side is compared to trap_score_risk. If the score is high enough, a “Bull Trap Risk” or “Bear Trap Risk” label is drawn, offset from the candle by half of an ATR‑scaled distance using a dashed outline. If, within trap_confirm_bars, price reverses beyond the opposite level—drops back below the high pivot for bull traps or rises above the low pivot for bear traps—the label is upgraded to a solid “Bull Trap” or “Bear Trap” . In this version of the code, there is no separate score threshold for confirmation: the variable trap_score_confirm is unused; confirmation depends solely on a successful price reversal within the specified number of bars.
Figure caption, In this example the trap module has flagged a Bear Trap Risk. Price initially breaks below the most recent low pivot (LL1), but the bar closes back above that level and leaves a long lower wick, suggesting a failed push lower. Combined with a mismatch between the candle direction and the order flow (buyers regain control) and a reversal in volume dominance, the aggregate score exceeds the risk threshold, so a dashed “Bear Trap Risk” label prints beneath the bar. The green and red trend lines mark the current low and high pivot trajectories, while the horizontal dashed lines show the highest and lowest values in the lookback window. If, within the next few bars, price closes decisively above the support, the risk label would upgrade to a solid “Bear Trap” label.
Figure caption, In this example the trap module has identified both ends of a price range. Near the highs, price briefly pushes above the descending red trendline and the recent pivot high, but fails to close there and leaves a noticeable upper wick. That combination of a sweep above resistance and order‑flow mismatch generates a Bull Trap Risk label with a dashed outline, warning that the upside break may not hold. At the opposite extreme, price later dips below the green trendline and the labelled low pivot, then quickly snaps back and closes higher. The long lower wick and subsequent price reversal upgrade the previous bear‑trap risk into a confirmed Bear Trap (solid label), indicating that sellers were caught on a false breakdown. Horizontal dashed lines mark the highest high and lowest low of the lookback window, while the red and green diagonals connect the earliest and latest pivot highs and lows to visualize the range.
7. Sharp Move Module
7.1 Concept
Markets sometimes display absorption or climax behavior—periods when one side steadily gains the upper hand before price breaks out with a sharp move. This module evaluates several order‑flow and volume conditions to anticipate such moves. Users can choose how many conditions must be met to flag a risk and how many (plus a price break) are required for confirmation.
7.2 Inputs
• sharp Lookback: Number of bars in the window used to compute moving averages, sums, percentile ranks and reference levels.
• sharpPercentile: Minimum percentile rank for the current side’s volume; the current buy (or sell) volume must be greater than or equal to this percentile of historical volumes over the lookback window.
• sharpVolMult: Multiplier used in the volume climax check. The current side’s volume must exceed this multiple of its average to count as a climax.
• sharpRatioThr: Minimum dominance ratio (current side’s volume relative to the opposite side) used in both the instant and cumulative dominance checks.
• sharpChurnThr: Maximum ratio of a bar’s range to its ATR for absorption/churn detection; lower values indicate more absorption (large volume in a small range).
• sharpScoreRisk: Minimum number of conditions that must be true to print a risk label.
• sharpScoreConfirm: Minimum number of conditions plus a price break required for confirmation.
• sharpCvdThr: Threshold for cumulative delta divergence versus price change (positive for bullish accumulation, negative for bearish distribution).
• Label settings: ATR length (sharpATRlen) and multiplier (sharpLabelMult) for positioning labels, label size, colors and connector styles for bullish and bearish sharp moves.
• Toggles: enableSharp activates the module; show_sharp_labels controls whether labels are drawn.
7.3 Conditions (six per side)
For each side, the indicator computes six boolean conditions and sums them to form a score:
1. Dominance (instant and cumulative):
– Instant dominance: current buy volume ≥ sharpRatioThr × current sell volume.
– Cumulative dominance: sum of buy volumes over the window ≥ sharpRatioThr × sum of sell volumes (and vice versa for bearish checks).
2. Accumulation/Distribution divergence: Over the lookback window, cumulative delta rises by at least sharpCvdThr while price fails to rise (bullish), or cumulative delta falls by at least sharpCvdThr while price fails to fall (bearish).
3. Volume climax: The current side’s volume is ≥ sharpVolMult × its average and the product of volume and bar range is the highest in the lookback window.
4. Absorption/Churn: The current side’s volume divided by the bar’s range equals the highest value in the window and the bar’s range divided by ATR ≤ sharpChurnThr (indicating large volume within a small range).
5. Percentile rank: The current side’s volume percentile rank is ≥ sharp Percentile.
6. Mirror logic for sellers: The above checks are repeated with buyer and seller roles swapped and the price break levels reversed.
Each condition that passes contributes one point to the corresponding side’s score (0 or 1). Risk and confirmation thresholds are then applied to these scores.
7.4 Scoring and labels
• Risk: If scoreBull ≥ sharpScoreRisk, a “Sharp ↑ Risk” label is drawn above the bar. If scoreBear ≥ sharpScoreRisk, a “Sharp ↓ Risk” label is drawn below the bar.
• Confirmation: A risk label is upgraded to “Sharp ↑” when scoreBull ≥ sharpScoreConfirm and the bar closes above the highest recent pivot (HH1); for bearish cases, confirmation requires scoreBear ≥ sharpScoreConfirm and a close below the lowest pivot (LL1).
• Label positioning: Labels are offset from the candle by ATR × sharpLabelMult (full ATR times multiplier), not half, and may include a dashed or dotted connector line if enabled.
Figure caption, In this chart both bullish and bearish sharp‑move setups have been flagged. Earlier in the range, a “Sharp ↓ Risk” label appears beneath a candle: the sell‑side score met the risk threshold, signaling that the combination of strong sell volume, dominance and absorption within a narrow range suggested a potential sharp decline. The price did not close below the lower pivot, so this label remains a “risk” and no confirmation occurred. Later, as the market recovered and volume shifted back to the buy side, a “Sharp ↑ Risk” label prints above a candle near the top of the channel. Here, buy‑side dominance, cumulative delta divergence and a volume climax aligned, but price has not yet closed above the upper pivot (HH1), so the alert is still a risk rather than a confirmed sharp‑up move.
Figure caption, In this chart a Sharp ↑ label is displayed above a candle, indicating that the sharp move module has confirmed a bullish breakout. Prior bars satisfied the risk threshold — showing buy‑side dominance, positive cumulative delta divergence, a volume climax and strong absorption in a narrow range — and this candle closes above the highest recent pivot, upgrading the earlier “Sharp ↑ Risk” alert to a full Sharp ↑ signal. The green label is offset from the candle with a dashed connector, while the red and green trend lines trace the high and low pivot trajectories and the dashed horizontals mark the highest and lowest values of the lookback window.
8. Market‑Maker / Spread‑Capture Module
8.1 Concept
Liquidity providers often “capture the spread” by buying and selling in almost equal amounts within a very narrow price range. These bars can signal temporary congestion before a move or reflect algorithmic activity. This module flags bars where both buyer and seller volumes are high, the price range is only a few ticks and the buy/sell split remains close to 50%. It helps traders spot potential liquidity pockets.
8.2 Inputs
• scalpLookback: Window length used to compute volume averages.
• scalpVolMult: Multiplier applied to each side’s average volume; both buy and sell volumes must exceed this multiple.
• scalpTickCount: Maximum allowed number of ticks in a bar’s range (calculated as (high − low) / minTick). A value of 1 or 2 captures ultra‑small bars; increasing it relaxes the range requirement.
• scalpDeltaRatio: Maximum deviation from a perfect 50/50 split. For example, 0.05 means the buyer share must be between 45% and 55%.
• Label settings: ATR length, multiplier, size, colors, connector style and width.
• Toggles : show_scalp_module and show_scalp_labels to enable the module and its labels.
8.3 Signal
When, on the current bar, both TF_buy_breakout and TF_sell_breakout exceed scalpVolMult times their respective averages and (high − low)/minTick ≤ scalpTickCount and the buyer share is within scalpDeltaRatio of 50%, the module prints a “Spread ↔” label above the bar. The label uses the same ATR offset logic as other modules and draws a connector if enabled.
Figure caption, In this chart the spread‑capture module has identified a potential liquidity pocket. Buyer and seller volumes both spiked above their recent averages, yet the candle’s range measured only a couple of ticks and the buy/sell split stayed close to 50 %. This combination met the module’s criteria, so it printed a grey “Spread ↔” label above the bar. The red and green trend lines link the earliest and latest high and low pivots, and the dashed horizontals mark the highest high and lowest low within the current lookback window.
9. Money Flow Module
9.1 Concept
To translate volume into a monetary measure, this module multiplies each side’s volume by the closing price. It tracks buying and selling system money default currency on a per-bar basis and sums them over a chosen period. The difference between buy and sell currencies (Δ$) shows net inflow or outflow.
9.2 Inputs
• mf_period_len_mf: Number of bars used for summing buy and sell dollars.
• Label appearance settings: ATR length, multiplier, size, colors for up/down labels, and connector style and width.
• Toggles: Use enableMoneyFlowLabel_mf and showMFLabels to control whether the module and its labels are displayed.
9.3 Calculations
• Per-bar money: Buy $ = TF_buy_breakout × close; Sell $ = TF_sell_breakout × close. Their difference is Δ$ = Buy $ − Sell $.
• Summations: Over mf_period_len_mf bars, compute Σ Buy $, Σ Sell $ and ΣΔ$ using math.sum().
• Info table entries: Rows 9–13 display these values as texts like “↑ USD 1234 (1M)” or “ΣΔ USD −5678 (14)”, with colors reflecting whether buyers or sellers dominate.
• Money flow status: If Δ$ is positive the bar is marked “Money flow in” ; if negative, “Money flow out” ; if zero, “Neutral”. The cumulative status is similarly derived from ΣΔ.Labels print at the bar that changes the sign of ΣΔ, offset using ATR × label multiplier and styled per user preferences.
Figure caption, The chart illustrates a steady rise toward the highest recent pivot (HH1) with price riding between a rising green trend‑line and a red trend‑line drawn through earlier pivot highs. A green Money flow in label appears above the bar near the top of the channel, signaling that net dollar flow turned positive on this bar: buy‑side dollar volume exceeded sell‑side dollar volume, pushing the cumulative sum ΣΔ$ above zero. In the info table, the “Money flow (bar)” and “Money flow Σ” rows both read In, confirming that the indicator’s money‑flow module has detected an inflow at both bar and aggregate levels, while other modules (pivots, trend lines and support/resistance) remain active to provide structural context.
In this example the Money Flow module signals a net outflow. Price has been trending downward: successive high pivots form a falling red trend‑line and the low pivots form a descending green support line. When the latest bar broke below the previous low pivot (LL1), both the bar‑level and cumulative net dollar flow turned negative—selling volume at the close exceeded buying volume and pushed the cumulative Δ$ below zero. The module reacts by printing a red “Money flow out” label beneath the candle; the info table confirms that the “Money flow (bar)” and “Money flow Σ” rows both show Out, indicating sustained dominance of sellers in this period.
10. Info Table
10.1 Purpose
When enabled, the Info Table appears in the lower right of your chart. It summarises key values computed by the indicator—such as buy and sell volume, delta, total volume, breakout status, market phase, and money flow—so you can see at a glance which side is dominant and which signals are active.
10.2 Symbols
• ↑ / ↓ — Up (↑) denotes buy volume or money; down (↓) denotes sell volume or money.
• MA — Moving average. In the table it shows the average value of a series over the lookback period.
• Σ (Sigma) — Cumulative sum over the chosen lookback period.
• Δ (Delta) — Difference between buy and sell values.
• B / S — Buyer and seller share of total volume, expressed as percentages.
• Ref. Price — Reference price for breakout calculations, based on the latest pivot.
• Status — Indicates whether a breakout condition is currently active (True) or has failed.
10.3 Row definitions
1. Up volume / MA up volume – Displays current buy volume on the lower timeframe and its moving average over the lookback period.
2. Down volume / MA down volume – Shows current sell volume and its moving average; sell values are formatted in red for clarity.
3. Δ / ΣΔ – Lists the difference between buy and sell volume for the current bar and the cumulative delta volume over the lookback period.
4. Σ / MA Σ (Vol/MA) – Total volume (buy + sell) for the bar, with the ratio of this volume to its moving average; the right cell shows the average total volume.
5. B/S ratio – Buy and sell share of the total volume: current bar percentages and the average percentages across the lookback period.
6. Buyer Rank / Seller Rank – Ranks the bar’s buy and sell volumes among the last (n) bars; lower rank numbers indicate higher relative volume.
7. Σ Buy / Σ Sell – Sum of buy and sell volumes over the lookback window, indicating which side has traded more.
8. Breakout UP / DOWN – Shows the breakout thresholds (Ref. Price) and whether the breakout condition is active (True) or has failed.
9. Market Phase (Vol) – Reports the current volume‑only phase: Accumulation, Distribution or Neutral.
10. Money Flow – The final rows display dollar amounts and status:
– ↑ USD / Σ↑ USD – Buy dollars for the current bar and the cumulative sum over the money‑flow period.
– ↓ USD / Σ↓ USD – Sell dollars and their cumulative sum.
– Δ USD / ΣΔ USD – Net dollar difference (buy minus sell) for the bar and cumulatively.
– Money flow (bar) – Indicates whether the bar’s net dollar flow is positive (In), negative (Out) or neutral.
– Money flow Σ – Shows whether the cumulative net dollar flow across the chosen period is positive, negative or neutral.
The chart above shows a sequence of different signals from the indicator. A Bull Trap Risk appears after price briefly pushes above resistance but fails to hold, then a green Accum label identifies an accumulation phase. An upward breakout follows, confirmed by a Money flow in print. Later, a Sharp ↓ Risk warns of a possible sharp downturn; after price dips below support but quickly recovers, a Bear Trap label marks a false breakdown. The highlighted info table in the center summarizes key metrics at that moment, including current and average buy/sell volumes, net delta, total volume versus its moving average, breakout status (up and down), market phase (volume), and bar‑level and cumulative money flow (In/Out).
11. Conclusion & Final Remarks
This indicator was developed as a holistic study of market structure and order flow. It brings together several well‑known concepts from technical analysis—breakouts, accumulation and distribution phases, overbought and oversold extremes, bull and bear traps, sharp directional moves, market‑maker spread bars and money flow—into a single Pine Script tool. Each module is based on widely recognized trading ideas and was implemented after consulting reference materials and example strategies, so you can see in real time how these concepts interact on your chart.
A distinctive feature of this indicator is its reliance on per‑side volume: instead of tallying only total volume, it separately measures buy and sell transactions on a lower time frame. This approach gives a clearer view of who is in control—buyers or sellers—and helps filter breakouts, detect phases of accumulation or distribution, recognize potential traps, anticipate sharp moves and gauge whether liquidity providers are active. The money‑flow module extends this analysis by converting volume into currency values and tracking net inflow or outflow across a chosen window.
Although comprehensive, this indicator is intended solely as a guide. It highlights conditions and statistics that many traders find useful, but it does not generate trading signals or guarantee results. Ultimately, you remain responsible for your positions. Use the information presented here to inform your analysis, combine it with other tools and risk‑management techniques, and always make your own decisions when trading.
SMC Structures and FVGสวัสดีครับ! ผมจะอธิบายอินดิเคเตอร์ "SMC Structures and FVG + MACD" ที่คุณให้มาอย่างละเอียดในแต่ละส่วน เพื่อให้คุณเข้าใจการทำงานของมันอย่างถ่องแท้ครับ
อินดิเคเตอร์นี้เป็นการผสมผสานแนวคิดของ Smart Money Concept (SMC) ซึ่งเน้นการวิเคราะห์โครงสร้างตลาด (Market Structure) และ Fair Value Gap (FVG) เข้ากับอินดิเคเตอร์ MACD เพื่อใช้เป็นตัวกรองหรือตัวยืนยันสัญญาณ Choch/BoS (Change of Character / Break of Structure)
1. ภาพรวมอินดิเคเตอร์ (Overall Purpose)
อินดิเคเตอร์นี้มีจุดประสงค์หลักคือ:
ระบุโครงสร้างตลาด: ตีเส้นและป้ายกำกับ Choch (Change of Character) และ BoS (Break of Structure) บนกราฟโดยอัตโนมัติ
ผสานการยืนยันด้วย MACD: สัญญาณ Choch/BoS จะถูกพิจารณาก็ต่อเมื่อ MACD Histogram เกิดการตัดขึ้นหรือลง (Zero Cross) ในทิศทางที่สอดคล้องกัน
แสดง Fair Value Gap (FVG): หากเปิดใช้งาน จะมีการตีกล่อง FVG บนกราฟ
แสดงระดับ Fibonacci: คำนวณและแสดงระดับ Fibonacci ที่สำคัญตามโครงสร้างตลาดปัจจุบัน
ปรับตาม Timeframe: การคำนวณและการแสดงผลทั้งหมดจะปรับตาม Timeframe ที่คุณกำลังใช้งานอยู่โดยอัตโนมัติ
2. ส่วนประกอบหลักของโค้ด (Code Breakdown)
โค้ดนี้สามารถแบ่งออกเป็นส่วนหลัก ๆ ได้ดังนี้:
2.1 Inputs (การตั้งค่า)
ส่วนนี้คือตัวแปรที่คุณสามารถปรับแต่งได้ในหน้าต่างการตั้งค่าของอินดิเคเตอร์ (คลิกที่รูปฟันเฟืองข้างชื่ออินดิเคเตอร์บนกราฟ)
MACD Settings (ตั้งค่า MACD):
fast_len: ความยาวของ Fast EMA สำหรับ MACD (ค่าเริ่มต้น 12)
slow_len: ความยาวของ Slow EMA สำหรับ MACD (ค่าเริ่มต้น 26)
signal_len: ความยาวของ Signal Line สำหรับ MACD (ค่าเริ่มต้น 9)
= ta.macd(close, fast_len, slow_len, signal_len): คำนวณค่า MACD Line, Signal Line และ Histogram โดยใช้ราคาปิด (close) และค่าความยาวที่กำหนด
is_bullish_macd_cross: ตรวจสอบว่า MACD Histogram ตัดขึ้นเหนือเส้น 0 (จากค่าลบเป็นบวก)
is_bearish_macd_cross: ตรวจสอบว่า MACD Histogram ตัดลงใต้เส้น 0 (จากค่าบวกเป็นลบ)
Fear Value Gap (FVG) Settings:
isFvgToShow: (Boolean) เปิด/ปิดการแสดง FVG บนกราฟ
bullishFvgColor: สีสำหรับ Bullish FVG
bearishFvgColor: สีสำหรับ Bearish FVG
mitigatedFvgColor: สีสำหรับ FVG ที่ถูก Mitigate (ลดทอน) แล้ว
fvgHistoryNbr: จำนวน FVG ย้อนหลังที่จะแสดง
isMitigatedFvgToReduce: (Boolean) เปิด/ปิดการลดขนาด FVG เมื่อถูก Mitigate
Structures (โครงสร้างตลาด) Settings:
isStructBodyCandleBreak: (Boolean) หากเป็น true การ Break จะต้องเกิดขึ้นด้วย เนื้อเทียน ที่ปิดเหนือ/ใต้ Swing High/Low หากเป็น false แค่ไส้เทียนทะลุก็ถือว่า Break
isCurrentStructToShow: (Boolean) เปิด/ปิดการแสดงเส้นโครงสร้างตลาดปัจจุบัน (เส้นสีน้ำเงินในภาพตัวอย่าง)
pivot_len: ความยาวของแท่งเทียนที่ใช้ในการมองหาจุด Pivot (Swing High/Low) ยิ่งค่าน้อยยิ่งจับ Swing เล็กๆ ได้, ยิ่งค่ามากยิ่งจับ Swing ใหญ่ๆ ได้
bullishBosColor, bearishBosColor: สีสำหรับเส้นและป้าย BOS ขาขึ้น/ขาลง
bosLineStyleOption, bosLineWidth: สไตล์ (Solid, Dotted, Dashed) และความหนาของเส้น BOS
bullishChochColor, bearishChochColor: สีสำหรับเส้นและป้าย CHoCH ขาขึ้น/ขาลง
chochLineStyleOption, chochLineWidth: สไตล์ (Solid, Dotted, Dashed) และความหนาของเส้น CHoCH
currentStructColor, currentStructLineStyleOption, currentStructLineWidth: สี, สไตล์ และความหนาของเส้นโครงสร้างตลาดปัจจุบัน
structHistoryNbr: จำนวนการ Break (Choch/BoS) ย้อนหลังที่จะแสดง
Structure Fibonacci (จากโค้ดต้นฉบับ):
เป็นชุด Input สำหรับเปิด/ปิด, กำหนดค่า, สี, สไตล์ และความหนาของเส้น Fibonacci Levels ต่างๆ (0.786, 0.705, 0.618, 0.5, 0.382) ที่จะถูกคำนวณจากโครงสร้างตลาดปัจจุบัน
2.2 Helper Functions (ฟังก์ชันช่วยทำงาน)
getLineStyle(lineOption): ฟังก์ชันนี้ใช้แปลงค่า String ที่เลือกจาก Input (เช่น "─", "┈", "╌") ให้เป็นรูปแบบ line.style_ ที่ Pine Script เข้าใจ
get_structure_highest_bar(lookback): ฟังก์ชันนี้พยายามหา Bar Index ของแท่งเทียนที่ทำ Swing High ภายในช่วง lookback ที่กำหนด
get_structure_lowest_bar(lookback): ฟังก์ชันนี้พยายามหา Bar Index ของแท่งเทียนที่ทำ Swing Low ภายในช่วง lookback ที่กำหนด
is_structure_high_broken(...): ฟังก์ชันนี้ตรวจสอบว่าราคาปัจจุบันได้ Break เหนือ _structureHigh (Swing High) หรือไม่ โดยพิจารณาจาก _highStructBreakPrice (ราคาปิดหรือราคา High ขึ้นอยู่กับการตั้งค่า isStructBodyCandleBreak)
FVGDraw(...): ฟังก์ชันนี้รับ Arrays ของ FVG Boxes, Types, Mitigation Status และ Labels มาประมวลผล เพื่ออัปเดตสถานะของ FVG (เช่น ถูก Mitigate หรือไม่) และปรับขนาด/ตำแหน่งของ FVG Box และ Label บนกราฟ
2.3 Global Variables (ตัวแปรทั่วทั้งอินดิเคเตอร์)
เป็นตัวแปรที่ประกาศด้วย var ซึ่งหมายความว่าค่าของมันจะถูกเก็บไว้และอัปเดตในแต่ละแท่งเทียน (persists across bars)
structureLines, structureLabels: Arrays สำหรับเก็บอ็อบเจกต์ line และ label ของเส้น Choch/BoS ที่วาดบนกราฟ
fvgBoxes, fvgTypes, fvgLabels, isFvgMitigated: Arrays สำหรับเก็บข้อมูลของ FVG Boxes และสถานะต่างๆ
structureHigh, structureLow: เก็บราคาของ Swing High/Low ที่สำคัญของโครงสร้างตลาดปัจจุบัน
structureHighStartIndex, structureLowStartIndex: เก็บ Bar Index ของจุดเริ่มต้นของ Swing High/Low ที่สำคัญ
structureDirection: เก็บสถานะของทิศทางโครงสร้างตลาด (1 = Bullish, 2 = Bearish, 0 = Undefined)
fiboXPrice, fiboXStartIndex, fiboXLine, fiboXLabel: ตัวแปรสำหรับเก็บข้อมูลและอ็อบเจกต์ของเส้น Fibonacci Levels
isBOSAlert, isCHOCHAlert: (Boolean) ใช้สำหรับส่งสัญญาณ Alert (หากมีการตั้งค่า Alert ไว้)
2.4 FVG Processing (การประมวลผล FVG)
ส่วนนี้จะตรวจสอบเงื่อนไขการเกิด FVG (Bullish FVG: high < low , Bearish FVG: low > high )
หากเกิด FVG และ isFvgToShow เป็น true จะมีการสร้าง box และ label ใหม่เพื่อแสดง FVG บนกราฟ
มีการจัดการ fvgBoxes และ fvgLabels เพื่อจำกัดจำนวน FVG ที่แสดงตาม fvgHistoryNbr และลบ FVG เก่าออก
ฟังก์ชัน FVGDraw จะถูกเรียกเพื่ออัปเดตสถานะของ FVG (เช่น การถูก Mitigate) และปรับการแสดงผล
2.5 Structures Processing (การประมวลผลโครงสร้างตลาด)
Initialization: ที่ bar_index == 0 (แท่งเทียนแรกของกราฟ) จะมีการกำหนดค่าเริ่มต้นให้กับ structureHigh, structureLow, structureHighStartIndex, structureLowStartIndex
Finding Current High/Low: highest, highestBar, lowest, lowestBar ถูกใช้เพื่อหา High/Low ที่สุดและ Bar Index ของมันใน 10 แท่งล่าสุด (หรือทั้งหมดหากกราฟสั้นกว่า 10 แท่ง)
Calculating Structure Max/Min Bar: structureMaxBar และ structureMinBar ใช้ฟังก์ชัน get_structure_highest_bar และ get_structure_lowest_bar เพื่อหา Bar Index ของ Swing High/Low ที่แท้จริง (ไม่ใช่แค่ High/Low ที่สุดใน lookback แต่เป็นจุด Pivot ที่สมบูรณ์)
Break Price: lowStructBreakPrice และ highStructBreakPrice จะเป็นราคาปิด (close) หรือราคา Low/High ขึ้นอยู่กับ isStructBodyCandleBreak
isStuctureLowBroken / isStructureHighBroken: เงื่อนไขเหล่านี้ตรวจสอบว่าราคาได้ทำลาย structureLow หรือ structureHigh หรือไม่ โดยพิจารณาจากราคา Break, ราคาแท่งก่อนหน้า และ Bar Index ของจุดเริ่มต้นโครงสร้าง
Choch/BoS Logic (ส่วนสำคัญที่ถูกผสานกับ MACD):
if(isStuctureLowBroken and is_bearish_macd_cross): นี่คือจุดที่ MACD เข้ามามีบทบาท หากราคาทำลาย structureLow (สัญญาณขาลง) และ MACD Histogram เกิด Bearish Zero Cross (is_bearish_macd_cross เป็น true) อินดิเคเตอร์จะพิจารณาว่าเป็น Choch หรือ BoS
หาก structureDirection == 1 (เดิมเป็นขาขึ้น) หรือ 0 (ยังไม่กำหนด) จะตีเป็น "CHoCH" (เปลี่ยนทิศทางโครงสร้างเป็นขาลง)
หาก structureDirection == 2 (เดิมเป็นขาลง) จะตีเป็น "BOS" (ยืนยันโครงสร้างขาลง)
มีการสร้าง line.new และ label.new เพื่อวาดเส้นและป้ายกำกับ
structureDirection จะถูกอัปเดตเป็น 1 (Bullish)
structureHighStartIndex, structureLowStartIndex, structureHigh, structureLow จะถูกอัปเดตเพื่อกำหนดโครงสร้างใหม่
else if(isStructureHighBroken and is_bullish_macd_cross): เช่นกันสำหรับขาขึ้น หากราคาทำลาย structureHigh (สัญญาณขาขึ้น) และ MACD Histogram เกิด Bullish Zero Cross (is_bullish_macd_cross เป็น true) อินดิเคเตอร์จะพิจารณาว่าเป็น Choch หรือ BoS
หาก structureDirection == 2 (เดิมเป็นขาลง) หรือ 0 (ยังไม่กำหนด) จะตีเป็น "CHoCH" (เปลี่ยนทิศทางโครงสร้างเป็นขาขึ้น)
หาก structureDirection == 1 (เดิมเป็นขาขึ้น) จะตีเป็น "BOS" (ยืนยันโครงสร้างขาขึ้น)
มีการสร้าง line.new และ label.new เพื่อวาดเส้นและป้ายกำกับ
structureDirection จะถูกอัปเดตเป็น 2 (Bearish)
structureHighStartIndex, structureLowStartIndex, structureHigh, structureLow จะถูกอัปเดตเพื่อกำหนดโครงสร้างใหม่
การลบเส้นเก่า: d.delete_line (หากไลบรารีทำงาน) จะถูกเรียกเพื่อลบเส้นและป้ายกำกับเก่าออกเมื่อจำนวนเกิน structHistoryNbr
Updating Structure High/Low (else block): หากไม่มีการ Break เกิดขึ้น แต่ราคาปัจจุบันสูงกว่า structureHigh หรือต่ำกว่า structureLow ในทิศทางที่สอดคล้องกัน (เช่น ยังคงเป็นขาขึ้นและทำ High ใหม่) structureHigh หรือ structureLow จะถูกอัปเดตเพื่อติดตาม High/Low ที่สุดของโครงสร้างปัจจุบัน
Current Structure Display:
หาก isCurrentStructToShow เป็น true อินดิเคเตอร์จะวาดเส้น structureHighLine และ structureLowLine เพื่อแสดงขอบเขตของโครงสร้างตลาดปัจจุบัน
Fibonacci Display:
หาก isFiboXToShow เป็น true อินดิเคเตอร์จะคำนวณและวาดเส้น Fibonacci Levels ต่างๆ (0.786, 0.705, 0.618, 0.5, 0.382) โดยอิงจาก structureHigh และ structureLow ของโครงสร้างตลาดปัจจุบัน
Alerts:
alertcondition: ใช้สำหรับตั้งค่า Alert ใน TradingView เมื่อเกิดสัญญาณ BOS หรือ CHOCH
plot(na):
plot(na) เป็นคำสั่งที่สำคัญในอินดิเคเตอร์ที่ไม่ได้ต้องการพล็อต Series ของข้อมูลบนกราฟ (เช่น ไม่ได้พล็อตเส้น EMA หรือ RSI) แต่ใช้วาดอ็อบเจกต์ (Line, Label, Box) โดยตรง
การมี plot(na) ช่วยให้ Pine Script รู้ว่าอินดิเคเตอร์นี้มีเอาต์พุตที่แสดงผลบนกราฟ แม้ว่าจะไม่ได้เป็น Series ที่พล็อตตามปกติก็ตาม
3. วิธีใช้งาน
คัดลอกโค้ดทั้งหมด ที่อยู่ในบล็อก immersive ด้านบน
ไปที่ TradingView และเปิดกราฟที่คุณต้องการ
คลิกที่เมนู "Pine Editor" ที่อยู่ด้านล่างของหน้าจอ
ลบโค้ดเดิมที่มีอยู่ และ วางโค้ดที่คัดลอกมา ลงไปแทน
คลิกที่ปุ่ม "Add to Chart"
อินดิเคเตอร์จะถูกเพิ่มลงในกราฟของคุณโดยอัตโนมัติ คุณสามารถคลิกที่รูปฟันเฟืองข้างชื่ออินดิเคเตอร์บนกราฟเพื่อเข้าถึงหน้าต่างการตั้งค่าและปรับแต่งตามความต้องการของคุณได้
Hello! I will explain the "SMC Structures and FVG + MACD" indicator you provided in detail, section by section, so you can fully understand how it works.This indicator combines the concepts of Smart Money Concept (SMC), which focuses on analyzing Market Structure and Fair Value Gaps (FVG), with the MACD indicator to serve as a filter or confirmation for Choch (Change of Character) and BoS (Break of Structure) signals.1. Overall PurposeThe main purposes of this indicator are:Identify Market Structure: Automatically draw lines and label Choch (Change of Character) and BoS (Break of Structure) on the chart.Integrate MACD Confirmation: Choch/BoS signals will only be considered when the MACD Histogram performs a cross (Zero Cross) in the corresponding direction.Display Fair Value Gap (FVG): If enabled, FVG boxes will be drawn on the chart.Display Fibonacci Levels: Calculate and display important Fibonacci levels based on the current market structure.Adapt to Timeframe: All calculations and displays will automatically adjust to the timeframe you are currently using.2. Code BreakdownThis code can be divided into the following main sections:2.1 Inputs (Settings)This section contains variables that you can adjust in the indicator's settings window (click the gear icon next to the indicator's name on the chart).MACD Settings:fast_len: Length of the Fast EMA for MACD (default 12)slow_len: Length of the Slow EMA for MACD (default 26)signal_len: Length of the Signal Line for MACD (default 9) = ta.macd(close, fast_len, slow_len, signal_len): Calculates the MACD Line, Signal Line, and Histogram using the closing price (close) and the specified lengths.is_bullish_macd_cross: Checks if the MACD Histogram crosses above the 0 line (from negative to positive).is_bearish_macd_cross: Checks if the MACD Histogram crosses below the 0 line (from positive to negative).Fear Value Gap (FVG) Settings:isFvgToShow: (Boolean) Enables/disables the display of FVG on the chart.bullishFvgColor: Color for Bullish FVG.bearishFvgColor: Color for Bearish FVG.mitigatedFvgColor: Color for FVG that has been mitigated.fvgHistoryNbr: Number of historical FVG to display.isMitigatedFvgToReduce: (Boolean) Enables/disables reducing the size of FVG when mitigated.Structures (โครงสร้างตลาด) Settings:isStructBodyCandleBreak: (Boolean) If true, the break must occur with the candle body closing above/below the Swing High/Low. If false, a wick break is sufficient.isCurrentStructToShow: (Boolean) Enables/disables the display of the current market structure lines (blue lines in the example image).pivot_len: Lookback length for identifying Pivot points (Swing High/Low). A smaller value captures smaller, more frequent swings; a larger value captures larger, more significant swings.bullishBosColor, bearishBosColor: Colors for bullish/bearish BOS lines and labels.bosLineStyleOption, bosLineWidth: Style (Solid, Dotted, Dashed) and width of BOS lines.bullishChochColor, bearishChochColor: Colors for bullish/bearish CHoCH lines and labels.chochLineStyleOption, chochLineWidth: Style (Solid, Dotted, Dashed) and width of CHoCH lines.currentStructColor, currentStructLineStyleOption, currentStructLineWidth: Color, style, and width of the current market structure lines.structHistoryNbr: Number of historical breaks (Choch/BoS) to display.Structure Fibonacci (from original code):A set of inputs to enable/disable, define values, colors, styles, and widths for various Fibonacci Levels (0.786, 0.705, 0.618, 0.5, 0.382) that will be calculated from the current market structure.2.2 Helper FunctionsgetLineStyle(lineOption): This function converts the selected string input (e.g., "─", "┈", "╌") into a line.style_ format understood by Pine Script.get_structure_highest_bar(lookback): This function attempts to find the Bar Index of the Swing High within the specified lookback period.get_structure_lowest_bar(lookback): This function attempts to find the Bar Index of the Swing Low within the specified lookback period.is_structure_high_broken(...): This function checks if the current price has broken above _structureHigh (Swing High), considering _highStructBreakPrice (closing price or high price depending on isStructBodyCandleBreak setting).FVGDraw(...): This function takes arrays of FVG Boxes, Types, Mitigation Status, and Labels to process and update the status of FVG (e.g., whether it's mitigated) and adjust the size/position of FVG Boxes and Labels on the chart.2.3 Global VariablesThese are variables declared with var, meaning their values are stored and updated on each bar (persists across bars).structureLines, structureLabels: Arrays to store line and label objects for Choch/BoS lines drawn on the chart.fvgBoxes, fvgTypes, fvgLabels, isFvgMitigated: Arrays to store FVG box data and their respective statuses.structureHigh, structureLow: Stores the price of the significant Swing High/Low of the current market structure.structureHighStartIndex, structureLowStartIndex: Stores the Bar Index of the start point of the significant Swing High/Low.structureDirection: Stores the status of the market structure direction (1 = Bullish, 2 = Bearish, 0 = Undefined).fiboXPrice, fiboXStartIndex, fiboXLine, fiboXLabel: Variables to store data and objects for Fibonacci Levels.isBOSAlert, isCHOCHAlert: (Boolean) Used to trigger alerts in TradingView (if alerts are configured).2.4 FVG ProcessingThis section checks the conditions for FVG formation (Bullish FVG: high < low , Bearish FVG: low > high ).If FVG occurs and isFvgToShow is true, a new box and label are created to display the FVG on the chart.fvgBoxes and fvgLabels are managed to limit the number of FVG displayed according to fvgHistoryNbr and remove older FVG.The FVGDraw function is called to update the FVG status (e.g., whether it's mitigated) and adjust its display.2.5 Structures ProcessingInitialization: At bar_index == 0 (the first bar of the chart), structureHigh, structureLow, structureHighStartIndex, and structureLowStartIndex are initialized.Finding Current High/Low: highest, highestBar, lowest, lowestBar are used to find the highest/lowest price and its Bar Index of it in the last 10 bars (or all bars if the chart is shorter than 10 bars).Calculating Structure Max/Min Bar: structureMaxBar and structureMinBar use get_structure_highest_bar and get_structure_lowest_bar functions to find the Bar Index of the true Swing High/Low (not just the highest/lowest in the lookback but a complete Pivot point).Break Price: lowStructBreakPrice and highStructBreakPrice will be the closing price (close) or the Low/High price, depending on the isStructBodyCandleBreak setting.isStuctureLowBroken / isStructureHighBroken: These conditions check if the price has broken structureLow or structureHigh, considering the break price, previous bar prices, and the Bar Index of the structure's starting point.Choch/BoS Logic (Key Integration with MACD):if(isStuctureLowBroken and is_bearish_macd_cross): This is where MACD plays a role. If the price breaks structureLow (bearish signal) AND the MACD Histogram performs a Bearish Zero Cross (is_bearish_macd_cross is true), the indicator will consider it a Choch or BoS.If structureDirection == 1 (previously bullish) or 0 (undefined), it will be labeled "CHoCH" (changing structure direction to bearish).If structureDirection == 2 (already bearish), it will be labeled "BOS" (confirming bearish structure).line.new and label.new are used to draw the line and label.structureDirection will be updated to 1 (Bullish).structureHighStartIndex, structureLowStartIndex, structureHigh, structureLow will be updated to define the new structure.else if(isStructureHighBroken and is_bullish_macd_cross): Similarly for bullish breaks. If the price breaks structureHigh (bullish signal) AND the MACD Histogram performs a Bullish Zero Cross (is_bullish_macd_cross is true), the indicator will consider it a Choch or BoS.If structureDirection == 2 (previously bearish) or 0 (undefined), it will be labeled "CHoCH" (changing structure direction to bullish).If structureDirection == 1 (already bullish), it will be labeled "BOS" (confirming bullish structure).line.new and label.new are used to draw the line and label.structureDirection will be updated to 2 (Bearish).structureHighStartIndex, structureLowStartIndex, structureHigh, structureLow will be updated to define the new structure.Deleting Old Lines: d.delete_line (if the library works) will be called to delete old lines and labels when their number exceeds structHistoryNbr.Updating Structure High/Low (else block): If no break occurs, but the current price is higher than structureHigh or lower than structureLow in the corresponding direction (e.g., still bullish and making a new high), structureHigh or structureLow will be updated to track the highest/lowest point of the current structure.Current Structure Display:If isCurrentStructToShow is true, the indicator draws structureHighLine and structureLowLine to show the boundaries of the current market structure.Fibonacci Display:If isFiboXToShow is true, the indicator calculates and draws various Fibonacci Levels (0.786, 0.705, 0.618, 0.5, 0.382) based on the structureHigh and structureLow of the current market structure.Alerts:alertcondition: Used to set up alerts in TradingView when BOS or CHOCH signals occur.plot(na):plot(na) is an important statement in indicators that do not plot data series directly on the chart (e.g., not plotting EMA or RSI lines) but instead draw objects (Line, Label, Box).Having plot(na) helps Pine Script recognize that this indicator has an output displayed on the chart, even if it's not a regularly plotted series.3. How to UseCopy all the code in the immersive block above.Go to TradingView and open your desired chart.Click on the "Pine Editor" menu at the bottom of the screen.Delete any existing code and paste the copied code in its place.Click the "Add to Chart" button.The indicator will be added to your chart automatically. You can click the gear icon next to the indicator's name on the chart to access the settings window and customize it to your needs.I hope this explanation helps you understand this indicator in detail. If anything is unclear, or you need further adjustments, please let me know.
Opening Range Breakout with John Wick + CDH/CDLOpening Range Breakout (ORB) De Luxe with John Wick Pattern - User Manual Table of Contents
1. Introduction
2. Key Features
3. Installation
4. Configuration Guide
5. Trading Signals
6. Pattern Recognition
7. Zone Trading
8. Alert Setup
9. Trading Strategies
10. Best Practices
11. Troubleshooting
________________________________________
1. Introduction The Opening Range Breakout (ORB) with John Wick indicator is a comprehensive trading tool designed for intraday and swing traders. It combines the classic Opening Range Breakout strategy with advanced candlestick pattern recognition, including the unique "John Wick" pattern. What is Opening Range Breakout? The Opening Range (OR) is the price range established during the first 15 minutes of a trading session. This range often acts as support and resistance for the remainder of the trading day. Breakouts above or below this range can signal strong directional moves. Key Concepts: • Opening Range High: The highest price during the first 15 minutes • Opening Range Low: The lowest price during the first 15 minutes • Breakout: Price movement above OR High (bullish) or below OR Low (bearish) • Pattern Zones: Areas around key levels where pattern recognition is most effective • PDH/PDL: Previous Day High and Previous Day Low - key reference levels from the prior trading day • CDH/CDL: Current Day High and Current Day Low - dynamically updating intraday extremes
________________________________________
2. Key Features Core Features: • Multi-Session Support: New York, London, Tokyo, Sydney, Frankfurt, and Custom sessions • Opening Range Visualization: Automatic OR High/Low detection and plotting • Pattern Recognition: Engulfing, Hammer/Shooting Star, Doji, and John Wick patterns • Zone Trading: Customizable zones around OR and PDH/PDL/CDH/CDL levels • Previous Day Levels: PDH (Previous Day High) and PDL (Previous Day Low) • Current Day Levels: CDH (Current Day High) and CDL (Current Day Low) - real-time tracking • Mid-Point Levels: Automatic calculation of OR mid-point • Real-Time Alerts: Breakout and pattern-based alerts • Multi-Timezone Support: Exchange or custom timezone selection Visual Features: • Dynamic color-coded levels • Triangle signals for breakouts • Pattern labels with clear identification • Information table with current session data • Fully customizable colors and styles
________________________________________
3. Installation Step 1: Add to Chart
4. Open TradingView and navigate to your desired chart
5. Click on "Indicators" (or press /)
6. Search for "Opening Range Breakout with John Wick"
7. Click to add the indicator to your chart Step 2: Initial Setup
8. The indicator will automatically detect your chart's timezone
9. Default session is set to "New York"
10. All features are enabled by default Recommended Timeframes: • Optimal: 1-minute to 15-minute charts • Suitable: Up to 1-hour charts • Not Recommended: Daily or higher timeframes
________________________________________
4. Configuration Guide Timezone Settings Use Exchange Timezone • Enabled (Default): Uses the exchange's native timezone • Disabled: Uses chart timezone or custom selection Timezone Selection Available when "Use Exchange Timezone" is disabled: • America/New_York • Europe/London • Europe/Amsterdam • Asia/Tokyo • Australia/Sydney Session Selection Trading Sessions • Sydney: 09:00-16:00 Sydney time • Tokyo: 09:00-15:00 Tokyo time • London: 08:00-16:30 London time • Frankfurt: 09:00-17:30 Frankfurt time • New York: 09:30-16:00 New York time • Custom: User-defined session • Previous Sessions: Shows multiple historical ORs Custom Session Settings • Custom Session Time: Define your own trading hours • Custom Session Name: Label for your custom session Display Options Line Settings • Line Width: 1-5 (Default: 2) • Line Style: Solid, Dashed, or Dotted • Show Current Only: Hide historical OR lines • Show Session Name: Display session label on chart Color Customization • OR Resistance (High): Default red • OR Support (Low): Default green • Session Colors: Unique color per session type • Zone Colors: Separate colors for OR and PDH/PDL zones Pattern Zone Settings Zone Configuration • Show Pattern Detection Zone: Enable/disable zones • OR Zone Size: Percentage of OR range (Default: 2%) • PDH/PDL Zone Size: Percentage of PDH-PDL range (Default: 1.5%) • CDH/CDL Zone Size: Percentage of CDH-CDL range (Default: 1.5%) • Show Zone Labels: Display zone boundary values • Only Detect Patterns in Zone: Limit pattern detection to zones Mid-Point Settings • Show Opening Range Mid-Point: Display OR midline • Mid-Point Color: Default gray • Mid-Point Style: Dotted, Dashed, or Solid • Show Mid-Point Label: Display midpoint value Previous Day Levels • Show Previous Day High/Low: Enable PDH/PDL lines • PDH/PDL Colors: Default yellow • PDH/PDL Line Style: Customizable style • Show PDH/PDL Labels: Display level values
Current Day Levels • Show Current Day High/Low: Enable CDH/CDL lines • CDH/CDL Colors: Default blue • CDH/CDL Line Style: Customizable style • Show CDH/CDL Labels: Display level values • Update Frequency: Real-time updates as new highs/lows are made
________________________________________
5. Trading Signals Signal Types
6. Breakout Signals • Bullish (Buy): Green triangle below candle when price breaks above OR High • Bearish (Sell): Red triangle above candle when price breaks below OR Low
7. Pattern-Enhanced Signals Signals are generated when breakouts occur WITH confirming patterns: • Stronger probability of follow-through • Reduced false breakouts • Better risk/reward setups Signal Configuration Alert Settings • Enable Alerts: Turn alerts on/off • Show Buy/Sell Signals: Visual signals on chart • Show Signal Text: Display "BUY"/"SELL" labels Pattern Filter Options • Use Candle Pattern Filter: Require patterns for signals • Pattern Combination Mode: o Any Pattern: Signal on any single pattern o Multiple Patterns: Require minimum pattern count o Specific Combo: Require specific pattern combinations
________________________________________
6. Pattern Recognition Supported Patterns
7. Engulfing Pattern • Bullish Engulfing: Large green candle completely engulfs previous red candle • Bearish Engulfing: Large red candle completely engulfs previous green candle • Label: "E"
8. Hammer/Shooting Star • Hammer: Small body at top, long lower wick (2x body size) • Shooting Star: Small body at bottom, long upper wick (2x body size) • Labels: "H" (Hammer), "S" (Shooting Star)
9. Doji Pattern • Definition: Open and close nearly equal (body < 10% of average) • Significance: Indecision, potential reversal • Label: "D"
10. John Wick Pattern (Unique Feature) • Bullish John Wick: o Opens below previous candle's low o 30-70% of body extends below previous low o Strong momentum indication • Bearish John Wick: o Opens above previous candle's high o 30-70% of body extends above previous high • Label: "JW" Pattern Visualization • Pattern Markers: Small circular labels with pattern abbreviations • Pattern Count: Number showing total patterns detected • Pattern Background: Optional highlighting (disabled by default) • Positioning: o Bullish patterns: Below candles at varying distances o Bearish patterns: Above candles at varying distances
________________________________________
7. Zone Trading Zone Concept Zones are buffer areas around key levels where price action and patterns are monitored more closely. Zone Types
8. Opening Range Zones • OR High Zone: Area around the OR High level • OR Low Zone: Area around the OR Low level • Purpose: Identify potential breakout or rejection areas
9. PDH/PDL Zones • PDH Zone: Area around Previous Day High • PDL Zone: Area around Previous Day Low • Purpose: Monitor reactions at key daily levels
10. CDH/CDL Zones • CDH Zone: Area around Current Day High • CDL Zone: Area around Current Day Low • Purpose: Track reactions at evolving intraday extremes • Dynamic Nature: These zones move as new highs/lows are established Zone Features • Visual Representation: Semi-transparent colored boxes • Customizable Size: Percentage-based calculation • Pattern Detection: Option to only detect patterns within zones • Bar Coloring: Candles change color when in zones Zone Trading Strategy
11. Wait for price to enter a zone
12. Look for pattern formation within the zone
13. Trade breakouts with pattern confirmation
14. Use zone boundaries as stop-loss references
________________________________________
8. Alert Setup Creating Alerts Step 1: Basic Alert Setup
9. Right-click on the chart
10. Select "Add Alert"
11. Choose "ORB The Luxe" from Condition dropdown
12. Select alert type Step 2: Alert Types • Any alert() function call: All indicator alerts • Crossed above OR High: Bullish breakout • Crossed below OR Low: Bearish breakout Alert Messages Alerts include: • Session name (e.g., "New York") • Direction (above/below) • Level crossed • Pattern detected (if applicable) • Zone information (if in zone) Alert Best Practices
13. Set alerts after the OR is established (15+ minutes into session)
14. Use pattern filters to reduce false signals
15. Consider zone alerts for higher probability setups
16. Set stop-loss alerts at opposite OR level
________________________________________
9. Trading Strategies Strategy 1: Classic ORB
10. Entry: o Long: Break above OR High o Short: Break below OR Low
11. Stop Loss: Opposite OR level
12. Target: 1:2 or 1:3 risk/reward
13. Best Time: First 2 hours after OR Strategy 2: ORB with Pattern Confirmation
14. Entry Requirements: o Breakout signal o At least one confirming pattern o Preferably within a zone
15. Stop Loss: Mid-point of OR
16. Target: Previous day's high/low or current day's high/low
17. Win Rate: Higher than classic ORB Strategy 3: Zone Rejection Trading
18. Setup: Price enters zone but fails to break OR
19. Entry: Reversal pattern in zone
20. Stop Loss: Just outside zone boundary
21. Target: Opposite OR level
22. Best For: Range-bound markets Strategy 4: Multi-Session Confluence
23. Look for: Alignment of multiple session ORs
24. Entry: Break of aligned levels
25. Confirmation: Pattern at confluence point
26. Target: Extended moves expected
27. Additional Edge: Watch for CDH/CDL tests during the session
Strategy 5: CDH/CDL Breakout Trading
1. Setup: Price approaches current day's high or low
2. Entry: Break and hold above CDH or below CDL
3. Confirmation: Volume increase or pattern formation
4. Stop Loss: Just inside the CDH/CDL level
5. Target: Measured move based on intraday range
6. Best For: Trending days with momentum Risk Management Rules • Position Size: Risk 1-2% per trade • Max Daily Loss: 3-5% of account • Avoid: First and last 15 minutes of session • Best Days: Tuesday through Thursday
________________________________________
10. Best Practices Do's:
• Wait for OR to be established (15 minutes)
• Use multiple confirmations (pattern + zone + volume)
• Trade in the direction of the larger trend
• Set alerts to avoid missing opportunities
• Keep a trading journal of ORB trades
• Adjust zones based on market volatility
• Use proper position sizing Don'ts:
• Trade immediately at market open
• Ignore the overall market context
• Trade every OR breakout
• Use in choppy/low volume markets
• Set stops too close to entry
• Trade against strong trends
• Over-leverage positions Market Conditions Best Performance: • Trending days • High volume sessions • Economic news days • Clear market sentiment Avoid During: • Low volume holidays • Extremely choppy conditions • Major uncertainty events • End of month/quarter repositioning
________________________________________
11. Troubleshooting Common Issues and Solutions Issue: No signals appearing Solutions: • Ensure "Show Buy/Sell Signals" is enabled • Check if pattern filter is too restrictive • Verify correct session is selected • Confirm market has broken OR levels Issue: Too many false signals Solutions: • Enable pattern filter requirement • Use "Multiple Patterns" mode • Trade only within zones • Increase zone size percentage Issue: Incorrect session times Solutions: • Check timezone settings • Verify exchange timezone option • Use custom session for specific needs • Ensure chart timeframe is appropriate Issue: Overlapping indicators Solutions: • Disable pattern markers if too cluttered • Turn off signal text • Hide PDH/PDL or CDH/CDL if not needed • Use "Show Current Only" option Performance Tips
12. Reduce Chart Load: Hide historical sessions
13. Clean View: Disable unused pattern types
14. Mobile Trading: Increase line widths for visibility
15. Multiple Monitors: Use different sessions per screen Getting Help • Check indicator settings tooltips • Test on demo account first • Document your settings for consistency • Join ORB trading communities for tips
________________________________________
Conclusion The Opening Range Breakout with John Wick indicator is a powerful tool that combines time-tested ORB strategies with advanced pattern recognition. Success comes from understanding each component, practicing proper risk management, and adapting the tool to your trading style. Remember: No indicator guarantees profits. Always use proper risk management and continuous education to improve your trading results. Happy Trading!
________________________________________
Version: 1.0 Last Updated: June 2025 Pine Script Version: 6
Long and Short Term Highs and LowsLong and Short Term Highs and Lows
Overview:
This indicator is designed to help traders identify significant price points by marking new highs and lows over two distinct timeframes—a long-term and a short-term period. It achieves this by drawing optional channel lines that outline the highest highs and lowest lows over the chosen time periods and by plotting visual markers (triangles) on the chart when a new high or low is detected.
Key Features:
Dual Timeframe Analysis:
Long Term: Uses a user-defined “Time Period” (default 52) and “Time Unit” (default: Weekly) to determine long-term high and low levels.
Short Term: Uses a separate “Time Period” (default 50) and “Time Unit” (default: Daily) to compute short-term high and low levels.
Optional Channel Display:
For both long and short term periods, you have the option to display a channel by plotting the highest and lowest values as lines. This visual channel helps to delineate the range within which the price has traded over the selected period.
New High/Low Markers:
The indicator identifies moments when the highest high or lowest low is updated relative to the previous bar.
When a new high is established, an up triangle is plotted above the bar.
Conversely, when a new low occurs, a down triangle is plotted below the bar.
Separate input toggles allow you to enable or disable these markers independently for the long-term and short-term setups.
Inputs and Settings:
Long Term High/Low Period Settings:
Show New High/Low? (STW): Toggle to enable or disable the plotting of new high/low markers for the long-term period.
Time Period: The number of bars used to calculate the highest high and lowest low (default is 52).
Time Unit: The timeframe on which the long-term calculation is based (default is Weekly).
Show Channel? (SCW): Toggle to display the channel lines that connect the long-term high and low levels.
Short Term High/Low Period Settings:
Show New High/Low?: Toggle to enable or disable the plotting of new high/low markers for the short-term period.
Time Period: The number of bars used for calculating the short-term extremes (default is 50).
Time Unit: The timeframe on which the short-term calculations are based (default is Daily).
Show Channel?: Toggle to display the channel lines for the short-term highs and lows.
Indicator Logic:
Channel Calculation:
The script uses the request.security function to pull data from the specified timeframes. For each timeframe:
It calculates the lowest low over the defined period using ta.lowest.
It calculates the highest high over the defined period using ta.highest.
These values can be optionally plotted as channel lines when the “Show Channel?” option is enabled.
New High/Low Detection:
For each timeframe, the indicator compares the current high (or low) with its immediate previous value:
New High: When the current high exceeds the previous bar’s high, an up triangle is drawn above the bar.
New Low: When the current low falls below the previous bar’s low, a down triangle is drawn below the bar.
Usage and Interpretation:
Trend Identification:
When new highs (or lows) occur, they can signal the start of a strong upward (or downward) movement. The indicator helps you visually track these critical turning points over both longer and shorter periods.
Channel Breakouts:
The optional channel display offers additional context. Price movement beyond these channels may indicate a breakout or a significant shift in trend.
Customizable Timeframes:
You can adjust both the time period and time unit to fit your trading style—whether you’re focusing on longer-term trends or short-term price action.
Conclusion:
This indicator provides a dual-layer analysis by combining long-term and short-term perspectives, making it a versatile tool for identifying key highs and lows. Whether you are looking to confirm trend strength or spot potential breakouts, the “Long and Short Term Highs and Lows” indicator adds a valuable visual element to your TradingView charts.
Swing Suite (SMT/Divergences + Gann Swings)Hello Traders!
TRN Swing Suite (SMT/Divergences + Gann Swings) is an indicator which identifies, and highlights pivot points (swings) and prints a lot of information about the swings in the chart (e.g. length, duration, cumulative Delta, ...). Furthermore, it detects divergences in connection with any given indicator, even custom ones. In addition to this, you can choose the algorithm to compute the swings. The famous Gann-Swing algorithm and the extremely precise TRN Swing algorithm (called Standard) are available for selection, as well as two other variants. Compared to other swing or zig-zag indicators it works in real-time, does not need a look-a-head to find swings and is not repainting. Moreover, equal (double) highs and lows are detected and displayed. The TRN Swing Suite helps traders to visualize the pure price action and identify key turning points or trends. The indicator comes with the following features:
Precise real-time swing detection without repainting
Divergence detecting for any given (custom) indicator - with 11 different preset indicators
SMT (Smart Money Technique)/Divergence detecting in relation to other instruments
Swing Performance Statistics
Swing support and resistance levels
Swing trend for multiple swing sizes
Equal/double high and low detection
4 different swing computation styles
Displaying of swing labels, values and information
Customizable settings as well as look and feel
It's important to note that the TRN Swing Suite is a visual tool and does not provide specific buy or sell signals. It serves as a guide for traders to analyze market structure in depth and make well-informed trading decisions based on their trading strategy and additional technical analysis.
Divergence Detection for any given (Custom) Indicator
The divergence detector finds with unrivaled precision bullish and bearish as well as regular and hidden divergences. The main difference compared to other divergences indicators is that this indicator finds rigorously the extreme peaks of each swing, both in price and in the corresponding indicator. This precision is unmatched and therefore this is one of the best divergences detectors.
The build in divergence detector works with any given indicator, even custom ones. In addition, there are 11 built-in indicators. Most noticeable is the cumulative delta indicator, which works astonishingly well as a divergence indicator. Full list:
External Indicator (see next section for the setup)
Awesome Oscillator (AO)
Commodity Channel Index (CCI)
Cumulative Delta Volume (CDV)
Chaikin Money Flow (CMF)
Moving Average Convergence Divergence (MACD)
Money Flow Index (MFI)
Momentum
On Balance Volume (OBV)
Relative Strength Index (RSI)
Stochastic
Williams Percentage Range (W%R)
The divergences are colored with vivid lines and labels. Bullish divergences are distinguished with luminous blue lines, while bearish divergences are denoted by striking red lines. Upon detecting a divergence, the colored lines act as a visual indicator for traders, signaling an imminent possibility of a trend reversal. In response, traders can leverage this valuable insight to make informed decisions in their trading activities.
Choose Your Custom Divergence Indicator
Handpick your custom indicator, and the TRN Swing Suite will hunt for divergences on your preferred market and timeframe. Importantly, you must add the indicator to your chart. Afterwards, simply go to the “Divergence Detection” section in the TRN Swing Suite indicator settings and choose "External Indicator". If the custom indicator has one reference value, then choose this value in the “External Indicator (High)” field. If there are high and low values (e.g. candles), then you also must set the “External Indicator Low” field.
In the provided graphic, we've chosen the stochastic RSI as our example, and as you can see, the TRN Swing Suite instantly identifies and plots bullish and bearish divergences on your chart.
Smart Money Technique (SMT)/Divergence detecting in Relation to other Instruments
Smart Money Technique/Tool (SMT) means the divergence detection between two related instruments. The TRN Swing Suite finds divergence in relation to other instruments, e.g. NQ vs ES or BTCUSDT vs ETHUSDT. Just add another instrument to the chart. As representation style you can choose lines or candles/bars. Afterwards, simply go to the “Divergence Detection” section in the TRN Swing Suite indicator settings and choose "External Indicator". If the second instrument is represented as line, then choose this value in the “External Indicator (High)” field. If there are high and low values (e.g. candles/bars), then you also must set the “External Indicator Low” field.
The detection of SMTs can help traders to decide whether the trend continues, or a reversal is imminent. E.g. if the NQ makes a new higher high but the ES fails to do so and makes a new lower high, then the TRN Swing Suite shows a divergence. As a result, the probability is high that the trend will not continue, and the trader can make an informed decision about what to do next.
How to Set Parameters for Divergence Indicators
To begin, access the indicator settings and find the “Divergence Detection”. Look for the "Parameters" sections where you can fine-tune Parameters 1-3. The default settings are already optimized for the oscillators AO, RSI, CDV, W%R, MFI and Stochastic. For other divergence indicators, you might want to adjust the settings to your liking. The parameter order is the same as in the corresponding divergence indicator.
TRN Swing Suite Statistics
Unveil the untapped potential of advanced Swing Statistics! Gain invaluable insights into historical swings and turning points. Elevate your expertise by harnessing this treasure trove of data to supercharge signal reliability, while masterfully planning stop loss and take profit strategies with unrivaled accuracy. Within the TRN Swing Suite lie two powerful statistics, each offering distinct insights to empower your trading prowess.
Swing Statistic
The Swing Statistic comprises of two series, one for up swings (Up) and one for down swings (Down), with values given in points. The columns have the following meaning:
Up or down
# - total number of analyzed swings
Overall ∅ Length - average length of all swings in points
Overall ∅ Duration - average duration of swings in bars
∅ Length - average lengths for custom-defined swing counts
∅ Duration - average durations for custom-defined swing counts
The custom-defined swing count is used to determine the swing length/duration for the last x swings. Note, in the case of well-established assets like Microsoft or Nvidia, which have undergone one or more stock splits, the overall average in column three may deviate significantly from those in column five. That is why column 5 is useful.
Relation Statistic
The Relation Statistic highlights percentages representing the historical occurrence of specific high and low sequences. In the first column (in %), various types of highs and lows are listed as reference points.
For example, the first row corresponds to "HH followed by", where the second column (#) displays the total count of higher highs (HH) considered. The subsequent columns showcase the percentages of how often certain patterns follow the initial HH.
Fields marked in blue represent sequences that occurred in over 50% of cases. The darker the shade of blue in each field, the higher the percentage.
Use Swing Statistics to Validate Stop-Loss and Take-Profit Levels
No matter which signals you choose to trade, consulting Swing Statistics can significantly enhance the reliability of these signals.
For example, when looking for a long entry after a lower low (LL), you can examine the likelihood of a subsequent lower high (LH) or even a higher high (HH). Combining this valuable information with your predetermined Take Profit level allows you to better assess whether your target can be achieved successfully. Additionally, you can add the average up swing length to the lower low for an alternative Take Profit level. Similarly, you can verify the probability of the next low being a higher low (HL) or another lower low (LL) to determine the likelihood of your Stop Loss being triggered. Align the length of the last down swing with the average down swing length for an alternative Stop Loss.
Swing Support and Resistance Levels
Swing support and resistance levels are horizontal lines starting from a swing high or swing low and representing natural support and resistance levels. Price tends to respect this levels one way or another. In most cases, old swing highs and swing lows provide a lot of liquidity to the market. For example, for a swing high there are at least three different market players at work:
Traders put there stop loss above the swing high
Breakout traders go long above the swing high
Turtle soup (reverse) trader go short above the swing high
Swing Trend (Multiple Sizes)
The TRN Swing Suite can display either at the top or at the bottom the prevailing swing trends for the main trend seen in the chart and for two additional swing sizes. This is useful to see the swing trend for medium and bigger swings to get a clear picture of the market.
Getting an Edge with the TRN Swing Suite
The indicator clearly displays up trends, defined as a sequence of higher highs (HH) and higher lows (HL), with green labels and down trends, defined as a sequence of lower lows (LL) and lower highs (LH), with red labels. Equal highs/double tops (DT) and equal lows/ double bottoms (DB) are highlighted in gold.
In addition, the labels show a full stack of valuable information about the swings to maximize your accuracy.
Length
Length percentage in relation to the last swing length
Duration
Time
Volume
Cumulative Delta
In an uptrend the up swings should have higher volume und higher cumulative delta than the down swings. The duration and time for down swings in an uptrend should be shorter than for the up swings.
Use Cases for Swing Detection
Trend Identification
By connecting the swing highs and lows, traders can identify and analyze the prevailing trend in the market. An uptrend is characterized by higher swing highs and lows, while a downtrend is characterized by lower highs and lower lows. The indicator helps traders visually assess the strength and continuity of the trend.
Support And Resistance Levels
The swing highs and lows can act as support and resistance levels. Swing highs may act as resistance levels where selling pressure increases, while swing lows may act as support levels where buying pressure increases. Traders often pay attention to these levels as potential areas for trade entries, exits, or placing stop-loss orders.
Pattern Recognition
The swings identified by the indicator can help traders recognize chart patterns, such as equal high/lows, consolidations, wedges, triangles or more complex patterns like Gartley or Head and Shoulders. These patterns can provide insights into potential trend continuation or reversal.
Trade Entry and Exit
Traders may use TRN Swing to determine potential trade entry and exit points. For example, in an uptrend, traders may look for opportunities to enter long positions near swing lows or on pullbacks to support levels. Conversely, in a downtrend, traders may consider short positions near swing highs or on retracements to resistance levels.
Swing Styles
In addition to the standard swings, you have the flexibility to choose between various swing styles, including ticks, percent, or even the famous Gann swings.
Standard
Gann
Ticks
Percent
Conclusion
While signals from TRN Swings can be informative, it is important to recognize that their reliability may vary. Various external factors can impact market prices, and it is essential to consider your risk tolerance and investment goals when executing trades.
Risk Disclaimer
The content, tools, scripts, articles, and educational resources offered by TRN Trading are intended solely for informational and educational purposes. Remember, past performance does not ensure future outcomes.
MTF Smart Money ConceptsOverview
This indicator displays major elements of Smart Money Concepts and price action trading with multi-timeframes(MTF) and layered market structures with color visualization.
What is Smart Money Concepts?
Smart Money Concepts(SMC) is one of the methodologies to interpret how financial market moves and to analyze it and execute trades, focusing on liquidity and order flow of financial institutions.
Smart money means the funds invested by large financial institutions such as banks, institutional traders/investors, market makers, hedge funds etc. contrary to retail traders/investors' money.
It is important to note that there is no proof or evidence that those institutions move the market as described in Smart Money Concepts.
Personally speaking, it is one of the interpretation of the market and another angle to view the market just like other technical analysis methodologies such as Elliott Wave Principle, Gann Theory, Wyckoff Method and even traditional price action trading.
Importance of MTF Analysis
MTF analysis(a.k.a Topdown analysis) is the foundation to technically analyze charts and the most fundamental skill in trading because lower timeframes are always influenced by upper timeframes where large financial institutions operate.
How to use
This indicator is designed to help traders analyze how the market moves in terms of SMC and price action with multi-timeframes and color visualization of the market structures, which makes this indicator unique and different from other indicators.
There is two key settings that you can use based on your trading style.
1.Upper timeframe selection
You have two options to determine upper timeframe; Auto mode and Manual mode.
When Auto mode selected, upper timeframe will be determined based on chart timeframe as follows.
Chart timeframe => Upper timeframe
1M=>15M
5M/15M=>1H
30M/1H=>4H
4H=>D
D=>W
W=>M
If you select Manual mode, you can fix an upper timeframe.
2.High/low settings
This affects all other settings of the indicator and most importantly designs the market structure.
This is the key setting to determine how you view the market as price action trading is all about highs and lows and story of how highs and lows have been created with the market structure.
You can specify left bars and right bars to identify swing highs/lows and these highs/lows become the basis to design the market structure and determine how SMC elements are displayed.
Example:
Left bar&right bar: 10
You can see bigger wave(magenta line) in the market structure(stepped line).
(Magenta line is a drawn object by manual)
Left bar&right bar: 4
With this setting, you can see smaller wave in the market structure.
Since market moves like wave as there is a lot of wave theories in financial investment/trading industry such as Elliott wave, Wolf wave etc., users can define market structure with this setting depending on what degree of wave they aim to trade.
Functions:
MTF Order Block
Concept
Order block is a block of orders where buying orders and selling orders are accumulated. Order blocks are created when the institutions move the market up and down, temporality placing orders in an opposite direction to the way they want to move, in order to match their own orders with counter-orders.
Visualization by the indicator
The indicator displays both chart timeframe's order blocks and upper timeframe's order blocks(MTF).
You can also select from two options how to display order blocks;
1. Show all order blocks
2. Show strong order blocks only
Note: Strong order blocks mean order blocks created at strong highs/lows. See also strong high/low below.
Alerts can be set when prices reach strong order blocks.
MTF Fair Value Gap(FVG)/Imbalance
Concept
Fair Value Gap(FVG)(Imbalance) is a void generated among three consecutive candlesticks.
FVG(s) is created when the market moves so rapidly generating buy side or sell side order imbalances.
FVG(s) is characterized by price action that prices tend to come back to the area where FVG(s) exists, filling in the space among the candlesticks.
Visualization by the indicator
The indicator displays both chart timeframe's FVG and upper timeframe's FVG.
MTF Liquidity Grab
Concept
Liquidity grab is price action to sweep liquidity for the institutions to move the market.
This price action often happens because the size of their orders is so huge and they need a bunch of counter-orders to match their orders. This is why prices sometimes come to areas where liquidity rest and swipe them before the market goes up/down.
Liquidity visualization
Where does liquidity rest?
The answer is above highs(buy side liquidity) and below lows(sell side liquidity).
Among all highs and lows, swing highs and lows are where liquidity is accumulated the most because swing highs and lows can be created only by the institutions, therefore massive liquidity is indicated.
Visualization by the indicator
The indicator displays liquidity dots so that users can easily identify where liquidity rests and liquidity grab of both a chart timeframe and an upper timeframe.
Alerts can be set when liquidity grab happens.
MTF Strong High/Low
Concept
Strong high/low literally means strong highs and lows among all highs and lows including swing highs and lows.
There is a few different definitions of strong high/low in price action trading and the definition in this indicator is as follows.
Strong high
A high that that breaks higher low or lower low
Strong low
A low that breaks lower high or higher high
Visualization by the indicator
The indicator displays strong highs and lows of both a chart timeframe and an upper timeframe.
MTF Market Structure Visualization
Concept
Market structure is a series of price movement with highs and lows which outlines the way the market directs. It is a basis to see trend occurrence, trend reversal and sideways and analyzing the market structures in multi-timeframes is the most fundamental technical skill in trading/investment.
Visualization by the indicator
The indicator displays market structures of both a chart timeframe and an upper timeframe and provide color visualization depending on bullish and bearish market structures.
The definition of bullish and bearish market structure is as follows.
Bullish market structure
When a price breaks a Lower High or Higher High
Bearish market structure
When a price breaks a Higher Low or Lower Low
Settings
All the functions above, colors and line settings are parameterized and can be turned on/off depending on users’ needs.
———————————————————————————
概要
Smart Money Concepts(SMC)およびプライスアクショントレードにおける重要な要素をマルチタイムフレームで表示することのできるインジケーターです。
相場構造(Market structure)をマルチタイムフレームで表示し、相場構造の強弱を色で可視化することができます。
Smart Money Concepts(スマートマネーコンセプト)とは？
Smart Money Concepts(以下SMC) は金融市場がどのように動くかを解釈し、分析し、取引を執行するための相場理論の一つであり、Liquidity(リクイディティ)および機関投資家のオーダーフロー(注文の流れ)に焦点を置いていることが特徴です。
Smart Money(スマートマネー)とは、銀行や機関投資家、マーケットメーカー、ヘッジファンドといった金融機関が動かす資金を意味し、個人投資家の資金と対をなす概念です。
重要な点は、実際に上記の金融機関がSmart Money Conceptsで語られているような相場の動かし方をしているかどうかを証明する明確なエビデンスはないということです。
個人的には、エリオット波動理論やギャン理論、ワイコフ理論、伝統的なプライスアクショントレーディングの方法論と同様に、マーケットの動きを解釈するための一つの方法論であり、マーケットの動きを別の角度から見る枠組みと捉えています。
マルチタイムフレーム(MTF)分析の重要性
MTF分析はチャートをテクニカルに分析する上での基礎であり、トレードにおいて最も重要なスキルです。なぜなら下位のタイムフレームは上記のような金融機関が資金運用を行う上位のタイムフレームの影響を常に受けるためです。
使い方
このインジケーターは、SMCまたはプライスアクショントレードの観点から、トレーダーがマーケットをマルチタイムフレームで分析することを支援するために開発しています。
相場構造(Market structure/マーケットストラクチャー)を方向性に応じて色で可視化することができるため、視覚的に相場の構造を判断できることがこのインジケータのユニークな点であり、他のインジケーターと異なる点です。
ユーザーのトレードスタイルに応じて、以下の二つの設定を行うことができます。
1.上位足の決定方法
ユーザーは上位足のタイムフレームを決定するにあたり、AutoモードとManualモードを選択することができます。
Autoモードを選択した場合、上位足はチャートのタイムフレームに応じて以下のように決定されます。
チャートタイムフレーム => 上位足タイムフレーム
1M=>15M
5M/15M=>1H
30M/1H=>4H
4H=>D
D=>W
W=>M
Manualモードを選択すると上位足のタイムフレームを固定することができます。
2.High/low(高値/安値) 設定
当設定はインジケーターの他の全ての機能に影響し、また最も重要である相場構造の定義に影響します。
当設定はユーザーがマーケットをどのように見るか(=どの程度の粒度)を決定する重要な設定です。なぜならプライスアクショントレードは、高値、安値とそれらが相場構造をどのように構築してきたかの一連の流れを分析することが全てだからです。
ユーザーは相場構造を決定付けるスイングハイ·スイングローを特定するためのバーの本数を設定することができます。ここで設定した内容が、相場構造を定義し、以下で説明するSMCの要素の表示を決定することになります。
例:
Left bar&right bar(左右のバーの数): 10
この場合、ステップラインで示した相場構造の中に大きな波(マゼンタの波)を見ることができます。
(マゼンタのラインは手動で描いたオブジェクト)
Left bar&right bar: 4
この設定では、上記に比べて小さい波を描いていることが確認できます。
相場理論の中にエリオット波動理論やウォルフ波動といった数多くの波動理論があることからわかるように、相場は波として動きます。どの粒度の波を狙うかというトレーダーのスタイルに応じて、設定を変更することができます。
機能
MTFオーダーブロック
コンセプト
オーダーブロックとは買い注文と売り注文が一連となって蓄積されたオーダー(注文)のブロックのことです。
オーダーブロックは機関投資家が相場を動かす際に、本来意図する方向とは一時的に逆に動かすことで、彼ら自身の注文をマッチングさせるための反対注文を発生させることで形成されます。
インジケーターによる表示
インジケーターはチャートタイムフレームのオーダーブロックと上位足のオーダーブロックの両方を表示することができます。
また、オーダーブロックの表示オプションとして、
1.全てのオーダーブロックを表示
2.Strong(ストロング)オーダーブロックのみを表示
を選択することが可能です。
注: StrongオーダーブロックはStrong High/Lowで形成されるオーダーブロックを指します。(下記参照)
また、オーダーブロック到達でのアラート設定も可能です。
MTFフェアーバリューギャップ(FVG)/インバランス
コンセプト
フェアーバリューギャップ(FVG)/インバランスとは連続する3つのローソク足の間に形成される溝(Gap)のことです。
フェアーバリューギャップはマーケットが非常に早く動いたことにより、買いオーダーと売りオーダーの需給バランスが崩れることによって発生します。
フェアーバリューギャップには、価格がフェアーバリューギャップが発生したエリアまで戻ってくる傾向があるという特徴が存在します。
インジケーターによる表示
インジケーターはチャートタイムフレームのフェアーバリューギャップと上位足のフェアーバリューギャップの両方を表示することができます。
MTF Liquidity Grab(リクイディティ·グラブ)
コンセプト
Liquidity(リクイディティ)とはマネー、つまり注文です。
Liquidity Grab(リクイディティ·グラブ)とは、機関投資家がマーケットを動かす際にLiquidityを取得するプライスアクションのことを指します。
このプライスアクションは、機関投資家が処理する注文サイズが非常に大きいため、自身の注文を出す際に大量の反対注文を必要とすることからしばしば発生します。
これが、価格がLiquidity(注文)の集まっているエリアに接近し、それら注文をスワイプ(狩り取る)した後に上昇·下落する理由です。
Liquidityの可視化
一般的にLiquidityは高値の上(buy side liquidity)、安値の下(sell side liquidity)に存在します。
全ての高値·安値の中で、スイングハイ·ローがliquidityが最も蓄積されているエリアということができます。なぜならスイングハイ·ローは機関投資家の注文によってのみ形成されるからです。
インジケーターによる表示
ユーザーがLiquidityポイントを簡単に識別できるようにLiquidityをドット表示することが可能です。またチャートタイムフレームと上位足の両方のLiquidity Grabを表示することができます。
Liquidity Grab発生時にアラートも設定可能です。
MTF Strong High/Low(ストロングハイ·ロー)
コンセプト
Strong high/lowは文字通り、強い高値·安値のことを指します。
トレーダーの間でいくつかの異なる定義が存在しますが、当インジケーターでの定義は以下の通りです。
Strong high
Higher low(ハイアーロー) または Lower low(ロワーロー)をブレイクした高値
Strong low
Lower higher (ロワーハイ) または Higher High(ハイアーハイ)をブレイクした安値
インジケーターによる表示
チャートタイムフレーム、上位足のStrong High/Lowを表示することが可能です。
相場構造可視化
コンセプト
相場構造(Market structure/マーケットストラクチャー)とは、相場の流れを成り立たせる高値と安値を元にした一連の値動きです。建物における骨組みに該当します。
トレンドの発生、転換、レンジを見極めるための基礎であり、マルチタイムフレームで相場構造を分析することは、投資·トレードにおいて最も重要なテクニカルスキルです。
インジケーターによる表示
チャートタイムフレームと上位足タイムフレーム両方の相場構造を表示することができます。
また、相場構造が強気の状態か弱気の状態かを色で可視化するため、上位足含めた相場の流れを視覚的に判断することが可能です。
相場構造の強弱の定義は以下の通りです。
強気の相場構造(Bullish market structure)
価格がLower HighまたはHigher Highをブレイクしたとき
弱気の相場構造(Bearish market structure)
価格がHigher LowまたはLower Lowをブレイクしたとき
設定
上記の全ての機能は色やライン設定含めパラメーターで設定が可能です。またユーザの必要に応じて表示·非表示を切り替えることができます。
Poor ReversalsPoor Reversals Indicator
This indicator finds Poor Reversals. Poor reversals are reversals in price with consecutive highs or lows that are close together. Look for the different types of highs and lows. Some say candle patterns don't matter, but they forget it's the orderflow that makes the pattern. Find poor, tweezer, and 1 tic rejections and study what happens next. We don't need to read the depth of market to see what the orderflow is saying. They are called poor because the auction didn't run its course. It didn't continue the direction until all activity in that direction was exhausted. Proper reversals create excess. Excess is a long tail/wick. A proper reversal leaves a long tailed excess unfilled.
The different highs and lows give clues to what kind of orderflow happened there. The difference between them is which high or low happened first. Price does often come back to these areas and clears them up with a proper reversal. We can see them on all timeframes. Knowing what they mean in the orderflow helps with reading charts.
The Poor Reversals are:
Poor
1 Tick Rejection
Tweezer
When looking at 2 bars that have very close high or lows, there are a few different types. They are each poor and can be further defined as each are price action clues.
If next low is higher, it's a poor low
If next low is lower, it's 1 tic rejection
If next low is equal, it's tweezer bottom
If next high is lower, it's a poor low
If next high is higher it's 1 tic rejection
If next high is equal it's tweezer bottom
Poor Highs and Lows:
The high or low comes first. The next bar does not go past it. Poor highs and lows are often created from price exhaustions. This means at poor highs buyers are trapped. At poor lows sellers are trapped. Price ran out of steam to continue in that direction. There wasn't enough activity and participation to continue the auction in that direction.
Poor lows are defined when 2 lows are very close, and the 1st bar is lower. The 2nd comes very close to a new low. It happens most when shorts, at the moment, "run out of steam". They were "too aggressive" and got themselves "short in the hole". When a poor low is made, price will bounce because shorts are buying to protect profits.
Poor highs are defined when 2 highs are very close. The 1st bar is higher. The 2nd comes very close to a new high. It happens most when longs, at the moment, "run out of steam". They were "too aggressive" and got themselves "long in the tooth". When a poor high is made, price will pullback because longs are selling to protect profits.
1 Tick Rejections:
The high or low comes last. The next bar goes just a little bit beyond it. A "1 tic rejection" happens when a new low is made and quickly rejects. The name is misleading. It doesn't have to be "1 tic". Different markets have different measurements. For ES, it's less than 8 tics. For NQ, it's about 5-20 points. It varies depending on relative market volatility.
1 Tick highs are defined when 2 highs are very close, and the 1st bar is lower. This happens when longs are aggressive and drive price up. Price makes a newer high and longs rapidly start taking profits. Their selling activity drives price lower. In the orderflow, longs likely closed at the same time new shorts sell. This competition to sell drives price lower. At the high, it says longs saw it wouldn't go higher and they took rapid exit.
1 Tick lows are defined when 2 lows are very close, and the 1st bar is lower. This happens when shorts are aggressive and drive price down. Price makes a newer low and shorts rapidly start taking profits. Their buying activity drives price higher. In the orderflow, shorts likely closed at the same time new longs buy. This competition to buy drives price higher. At the low, it says shorts saw it wouldn't go lower and they took rapid exit.
Tweezer Tops and Bottoms
The highs or lows of the bars are equal. Tweezers most often mean that an aggressive trader is influencing price. They drove price in one direction and then quickly reversed sentiment. Tweezers most often happens in stop hunts. An aggressive trader found where the stops were located and then entered an aggressive order to turn the market.
Tweezer Tops are defined when 2 highs are equal. The first bar sets the high. The second bar matches the high. This happens when there is an active seller entering. It could be simple profit taking from longs or new aggressive shorts. In bull trends, price will move up to find short stop. When the stops are found, the market reverses sharply lower.
Tweezer Bottoms are defined when 2 lows are equal. The first bar sets the low. The second bar matches the low. This happens when there is an active buyer entering. It could be simple profit taking from shorts or new aggressive longs. In bull trends, price will move up to find long stops. When the stops are found, the market reverses sharply higher.
Poor Reversals can be poor, 1 Tick Rejections, or Tweezers. They are all considered poor and upon further investigation we can see they are created from different conditions in the orderflow. They are not called Poor Reversals because they are weak. They are called poor because of the action that happened there. One side got caught in a bad position. Other sharks in the market smelled blood and ripped them apart.
This indicator is a work in process. While the concepts are great for real time trading, this indicator is not designed to be used in real time trading. It will repaint based on the bar close. The purpose of this indicator is to train our brains to see these nuances on candle charts. Some say candle patterns don't matter, but they forget it's the orderflow that makes the pattern. We must make split second decisions and knowing the context behind the orderflow reduces response time. These poor reversals don't have to retest, and the best ones won't come back. I use these concepts to find exits, where my trades might be wrong, confirmation I'm on the right side. It's amazing how these simple nuances can turn the markets. But sure enough, they do. Check them out in all time frames.
It's a fun indicator to play with. Some markets do require tweaks to the “Ticks” setting. Too big and charts will be noisy. Too low and not much will show up. A general rule of thumb is more volatile markets need higher tick values while less volatile need lower Tick values. Higher timeframes are also more reliable than lower time frames. I've included some customizable settings and I plan on adding more in the future. Enjoy!
Tug-of-War Fast/Slow Technical IndicatorThe script Tug-of-War (ToW) Fast/Slow has a couple of lines (red and purple) and areas (purple and greenish) which give the trend. It also has one line (blue) and dots (green) that give the up-and-down swing.
HOW THE INDICATOR WORKS
It is based on moving averages run on normal OHLC bars, Heikin Ashi bars as well as customized bars (which modify the open/high/low/close values similar to how Haikin Ashi bars do). These moving averages are weighted by volume and related to each other (for example differences are calculated) to produce the final lines. Since the script requires volume, it may not work for tickers which don't have volume (however for some tickers the script uses a proxy-volume so that they work; for example it uses the SPY volume for VIX). There is a different but similar script that I'll be publishing (ToW Simple) which doesn't use volume and runs on any ticker.
HOW TO SETUP THE INDICATOR
The indicator can be run on "close" prices as well as "open", "high", "low" and several mini-max modes ("MM ..."). They pick highs and lows (minim and maxim values, hence the mini-max name) to generate the indicator lines. See the drop down box options under "Adjust Close Type" (the very fist options in the script settings). The multiple MM modes use different formulas to calculate the mini-max values. The more significant MM modes are MM ZZ (zig-zag), MM HL/HL (determines highs and lows based on highs and lows), MM HL/C (determines highs and lows based on close) and MM Close. Note: if the MM ZZ mode show you the highs for the current bar and you actually want the lows (or vice versa) check "MM ZZ Reverse".
The indicator has two fast lines:
the green dots (called F1 since it's the 1st Fast line, actually dots)
the blue line (called F2--the 2nd Fast line)
They are called "fast" because they move up and down faster. In previous iterations of the script I called them "swing lines" since they capture the prices swing up and down. The blue line is the more significant one (since the green one I set, by default to dots instead of an actual line).
The indicator has two slow lines:
the purple line (called S1 since it's the 1st Slow line)
the blue line (called S2--the 2nd Slow line)
They move slower than the fast line and they are better at determining the trend.
The order of lines, from fast to slow, is: F1 (green), F2 (blue), S1 (purple) and S2 (red).
The indicator also has two areas:
the greenish area (called FA since it's the Fast Area)
the purple area (called SA since it's the Slow Area)
Additional lines (but less significant are displayed if you uncheck the "Clean look" option).
The script allows to display up to for sets of lines (see the top "Adjust Close Type (Set #)" options). For example one set may show "Highs" and the other "Lows" or "Close" and "MM HL/HL". Additionally it can run in multi-set mode when it shows the chosen one line (F1, F2, S1, S2, FA, SA) for each OHLC (open, high, low, close). See "Only Show Related Lines" option. In this display purple is the line for Open, green is the line for High, red is the line for Low and black is the line for Close.
The indicator also has a custom mode (see the "Enable custom bars" checkbox and the options following it). With it you can change the open/high/low/close value (see "Custom #1 OHLC to Modify") of a bar ("Custom #1 Index To Modify" determines which bare to modify, 0 being the most recent bar). Then "Custom #1 Modifier Type" specifies to use open/high/low/close value of the same or different bar (use "Custom #1 Modifier Index/Value ..." to choose which bar's OHLC value to use for the custom value; 0 means the O/H/L/C value of the same bar as the one being modified; 1 means previous bar, etc.). If "Custom" is selected instead (under Modifier Type) then you can enter the custom value in the "Custom #1 Modifier Index/Value ..." field. This will show you how the indicator lines look like if the price was different. Three different bars can be modified this way. You can try different custom values and see for what price value one of the lines reaches a high or low point. That is an estimate of how far the price may go. Note: the indicator values depends depends on all OHLC values (plus volume) not just on the one chosen. That is, if the indicators is based on close values it is still affected to some extent by high, low and volume. Therefore the price value determined using the custom mode may not be exact but only a rough estimate (and the bigger changes in OHLC the bigger affect on the indicator and the actual price may not be exactly what was calculated using the custom mode.
HOW TO USE THE INDICATOR
Strategies and tools that apply to price such as resistance and support levels and trend lines, pitchforks (particularly Schiff pitchforks in case of the indicator) also apply to these lines. Because the indicator lines are within a range it is generally easier and faster to see and find such support/resistance levels and trend lines.
Additionally, the lines or the areas crossing the 0 line often indicate a change in trend (however if earlier indicator highs/lows bounce off around the 0 line that may happen this time around as well). The more significant 0 crossing is for the slow lines (red first and then purple) as well as the areas.
The slow lines and the areas, as mentioned already, show the trend (in previous iterations of the indicator I called them direction lines).
The fast lines (blue line, green dots) show the swing, as mentioned earlier. They often swing up and down. When they reach a high (you can thin of it as overbought) they may move back down on the next bar (or vice-versa when reaching a low). However, sometimes they don't swing but rather move in a line closer to a straight line (more like the slow lines). That indicates that the trend is stronger.
The fast lines can also indicate the trend by looking if their highs and/or lows are trending up or down. Thus, if the highs and lows are trending down then it's likely the price will go down.
Another thing to look at is divergence between the price and the slow lines or the high/lows trend of the fast lines (that I mentioned above). If the price is going up but the these are trending down then over the same bars then the price may be coming closer to a reversal.
STRATEGIES
Swing-in-trend. Find a ticker with the slow lines showing an upward trend (i.e., the red line crossing 0 or being above 0) and a the slow line (such as the blue line) reaching a previous low level (draw support levels and/or trend lines to determine that). Go long when the fast line reaches the support level or bottom trendline. The expectation is that the price will move up by the close of the next bar (when the position should normally be closed). The "go-short" setup is just reversed (slow lines trending down and the fast lines reaching high levels). You can use the "High", "Low", "MM ZZ" or one of the other MM modes instead of "Close" to get a better entry and exist point (in this case you enter when the the "Low" or "MM ZZ" modes reached a low and you enter if the "High" or "MM ZZ" reached a high or else exit at close of the next bar).
Trend-on-swing. When the red line is about to cross or just crossed the 0 line and wait for the swing line to go down first (you can use "High", "Low" or an MM mode, as explained dabove, for a better entry point) and then you enter the position and exit when either the slow (red) line reaches a resistance level, it crosses 0 the other way or when the fast line reaches a very high resistance level. This strategy will take longer, it won't be closed on the next bar.
Mini-max strategy. This is a new strategy I've developed. It uses MM ZZ mode (and a second MM ZZ set to "reverse") as well as "High", "Low" and "MM HL/HL" mode. I basically draw resistance and support lines on these, usually 2-3 lines for high and the same for low, for multiple tickers that seem a good match (they show a nice, consistent up/down pattern for MM ZZ). When the F2/blue lines reaches one of the horizontal lines further from the 0 lines (I setup alerts for this), then I enter expecting a move in the opposite direction. If it reaches the 2nd or 3rd low horizontal line then I go long. Then on the next bar when the F2 line reaches the 1st high horizontal line then I close the position (alternatively, I close half and keep half for when the second high horizontal line is reached). Alternatively, I may close the same bar, when the reversed MM ZZ setup reaches the 1st high horizontal line. I usually use this setup on weekly charts and use weekly options but it can be used on other charts such as daily charts as well.
I recommend to setup alerts on the indicator. After you draw a horizontal line or a trend line and you select it, its bar has a clock icon with a "+" sign. If you click on it you can setup an alert. In the setup dialog, under "Condition" select the indicator and then select the line of the indicator (such as "F2 (f_s/Blue)") then select "Once Per Bar" under "Options" (that's my recommendation, it will alert you only one time per bar). Finally customize the message for example: "ZZ: F2/blue /lo hl 1/3, TQQQ, 1D" (which means it's for MM ZZ mode when F2 (blue) line intersects the 1st (out of 3) low horizontal line (HL) and it's for TQQQ on 1D chart. When I use the reverse mode for ZZ then I write: "ZZr: ..."
In the chart above, the first indicator shows the "Close" mode and the second the "MM ZZ" mode (along with 2 levels for high and low).
